Form 10-Q
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

 

FORM 10-Q

 

 

 

x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2011

or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

Commission file number 001-09718

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Pennsylvania   25-1435979

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

One PNC Plaza, 249 Fifth Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222-2707

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

(412) 762-2000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   x    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

As of October 28, 2011, there were 526,112,070 shares of the registrant’s common stock ($5 par value) outstanding.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

Cross-Reference Index to Third Quarter 2011 Form 10-Q

 

     Pages  

PART I – FINANCIAL INFORMATION

  

Item 1.        Financial Statements (Unaudited).

  

Consolidated Income Statement

     66   

Consolidated Balance Sheet

     67   

Consolidated Statement Of Cash Flows

     68   

Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

  

Note 1  Accounting Policies

     70   

Note 2  Acquisition and Divestiture Activity

     75   

Note 3  Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities

     75   

Note 4  Loans and Commitments to Extend Credit

     81   

Note 5   Asset Quality and Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan

Commitments and Letters of Credit

     82   

Note 6  Purchased Impaired Loans

     94   

Note 7  Investment Securities

     95   

Note 8  Fair Value

     102   

Note 9  Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

     115   

Note 10 Capital Securities of Subsidiary Trusts and Perpetual Trust Securities

     117   

Note 11 Certain Employee Benefit And Stock-Based Compensation Plans

     118   

Note 12 Financial Derivatives

     120   

Note 13 Earnings Per Share

     128   

Note 14 Total Equity And Other Comprehensive Income

     129   

Note 15 Income Taxes

     130   

Note 16 Legal Proceedings

     131   

Note 17 Commitments and Guarantees

     133   

Note 18 Segment Reporting

     137   

Note 19 Subsequent Event

     141   

Statistical Information (Unaudited)

  

Average Consolidated Balance Sheet And Net Interest Analysis

     142   

Item 2.        Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

  

Financial Review

  

Consolidated Financial Highlights

     1   

Executive Summary

     3   

Consolidated Income Statement Review

     10   

Consolidated Balance Sheet Review

     13   

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements And Variable Interest Entities

     22   

Fair Value Measurements

     23   

Business Segments Review

     24   

Critical Accounting Estimates And Judgments

     37   

Status Of Qualified Defined Benefit Pension Plan

     38   

Recourse And Repurchase Obligations

     39   

Risk Management

     43   

Internal Controls And Disclosure Controls And Procedures

     60   

Glossary Of Terms

     60   

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information

     64   

Item 3.        Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

     43-59 and 120-127   

Item 4.        Controls and Procedures.

     60   

PART II – OTHER INFORMATION

  

Item 1.        Legal Proceedings.

     144   

Item 1A.    Risk Factors.

     144   

Item 2.         Unregistered Sales Of Equity Securities And Use Of Proceeds.

     144   

Item 6.        Exhibits.

     145   

Exhibit Index.

     145   

Signature

     145   

Corporate Information

     146   


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL REVIEW

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

 

Dollars in millions, except per share data   Three months ended
September 30
    Nine months ended
September 30
 
Unaudited   2011     2010     2011     2010  

Financial Results (a)

         

Revenue

         

Net interest income

  $ 2,175     $ 2,215     $ 6,501     $ 7,029  

Noninterest income

    1,369       1,383       4,276       4,244  

Total revenue

    3,544       3,598       10,777       11,273  

Noninterest expense

    2,140       2,158       6,386       6,273  

Pretax, pre-provision earnings from continuing operations (b)

    1,404       1,440       4,391       5,000  

Provision for credit losses

    261       486       962       2,060  

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and noncontrolling interests (pretax earnings)

  $ 1,143     $ 954     $ 3,429     $ 2,940  

Income from continuing operations before noncontrolling interests

  $ 834     $ 775     $ 2,578     $ 2,204  

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes (c)

            328               373  

Net income

  $ 834     $ 1,103     $ 2,578     $ 2,577  

Less:

         

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    4       2       (2     (12

Preferred stock dividends, including TARP (d)

    4       4       32       122  

Preferred stock discount accretion and redemptions, including redemption of TARP preferred stock discount accretion (d)

            3       1       254  

Net income attributable to common shareholders (d)

  $ 826     $ 1,094     $ 2,547     $ 2,213  

Diluted earnings per common share

         

Continuing operations

  $ 1.55     $ 1.45     $ 4.79     $ 3.52  

Discontinued operations (c)

            .62               .72  

Net income

  $ 1.55     $ 2.07     $ 4.79     $ 4.24  

Cash dividends declared per common share

  $ .35     $ .10     $ .80     $ .30  

Performance Ratios

         

Net interest margin (e)

    3.89     3.96     3.92     4.18

Noninterest income to total revenue

    39       38       40       38  

Efficiency

    60       60       59       56  

Return on:

         

Average common shareholders’ equity

    10.25       15.12       10.93       10.98  

Average assets

    1.24       1.65       1.31       1.30  

See page 60 for a glossary of certain terms used in this Report.

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation, which we believe is more meaningful to readers of our consolidated financial statements.

(a) The Executive Summary and Consolidated Income Statement Review portions of the Financial Review section of this Report provide information regarding items impacting the comparability of the periods presented.
(b) We believe that pretax, pre-provision earnings from continuing operations, a non-GAAP measure, is useful as a tool to help evaluate our ability to provide for credit costs through operations.
(c) Includes results of operations for PNC Global Investment Servicing Inc. (GIS) through June 30, 2010 and the related after-tax gain on sale. We sold GIS effective July 1, 2010, resulting in a gain of $639 million, or $328 million after taxes, recognized during the third quarter of 2010. See Sale of PNC Global Investment Servicing in the Executive Summary section of the Financial Review section of this Report and Note 2 Acquisition and Divestiture Activity in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report for additional information.
(d) We redeemed the Series N (TARP) Preferred Stock on February 10, 2010. In connection with the redemption, we accelerated the accretion of the remaining issuance discount on the Series N Preferred Stock and recorded a corresponding reduction in retained earnings of $250 million in the first quarter of 2010. This resulted in a noncash reduction in net income attributable to common shareholders and related basic and diluted earnings per share. The impact on diluted earnings per share was $.48 for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. Total dividends declared during the first nine months of 2010 included $89 million on the Series N Preferred Stock.
(e) Calculated as annualized taxable-equivalent net interest income divided by average earning assets. The interest income earned on certain earning assets is completely or partially exempt from federal income tax. As such, these tax-exempt instruments typically yield lower returns than taxable investments. To provide more meaningful comparisons of net interest margins for all earning assets, we use net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis in calculating net interest margin by increasing the interest income earned on tax-exempt assets to make it fully equivalent to interest income earned on taxable investments. This adjustment is not permitted under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) in the Consolidated Income Statement. The taxable-equivalent adjustments to net interest income for the three months ended September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010 were $27 million and $22 million, respectively. The taxable-equivalent adjustments to net interest income for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010 were $76 million and $59 million, respectively.

 

1


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED) (a)

 

Unaudited    September 30
2011
    December 31
2010
    September 30
2010
 

Balance Sheet Data (dollars in millions, except per share data)

        

Assets

   $ 269,470     $ 264,284     $ 260,133  

Loans (b) (c)

     154,543       150,595       150,127  

Allowance for loan and lease losses (b)

     4,507       4,887       5,231  

Interest-earning deposits with banks (b)

     2,773       1,610       415  

Investment securities (b)

     62,105       64,262       63,461  

Loans held for sale (c)

     2,491       3,492       3,275  

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     10,156       10,753       10,518  

Equity investments (b) (d)

     9,915       9,220       10,137  
 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

     55,180       50,019       46,065  

Interest-bearing deposits

     132,552       133,371       133,118  

Total deposits

     187,732       183,390       179,183  

Transaction deposits

     143,015       134,654       128,197  

Borrowed funds (b)

     35,102       39,488       39,763  

Shareholders’ equity

     34,219       30,242       30,042  

Common shareholders’ equity

     32,583       29,596       29,394  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     397       (431     146  
 

Book value per common share

     61.92       56.29       55.91  

Common shares outstanding (millions)

     526       526       526  

Loans to deposits

     82     82     84
 

Assets Under Administration (billions)

        

Discretionary assets under management

   $ 103     $ 108     $ 105  

Nondiscretionary assets under administration

     99       104       101  

Total assets under administration

     202       212       206  

Brokerage account assets

     33       34       33  

Total client assets

   $ 235     $ 246     $ 239  
 

Capital Ratios

        

Tier 1 common

     10.5     9.8     9.6

Tier 1 risk-based (e)

     13.1       12.1       11.9  

Total risk-based (e)

     16.5       15.6       15.6  

Leverage (e)

     11.4       10.2       9.9  

Common shareholders’ equity to assets

     12.1       11.2       11.3  
 

Asset Quality Ratios

        

Nonperforming loans to total loans

     2.39     2.97     3.22

Nonperforming assets to total loans, OREO and foreclosed assets

     2.77       3.39       3.65  

Nonperforming assets to total assets

     1.59       1.94       2.12  

Net charge-offs to average loans (for the three months ended) (annualized)

     .95       2.09       1.61  

Allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans

     2.92       3.25       3.48  

Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans (f)

     122       109       108  
(a) The Executive Summary and Consolidated Balance Sheet Review portions of the Financial Review section of this Report provide information regarding items impacting the comparability of the periods presented.
(b) Amounts include consolidated variable interest entities. See Consolidated Balance Sheet in Part I, Item 1 of this Report for additional information.
(c) Amounts include assets for which we have elected the fair value option. See Consolidated Balance Sheet in Part I, Item 1 of this Report for additional information.
(d) Amounts include our equity interest in BlackRock.
(e) The minimum US regulatory capital ratios under Basel I are 4.0% for Tier 1 risk-based, 8.0% for Total risk-based, and 4.0% for Leverage. The well-capitalized levels are 6.0% for Tier 1 risk-based, 10.0% for Total risk-based, and 5.0% for Leverage.
(f) The allowance for loan and lease losses includes impairment reserves attributable to purchased impaired loans. Nonperforming loans do not include government insured or guaranteed loans, loans held for sale, loans accounted for under the fair value option and purchased impaired loans.

 

2


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL REVIEW

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

This Financial Review, including the Consolidated Financial Highlights, should be read together with our unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements and unaudited Statistical Information included elsewhere in this Report and with Items 6, 7, 8 and 9A of our 2010 Annual Report on Form 10-K (2010 Form 10-K). We have reclassified certain prior period amounts to conform with the current period presentation, which we believe is more meaningful to readers of our consolidated financial statements. For information regarding certain business, regulatory and legal risks, see the following sections as they appear in this Report, in our 2010 Form 10-K and in our first and second quarter 2011 Form 10-Qs: the Risk Management section of the Financial Review portion of the respective report; Item 1A Risk Factors included in the respective report; and the Legal Proceedings and Commitments and Guarantees Notes of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in the respective report. Also, see the Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information and Critical Accounting Estimates And Judgments sections in this Financial Review for certain other factors that could cause actual results or future events to differ, perhaps materially, from historical performance and from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements included in this Report. See Note 18 Segment Reporting in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part I, Item 1 of this Report for a reconciliation of total business segment earnings to total PNC consolidated net income from continuing operations before noncontrolling interests as reported on a generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) basis.

 

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

PNC is one of the largest diversified financial services companies in the United States and is headquartered in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

PNC has businesses engaged in retail banking, corporate and institutional banking, asset management, and residential mortgage banking, providing many of its products and services nationally and others in PNC’s primary geographic markets located in Pennsylvania, Ohio, New Jersey, Michigan, Maryland, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Florida, Virginia, Missouri, Delaware, Washington, D.C., and Wisconsin. PNC also provides certain products and services internationally.

KEY STRATEGIC GOALS

We manage our company for the long term and focus on operating within a moderate risk profile while maintaining strong capital and liquidity positions, investing in our markets and products, and embracing our corporate responsibility to the communities where we do business. For several quarters, PNC has been focused on managing towards a moderate risk profile. At this point, we have improved PNC’s risk profile to moderate which is primarily attributable to continued improvement in our credit profile as we have experienced overall positive trends in a number of key credit metrics such as the charge-off ratio, nonperforming assets and criticized exposures.

Our strategy to enhance shareholder value centers on driving growth in pre-tax, pre-provision earnings by achieving growth in revenue from our balance sheet and diverse business mix that exceeds growth in expenses controlled through disciplined cost management.

The primary drivers of revenue are the acquisition, expansion and retention of customer relationships. We strive to expand our customer base by offering convenient banking options and

leading technology solutions, providing a broad range of fee-based and credit products and services, focusing on customer service, and managing a significantly enhanced branding initiative. This strategy is designed to give our customers choices based on their needs. Rather than striving to optimize fee revenue in the short term, our approach is focused on effectively growing targeted market share and “share of wallet.” We may also grow revenue through appropriate and targeted acquisitions and, in certain businesses, by expanding into new geographical markets.

We are focused on our strategies for quality growth. We remain committed to maintaining a moderate risk philosophy characterized by disciplined credit management and limited exposure to earnings volatility resulting from interest rate fluctuations and the shape of the interest rate yield curve. We have made substantial progress in transitioning our balance sheet over the past two years, working to return to our moderate risk profile throughout our expanded franchise. Our actions have resulted in strong capital measures, created a well-positioned balance sheet, and helped us to maintain strong bank level liquidity and investment flexibility to adjust, where appropriate and permissible, to changing interest rates and market conditions.

PENDING ACQUISITION OF RBC BANK (USA)

On June 19, 2011, PNC entered into a definitive agreement to acquire RBC Bank (USA), the US retail banking subsidiary of Royal Bank of Canada, with 424 branches in North Carolina, Florida, Alabama, Georgia, Virginia and South Carolina. The transaction is expected to add approximately $19 billion of deposits and $16 billion of loans to PNC’s Consolidated Balance Sheet and to close in March 2012, subject to customary closing conditions, including receipt of regulatory approvals. Note 2 Acquisition and Divestiture Activity in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report and our Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 19, 2011 contain additional information regarding this pending acquisition.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

PENDING ACQUISITION OF FLAGSTAR BRANCHES

On July 26, 2011, PNC signed a definitive agreement to acquire 27 branches in metropolitan Atlanta, Georgia from Flagstar Bank, FSB, a subsidiary of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc., and assume approximately $240 million of deposits associated with those branches based on balances as of June 30, 2011. Under the agreement, PNC will purchase 21 branches and lease six branches located in a seven-county area primarily north of Atlanta. Acquired real estate and fixed assets associated with the branches will be purchased for net book value, of approximately $42 million. No deposit premium will be paid and no loans will be acquired in the transaction, which is expected to close in December 2011 subject to customary closing conditions. PNC and Flagstar have both received regulatory approval in relation to the respective applications filed with the regulators.

BANKATLANTIC BRANCH ACQUISITION

Effective June 6, 2011, we acquired 19 branches from BankAtlantic in the Tampa, Florida area adding approximately $325 million of assets to our Consolidated Balance sheet, including $257 million in cash and $41 million of goodwill. In addition, we added $324 million of deposits in connection with this acquisition. Our Consolidated Income Statement includes the impact of the branch activity subsequent to our June 6, 2011 acquisition.

2011 CAPITAL AND LIQUIDITY ACTIONS

Our ability to take certain capital actions has been subject to the results of the supervisory assessment of capital adequacy undertaken by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve) and our primary bank regulators as part of the capital adequacy assessment of the 19 bank holding companies that participate in the Supervisory Capital Assessment Program. As we announced on March 18, 2011, the Federal Reserve accepted the capital plan that we submitted for their review and did not object to our capital actions proposed as part of that plan.

On April 7, 2011, consistent with our capital plan submitted to the Federal Reserve earlier in 2011, our Board of Directors approved an increase to PNC’s quarterly common stock dividend from $.10 per common share to $.35 per common share, which was paid on May 5, 2011. Additionally, also consistent with that capital plan, our Board of Directors confirmed that PNC may begin to purchase common stock under its existing 25 million share repurchase program in open market or privately negotiated transactions. We have submitted an updated capital plan reflecting the proposed acquisition of RBC Bank (USA) to the Federal Reserve for review and approval. We have placed on hold our plans to repurchase up to $500 million of common stock during the remainder of 2011 until we obtain regulatory approval for the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition, and will reevaluate share repurchase plans at that time. The discussion of capital within the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section of this Financial Review includes additional information regarding our common stock repurchase program.

On July 27, 2011, we issued one million depositary shares, each representing a 1/100th interest in a share of our Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series O, in an underwritten public offering resulting in gross proceeds to us before commissions and expenses of $1 billion. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including funding for the pending RBC Bank (USA) acquisition.

On September 19, 2011, PNC Funding Corp issued $1.25 billion of senior notes due September 2016. Interest is paid semi-annually at a fixed rate of 2.70%. The offering resulted in gross proceeds to us before offering related expenses of $1.24 billion. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including funding for the pending RBC Bank (USA) acquisition.

On October 14, 2011, we announced that November 15, 2011 will be the redemption date of $750 million of trust preferred securities issued by National City Capital Trust II with a current distribution rate of 6.625% and an original scheduled maturity date of November 15, 2036. The redemption price will be $25 per trust preferred security plus any accrued and unpaid distributions to the redemption date of November 15, 2011. The redemption will result in a noncash charge for the unamortized discount of $198 million in the fourth quarter of 2011.

RECENT MARKET AND INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENTS

There have been numerous legislative and regulatory developments and dramatic changes in the competitive landscape of our industry over the last several years.

The United States and other governments have undertaken major reform of the regulation of the financial services industry, including engaging in new efforts to impose requirements designed to strengthen the stability of the financial system and protect consumers and investors from financial abuse. We expect to face further increased regulation of our industry as a result of current and future initiatives intended to provide economic stimulus, financial market stability and enhanced regulation of financial services companies and to enhance the liquidity and solvency of financial institutions and markets. We also expect in many cases more intense scrutiny from our bank supervisors in the examination process and more aggressive enforcement of regulations on both the federal and state levels. Compliance with new regulations will increase our costs and reduce our revenue. Some new regulations may limit our ability to pursue certain desirable business opportunities.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank) mandates the most wide-ranging overhaul of financial industry regulation in decades. Dodd-Frank was signed into law on July 21, 2010. Although Dodd-Frank and other reforms will affect a number of the areas in which we do business, it is not clear at this time the full extent

 

 

4


Table of Contents

of the adjustments that will be required and the extent to which we will be able to adjust our businesses in response to the requirements. Many parts of the law are now in effect and others are now in the implementation stage, which is likely to continue for several years. The law requires that regulators, some of which are new regulatory bodies created by Dodd-Frank, draft, review and approve more than 300 implementing regulations and conduct numerous studies that are likely to lead to more regulations, a process that, while well underway, is proceeding somewhat slower than originally anticipated, thus extending the uncertainty surrounding the ultimate impact of Dodd-Frank on us.

A number of reform provisions are likely to significantly impact the ways in which banks and bank holding companies, including PNC, do business. We provide additional information on a number of these provisions (including new

consumer protection regulation, enhanced capital requirements, limitations on investment in and sponsorship of funds, risk retention by securitization participants, new regulation of derivatives, potential applicability of state consumer protection laws, and limitations on interchange fees) and some of their potential impacts on PNC in Item 1A Risk Factors included in Part II of our second quarter 2011 Form 10-Q.

RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE FORECLOSURE MATTERS

Beginning in the third quarter of 2010, mortgage foreclosure documentation practices among US financial institutions received heightened attention by regulators and the media. PNC’s US market share for residential servicing based on retail origination volume is approximately 1.6%. The vast majority of our servicing business is on behalf of other investors, principally the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) and the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA). Following the initial reports regarding

these practices, we conducted an internal review of our foreclosure procedures. Based upon our review, we believe that PNC has systems designed to ensure that no foreclosure proceeds unless the loan is genuinely in default.

Similar to other banks, however, we identified issues regarding some of our foreclosure practices. Accordingly, after implementing a delay in pursuing individual foreclosures, we have been moving forward in most jurisdictions on such matters under procedures designed to address as appropriate any documentation issues. We are also proceeding with new foreclosures under enhanced procedures designed as part of this review to minimize the risk of errors related to the processing of documentation in foreclosure cases.

The Federal Reserve and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), together with the FDIC and others, conducted a publicly-disclosed interagency horizontal review of residential mortgage servicing operations at PNC and thirteen other federally regulated mortgage servicers. As a result of that review, in April 2011 PNC entered into a consent order with the Federal Reserve and PNC Bank, National

Association (PNC Bank) entered into a consent order with the OCC. Collectively, these consent orders describe certain foreclosure-related practices and controls that the regulators found to be deficient and require PNC and PNC Bank to, among other things, develop and implement plans and programs to enhance PNC’s residential mortgage servicing and foreclosure processes, retain an independent consultant to review certain residential mortgage foreclosure actions, take certain remedial actions, and oversee compliance with the orders and the new plans and programs. The independent consultant’s review is underway, and PNC is committed to meeting all applicable legal or regulatory requirements. The two orders do not preclude the potential for civil money penalties from either of these regulators.

Other governmental, legislative and regulatory inquiries on this topic are ongoing, and may result in significant additional actions, penalties or other remedies.

For additional information, including with respect to some of these other ongoing governmental, legislative and regulatory inquiries, please see Note 16 Legal Proceedings and Note 17 Commitments and Guarantees in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report and in our second quarter 2011 Form 10-Q and see our Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 14, 2011, and Item 1A Risk Factors in our 2010 Form 10-K.

KEY FACTORS AFFECTING FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

Our financial performance is substantially affected by a number of external factors outside of our control, including the following:

   

General economic conditions, including the continuity, speed and stamina of the moderate economic recovery in general and on our customers in particular,

   

The level of, and direction, timing and magnitude of movement in, interest rates and the shape of the interest rate yield curve,

   

The functioning and other performance of, and availability of liquidity in, the capital and other financial markets,

   

Loan demand, utilization of credit commitments and standby letters of credit, and asset quality,

   

Customer demand for non-loan products and services,

   

Changes in the competitive and regulatory landscape and in counterparty creditworthiness and performance as the financial services industry restructures in the current environment,

   

The impact of the extensive reforms enacted in the Dodd-Frank legislation and other legislative, regulatory and administrative initiatives, including those outlined elsewhere in this Report, and

   

The impact of market credit spreads on asset valuations.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

In addition, our success will depend, among other things, upon:

   

Further success in the acquisition, growth and retention of customers,

   

Continued development of the geographic markets related to our recent acquisitions, including full deployment of our product offerings,

   

Progress towards closing the pending RBC Bank (USA) and Flagstar branches acquisitions,

   

Revenue growth and our ability to provide innovative and valued products to our customers,

   

Our ability to utilize technology to develop and deliver products and services to our customers,

   

Our ability to manage and implement strategic business objectives within the changing regulatory environment,

   

A sustained focus on expense management,

   

Managing the distressed assets portfolio and other impaired assets,

   

Improving our overall asset quality and continuing to meet evolving regulatory capital standards,

   

Continuing to maintain and grow our deposit base as a low-cost funding source,

   

Prudent risk and capital management related to our efforts to maintain our desired moderate risk profile,

   

Actions we take within the capital and other financial markets, and

   

The impact of legal and regulatory contingencies.

SALE OF PNC GLOBAL INVESTMENT SERVICING

On July 1, 2010, we sold PNC Global Investment Servicing Inc. (GIS), a leading provider of processing, technology and business intelligence services to asset managers, broker-dealers and financial advisors worldwide, for $2.3 billion in cash pursuant to a definitive agreement entered into on February 2, 2010. The pretax gain recorded in the third quarter of 2010 related to this sale was $639 million, or $328 million after taxes.

Results of operations of GIS through June 30, 2010 are presented as income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes, on our Consolidated Income Statement in this Report. Once we entered into the sales agreement, GIS was no longer a reportable business segment. See Note 2 Acquisition and Divestiture Activity in our Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report.

INCOME STATEMENT HIGHLIGHTS

   

Strong third quarter 2011 results reflected growth in clients, loans and deposits with improving credit quality and disciplined expense management.

   

Net interest income of $2.2 billion for the third quarter 2011 decreased $40 million compared with third quarter 2010 primarily due to the impact of lower purchase accounting accretion.

   

Noninterest income of $1.4 billion for third quarter 2011 declined $14 million compared to third quarter 2010.

   

The provision for credit losses of $261 million for the third quarter declined from $486 million in the third quarter of 2010 as overall credit quality continued to improve.

   

Noninterest expense of $2.1 billion declined $18 million compared with the third quarter of 2010 reflecting the impact of integration costs during the third quarter of 2010 partially offset by various nominal increases in expenses incurred in the third quarter of 2011.

CREDIT QUALITY HIGHLIGHTS

   

Overall credit quality continued to improve in the third quarter of 2011.

   

Nonperforming assets declined $825 million, or 16 percent, to $4.3 billion at September 30, 2011 compared with December 31, 2010.

   

Accruing loans past due decreased 5% to $4.3 billion at September 30, 2011 from $4.5 billion at December 31, 2010. Balances generally declined with the exception of government insured loans, primarily other consumer education, and home equity, which increased.

   

Net charge-offs declined to $365 million in the third quarter compared with $614 million in the third quarter of 2010.

   

The allowance for loan and lease losses was 2.92% of total loans and 122% of nonperforming loans as of September 30, 2011 compared with 3.25% and 109% as of December 31, 2010.

BALANCE SHEET HIGHLIGHTS

   

PNC grew clients throughout its businesses during the third quarter of 2011.

   

Retail banking net checking relationships grew by 95,000 during the third quarter of 2011 and 49,000 in the third quarter of 2010. Net new checking relationships grew by 225,000 in the first nine months of 2011, excluding the impact of the second quarter 2011 acquisition of branches from BankAtlantic.

   

New client acquisitions in Corporate Banking are on pace to exceed the 1,000 new primary client goal for 2011 and increased 10 percent over the third quarter of 2010.

   

Asset Management Group delivered its highest levels of the year in new sales, new primary clients and referrals from PNC’s retail, corporate and commercial bankers during the third quarter of 2011.

   

Total loans of $155 billion at September 30, 2011 grew $3.9 billion compared with December 31, 2010.

 

 

6


Table of Contents
   

Commercial lending grew $5.3 billion, which was partially offset by a $1.4 billion decline in consumer lending.

   

Loans and commitments originated and renewed totaled approximately $39 billion in the third quarter of 2011, including $1 billion of small business loans.

   

Total deposits were $188 billion at September 30, 2011, up $4.3 billion from December 31, 2010.

   

Transaction deposits increased $8.4 billion to $143 billion compared with December 31, 2010.

   

Higher cost retail certificates of deposit continued to decline with a net reduction of $2.0 billion, or 6 percent, in the third quarter.

   

PNC’s high quality balance sheet reflected a moderate risk profile, remained core funded with a loans to deposits ratio of 82 percent at September 30, 2011, and had strong capital and liquidity positions to support growth.

Our Consolidated Income Statement and Consolidated Balance Sheet Review sections of this Financial Review describe in greater detail the various items that impacted our results for the first nine months and third quarters of 2011 and 2010 and balances at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

AVERAGE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET HIGHLIGHTS

Various seasonal and other factors impact our period-end balances whereas average balances are generally more indicative of underlying business trends apart from the impact of acquisitions and divestitures. The Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section of this Financial Review provides information on changes in selected Consolidated Balance Sheet categories at September 30, 2011 compared with December 31, 2010.

Total average assets were $263.5 billion for the first nine months of 2011 compared with $265.4 billion for the first nine months of 2010. Average interest-earning assets were $223.0 billion for the first nine months of 2011, compared with $225.1 billion in the first nine months of 2010. In both comparisons, the declines were primarily driven by a $4.5 billion decrease in average total loans partially offset by a $2.9 billion increase in average total investment securities. The overall decline in average loans reflected lower loan demand, loan repayments, dispositions and net charge-offs. The increase in total investment securities reflected net investments of excess liquidity primarily in agency residential mortgage-backed securities.

Average total loans decreased $4.5 billion, to $150.6 billion for the first nine months of 2011 compared with the first nine months of 2010. The decrease in average total loans primarily reflected declines in commercial real estate of $4.2 billion and residential real estate of $3.2 billion, partially offset by a $3.6 billion increase in commercial loans. Commercial real estate

loans declined due to loan sales, paydowns, and charge-offs. The decrease in residential real estate was impacted by portfolio management activities, paydowns and net charge-offs. Commercial loans increased due to a combination of new client acquisition and improved utilization. Loans represented 68% of average interest-earning assets for the first nine months of 2011 and 69% of average interest-earning assets for the first nine months of 2010.

Average securities available for sale increased $1.5 billion, to $50.9 billion, in the first nine months of 2011 compared with the first nine months of 2010. Average agency residential mortgage-backed securities increased $4.2 billion, asset-backed securities increased $1.2 billion and other debt securities increased $1.1 billion in the comparison while US Treasury and government agency securities decreased $3.4 billion and non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities declined $1.9 billion. The impact of purchases of agency residential mortgage-backed securities and other debt was partially offset by paydowns, sales and transfers of other security types.

Average securities held to maturity increased $1.4 billion, to $8.5 billion, in the first nine months of 2011 compared with the first nine months of 2010. The increase primarily reflected the transfer during the second quarter of 2011 of securities with a fair value of $3.4 billion from available for sale to held to maturity, including $2.8 billion of agency residential mortgage-backed securities, $285 million of agency commercial mortgage-backed securities and $365 million of agency guaranteed other debt securities, and the transfer during the third quarter of 2011 of securities with a fair value of $2.9 billion from available for sale to held to maturity, including $1.9 billion of agency residential mortgage-backed securities and $323 million of agency commercial mortgage-backed securities. These transfers were the primary cause for the increases of $.8 billion in average commercial mortgage-backed securities and $1.7 billion in average residential mortgage-backed securities in the first nine months of 2011 compared with the first nine months of 2010. These increases more than offset a $1.4 billion decrease in average asset-backed securities in the comparison.

Total investment securities comprised 27% of average interest-earning assets for the first nine months of 2011 and 25% for the first nine months of 2010.

Average noninterest-earning assets totaled $40.5 billion in the first nine months of 2011 compared with $40.3 billion in the first nine months of 2010.

Average total deposits were $181.9 billion for the first nine months of 2011 compared with $182.0 billion for the first nine months of 2010. Average deposits remained flat from the prior year period primarily as a result of decreases of $9.1 billion in average retail certificates of deposit and $.5 billion in average other time deposits, which were offset by increases of $6.2

 

 

7


Table of Contents

billion in average noninterest-bearing deposits, $2.1 billion in average demand deposits and $1.1 billion in average savings deposits. Total deposits at September 30, 2011 were $187.7 billion compared with $183.4 billion at December 31, 2010 and are further discussed within the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section of this Report.

Average total deposits represented 69% of average total assets for the first nine months of both 2011 and 2010.

Average transaction deposits were $136.0 billion for the first nine months of 2011 compared with $127.2 billion for the first nine months of 2010. The continued execution of the retail deposit strategy and customer preference for liquidity contributed to the year-over-year increase in average balances. In addition, commercial and corporate deposit growth has been very strong, particularly in the third quarter 2011. The prolonged period of low interest rates has led to a preference for liquidity by commercial and corporate customers as well; this, combined with the attraction of FDIC insurance, has resulted in an industry-wide trend of commercial customers maintaining higher levels of noninterest-bearing demand deposits.

Average borrowed funds were $35.7 billion for the first nine months of 2011 compared with $40.8 billion for the first nine months of 2010. Maturities of Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) borrowings drove the decline compared with the first nine months of 2010. Total borrowed funds at September 30, 2011 were $35.1 billion compared with $39.5 billion at December 31, 2010 and are further discussed within the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section of this Financial Review. The Liquidity Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Financial Review includes additional information regarding our sources and uses of borrowed funds.

BUSINESS SEGMENT HIGHLIGHTS

Total business segment earnings were $2.1 billion for the first nine months of 2011 and $2.0 billion for the first nine months of 2010. Highlights of results for the third quarters of 2011 and 2010 are included below. The Business Segments Review section of this Financial Review includes a Results of Business-Summary table and further analysis of our business segment results over the first nine months of 2011 and 2010 including presentation differences from Note 18 Segment Reporting in our Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report.

We provide a reconciliation of total business segment earnings to PNC consolidated income from continuing operations before noncontrolling interests as reported on a GAAP basis in Note 18 Segment Reporting in our Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report.

Retail Banking

Retail Banking earned $59 million in the first nine months of 2011 compared with earnings of $100 million for the same period a year ago. Earnings declined from the prior year as lower revenues from the impact of Regulation E rules related to overdraft fees and a low interest rate environment were partially offset by a lower provision for credit losses. Retail Banking continued to maintain its focus on growing customers and deposits, improving customer and employee satisfaction, investing in the business for future growth, and disciplined expense management during this period of market and economic uncertainty.

Retail Banking earned $33 million for the third quarter of 2011 compared with a loss of $4 million for third quarter 2010. The increase over third quarter 2010 resulted from a lower provision for credit losses somewhat offset by a decline in revenue from the impact of Regulation E rules related to overdraft fees and lower net interest income.

Corporate & Institutional Banking

Corporate & Institutional Banking earned $1.3 billion in the first nine months of 2011 and 2010. The comparison was impacted by a lower provision for credit losses in 2011, offset by a decline in net interest income and lower commercial mortgage loan servicing income combined with higher commercial mortgage servicing rights impairment. We continued to focus on adding new clients and increased our cross selling to serve our clients’ needs, particularly in the western markets, and remained committed to strong expense discipline.

Corporate & Institutional Banking earned $419 million in the third quarter of 2011 compared with $435 million in the third quarter of 2010. The decline from 2010 was impacted by a higher provision for credit losses that more than offset an increase in revenue.

Asset Management Group

Asset Management Group earned $124 million in the first nine months of 2011 compared with $109 million in the first nine months of 2010. Assets under administration were $202 billion at September 30, 2011. Earnings for the first nine months of 2011 reflected a benefit from the provision for credit losses and growth in noninterest income. Noninterest expense increased due to continued investments in the business including additional headcount and the roll-out of our new reporting technology, PNC Wealth InsightSM. The core growth strategies for the business include: increasing channel penetration; investing in higher growth geographies; and investing in differentiated client-facing technology such as PNC Wealth InsightSM. During the first nine months of 2011, the business delivered strong sales production, grew high value clients and benefitted from significant referrals from other PNC lines of business. Over time, the successful execution of these strategies and the accumulation of our

 

 

8


Table of Contents

strong sales performance are expected to create meaningful growth in assets under management and noninterest income.

Asset Management Group earned $33 million in the third quarter of 2011 compared with $43 million in the third quarter of 2010. The earnings decline in the comparison with third quarter 2010 was primarily attributable to higher noninterest expense from strategic business investments. During the third quarter of 2011, the business delivered its highest levels of the year in new sales, referrals and new primary client acquisition. In addition, PNC Wealth InsightSM has now reached 12,000 clients and new clients continue to be enrolled.

Residential Mortgage Banking

Residential Mortgage Banking earned $148 million in the first nine months of 2011 compared with $266 million in the first nine months of 2010. Earnings declined from the prior year period primarily as a result of higher noninterest expense, lower net interest income and a higher provision for credit losses.

Residential Mortgage Banking earned $22 million in the third quarter of 2011 compared with $97 million in the third quarter of 2010. The decline in earnings from the prior year third quarter primarily resulted from higher noninterest expense and lower net hedging gains on mortgage servicing rights.

BlackRock

Our BlackRock business segment earned $271 million in the first nine months of 2011 and $253 million in the first nine months of 2010. Third quarter 2011 business segment earnings from BlackRock were $92 million compared with $99 million in the third quarter of 2010. The lower business

segment earnings from BlackRock for the third quarter of 2011 compared to the third quarter of 2010 was primarily due to a decrease in PNC’s share of BlackRock earnings.

Distressed Assets Portfolio

This business segment consists primarily of acquired non-strategic assets. The business activities of the segment are focused on maximizing value when exiting the under-performing portion of the portfolio. Distressed Assets Portfolio had earnings of $202 million for the first nine months of 2011 compared with $14 million in the first nine months of 2010. The increase was driven primarily by a lower provision for credit losses partially offset by a decline in net interest income.

Distressed Assets Portfolio segment had earnings of $93 million for the third quarter of 2011 compared with $20 million for the third quarter of 2010. The increase from the third quarter 2010 resulted from a lower provision for credit losses.

Other

“Other” reported earnings of $475 million for the nine months of 2011 compared with earnings of $211 million for the first nine months of 2010. The increase in earnings over the first nine months of 2010 primarily reflected the impact of integration costs incurred in the 2010 period.

“Other” reported earnings of $142 million in the third quarter of 2011 and $85 million in the third quarter of 2010. The increase in earnings over the third quarter of 2010 primarily reflected the impact of integration costs incurred in the 2010 period.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT REVIEW

Our Consolidated Income Statement is presented in Part I, Item 1 of this Report.

Net income for both the first nine months of 2011 and 2010 was $2.6 billion. Net income for the third quarter of 2011 was $.8 billion compared with $1.1 billion for the third quarter of 2010. Net income for third quarter 2010 included the $328 million after-tax gain on our sale of GIS. Strong earnings for the first nine months and third quarter of 2011 reflected growth in customers, loans and deposits with improving overall credit quality and disciplined expense management.

Total revenue for the first nine months of 2011 was $10.8 billion compared with $11.3 billion for the first nine months of 2010. Total revenue for the third quarter of 2011 was $3.5 billion compared with $3.6 billion for the third quarter of 2010. The decline in both comparisons reflected lower net interest income in the 2011 periods attributable to lower purchase accounting accretion.

NET INTEREST INCOME AND NET INTEREST MARGIN

 

     Three months ended
September 30
    Nine months ended
September 30
 
Dollars in millions    2011     2010     2011     2010  

Net interest income

   $ 2,175     $ 2,215     $ 6,501     $ 7,029  

Net interest margin

     3.89     3.96     3.92     4.18

Changes in net interest income and margin result from the interaction of the volume and composition of interest-earning assets and related yields, interest-bearing liabilities and related rates paid, and noninterest-bearing sources of funding. See the Statistical Information (Unaudited) – Average Consolidated Balance Sheet And Net Interest Analysis section of this Report for additional information.

The decreases in net interest income and net interest margin compared with both the third quarter of 2010 and the first nine months of 2010 were primarily attributable to lower purchase accounting accretion. A decline in average loan balances and the low interest rate environment, partially offset by lower funding costs, also contributed to the decrease in the nine month periods.

The net interest margin was 3.92% for the first nine months of 2011 and 4.18% for the first nine months of 2010. The following factors impacted the comparison:

   

A 43 basis point decrease in the yield on interest-earning assets. The yield on loans, the largest portion of our earning assets, decreased 38 basis points.

   

These factors were partially offset by a weighted-average 16 basis point decline in the rate accrued on interest-bearing liabilities. The rate accrued on interest-bearing deposits, the largest component,

   

decreased 19 basis points, the impact of which was partially offset by a 9 basis point increase in the rate accrued on total borrowed funds.

The net interest margin was 3.89% for the third quarter of 2011 and 3.96% for the third quarter of 2010. The following factors impacted the comparison:

   

A 30 basis point decrease in the yield on interest-earning assets. The yield on loans, the largest portion of our earning assets, decreased 24 basis points.

   

These factors were partially offset by a weighted-average 24 basis point decline in the rate accrued on interest-bearing liabilities.

We expect our fourth quarter 2011 net interest income to remain stable compared to third quarter 2011 as core net interest income should continue to grow offset by the expected decline in purchase accounting accretion. Approximately $6 billion of higher cost retail consumer CDs are scheduled to mature in the fourth quarter of 2011 at a weighted-average rate of about 2%. We expect that these will be redeemed or re-priced on average at a significantly lower rate, which will benefit our funding costs.

NONINTEREST INCOME

Noninterest income totaled $4.3 billion for the first nine months of 2011 and $4.2 billion for the first nine months of 2010. Noninterest income was $1.4 billion for the third quarter of both 2011 and 2010. Noninterest income for the third quarter of 2011 reflected higher asset management fees that were offset by lower service charges on deposits from the impact of Regulation E rules pertaining to overdraft fees and lower residential mortgage banking revenue.

Asset management revenue, including BlackRock, increased $87 million to $838 million in the first nine months of 2011 compared with the first nine months of 2010. Asset management revenue was $287 million in the third quarter of 2011 compared with $249 million in the third quarter of 2010. These increases were driven by strong sales performance in both comparisons and by higher equity earnings from our BlackRock investment in the year-to-date comparison. Discretionary assets under management at September 30, 2011 totaled $103 billion compared with $105 billion at September 30, 2010.

For the first nine months of 2011, consumer services fees totaled $974 million compared with $939 million in the first nine months of 2010. Consumer services fees were $330 million in the third quarter of 2011 compared with $328 million in the third quarter of 2010. The increases reflected higher volume-related transaction fees, such as debit and credit cards and merchant services.

Corporate services revenue totaled $632 million in the first nine months of 2011 and $712 million in the first nine months of 2010. Corporate services revenue was $187 million in the third quarter of 2011 compared with $183 million in the third

 

 

10


Table of Contents

quarter of 2010. Higher commercial mortgage servicing rights impairment charges drove the year-to-date decline, while the quarterly comparison was essentially flat. Corporate services fees include the noninterest component of treasury management fees, which continued to be a strong contributor to revenue.

Residential mortgage revenue totaled $556 million in the first nine months of 2011 and $542 million in the first nine months of 2010. Third quarter 2011 residential mortgage revenue totaled $198 million compared with $216 million in the third quarter of 2010. Higher loans sales revenue drove the year-to-date comparison, while lower servicing fees and lower net hedging gains on mortgage servicing rights were reflected in the quarterly decline.

Service charges on deposits totaled $394 million for the first nine months of 2011 and $573 million for the first nine months of 2010. Service charges on deposits totaled $140 million for the third quarter of 2011 and $164 million for third quarter of 2010. The decline in both comparisons resulted primarily from the impact of Regulation E rules pertaining to overdraft fees.

Net gains on sales of securities totaled $187 million for the first nine months of 2011 and $358 million for the first nine months of 2010. Net gains on sales of securities were $68 million for the third quarter of 2011 and $121 million for third quarter of 2010.

The net credit component of OTTI of securities recognized in earnings was a loss of $108 million in the nine months of 2011, including $35 million in the third quarter, compared with losses of $281 million and $71 million, respectively for the same periods in 2010.

Other noninterest income totaled $803 million for the first nine months of 2011 compared with $650 million for the first nine months of 2010. Other noninterest income totaled $194 million for third quarter of 2011 compared with $193 million for third quarter of 2010. Both increases over the comparable 2010 periods were driven by several individually insignificant items.

Other noninterest income typically fluctuates from period to period depending on the nature and magnitude of transactions completed. Further details regarding our trading activities are included in the Market Risk Management – Trading Risk portion of the Risk Management section of this Financial Review, further details regarding equity and alternative investments are included in the Market Risk Management-Equity And Other Investment Risk section and further details regarding gains or losses related to our equity investment in BlackRock are included in the Business Segments Review section.

Looking to fourth quarter 2011, we see opportunities for growth in our fee-based revenues as a result of our larger

franchise, our ability to cross-sell our products and services to existing clients and our progress in adding new clients. At the same time, we will see the continued impact of ongoing regulatory reforms. The Dodd-Frank limits related to interchange rates on debit card transactions were effective October 1, 2011 and are expected to have a negative impact on revenues of approximately $75 million in the fourth quarter of 2011 and an additional incremental reduction in future periods’ annual revenue of approximately $175 million, based on expected 2011 transaction volumes. In addition, in the fourth quarter of 2011 we do not expect impairments of a similar magnitude for commercial mortgage servicing rights as experienced in the third quarter of 2011. We believe noninterest income in the fourth quarter should be relatively flat compared to the current third quarter level. The diversity of our revenue streams should enable us to achieve a solid performance in an environment that will continue to be affected by regulatory reform headwinds and implementation challenges.

PRODUCT REVENUE

In addition to credit and deposit products for commercial customers, Corporate & Institutional Banking offers other services, including treasury management, capital markets-related products and services, and commercial real estate loan servicing for customers in all business segments. A portion of the revenue and expense related to these products is reflected in Corporate & Institutional Banking and the remainder is reflected in the results of other businesses. The Other Information section in the Corporate & Institutional Banking table in the Business Segments Review section of this Financial Review includes the consolidated revenue to PNC for these services. A discussion of the consolidated revenue from these services follows.

Treasury management revenue, which includes fees as well as net interest income from customer deposit balances, totaled $891 million for the first nine months of 2011 and $915 million for the first nine months of 2010. For the third quarter of 2011, treasury management revenue was $298 million compared with $320 million for the third quarter of 2010. Declining deposit spreads more than offset increases in core processing products, such as lockbox and information reporting, and in growth products such as commercial card and healthcare related services.

Revenue from capital markets-related products and services totaled $462 million in the first nine months of 2011 compared with $401 million in the first nine months of 2010. Third quarter 2011 revenue was $158 million compared with $116 million for the third quarter of 2010. Both comparisons were driven by higher valuations on derivatives executed for clients, higher sales volumes and an increase in merger and acquisition advisory fees.

Commercial mortgage banking activities include revenue derived from commercial mortgage servicing (including net interest income and noninterest income from loan servicing

 

 

11


Table of Contents

and ancillary services, net of commercial mortgage servicing rights amortization, and commercial mortgage servicing rights valuations), and revenue derived from commercial mortgage loans intended for sale and related hedges (including loan origination fees, net interest income, valuation adjustments and gains or losses on sales).

Commercial mortgage banking activities resulted in revenue of $26 million in the first nine months of 2011 compared with $146 million in the first nine months of 2010. For the third quarter of 2011, losses from commercial mortgage banking activities totaled $27 million compared with losses of $16 million for the third quarter of 2010. The decline in the nine month comparison was primarily due to a reduction in the value of commercial mortgage servicing rights largely driven by lower interest rates and higher loan prepayment rates. The nine months of 2010 included a higher level of ancillary commercial mortgage servicing fees and revenue from a duplicative agency servicing operation that was sold last year which contributed to the year-over-year decrease. Income from commercial mortgage loans held for sale benefited the nine month comparison.

PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The provision for credit losses totaled $1.0 billion for the first nine months of 2011 compared with $2.1 billion for the first nine months of 2010. The provision for credit losses totaled $261 million for the third quarter of 2011 compared with $486 million for the third quarter of 2010. The decline in both comparisons was driven by overall credit quality improvement and continuation of actions to reduce exposure levels.

We expect our provision for credit losses in the fourth quarter of 2011 to remain relatively consistent with the third quarter 2011 level.

The Credit Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Financial Review includes additional information regarding factors impacting the provision for credit losses.

NONINTEREST EXPENSE

Noninterest expense was $6.4 billion for the first nine months of 2011 and $6.3 billion for the first nine months of 2010. Noninterest expense totaled $2.1 billion for the third quarter of 2011 and declined $18 million compared with noninterest expense for the third quarter of 2010. The decline reflects the impact of integration costs during the third quarter of 2010 partially offset by various nominal increases in expenses incurred in the third quarter of 2011. Integration costs included in noninterest expense totaled $309 million for the first nine months of 2010, including $96 million in the third quarter of that year. Noninterest expense for the first nine months of 2011 included higher foreclosure-related costs and, in the second quarter, the impact of approximately $40 million related to accruals for legal contingencies primarily associated with pending lawsuits net of anticipated insurance recoveries.

Apart from the possible impact of legal and regulatory contingencies and the impact of the $198 million non-cash charge for the unamortized discount related to redemption of $750 million of trust preferred securities during the fourth quarter of 2011, we expect that total noninterest expense for fourth quarter 2011 will be relatively consistent with third quarter 2011 expenses. This expectation reflects the shift in the deposit insurance base calculations from deposits to average assets less Tier 1 capital which was effective April 1, 2011 under Dodd Frank. The difference in premium is not material.

EFFECTIVE INCOME TAX RATE

The effective income tax rate was 24.8% in the first nine months of 2011 compared with 25.0% in the first nine months of 2010. For the third quarter of 2011, our effective income tax rate was 27.0% compared with 18.8% for the third quarter of 2010. The lower rate in the third quarter of 2010 was primarily the result of a tax benefit of $89 million related to a favorable IRS ruling that resolved a prior tax position. We anticipate that the effective income tax rate will be approximately 27% for the fourth quarter of 2011.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET REVIEW

SUMMARIZED BALANCE SHEET DATA

 

In millions    Sept. 30
2011
     Dec. 31
2010
 

Assets

       

Loans

   $ 154,543      $ 150,595  

Investment securities

     62,105        64,262  

Cash and short-term investments

     11,521        10,437  

Loans held for sale

     2,491        3,492  

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     10,156        10,753  

Equity investments

     9,915        9,220  

Other, net

     18,739        15,525  

Total assets

   $ 269,470      $ 264,284  

Liabilities

       

Deposits

   $ 187,732      $ 183,390  

Borrowed funds

     35,102        39,488  

Other

     9,394        8,568  

Total liabilities

     232,228        231,446  

Total shareholders’ equity

     34,219        30,242  

Noncontrolling interests

     3,023        2,596  

Total equity

     37,242        32,838  

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 269,470      $ 264,284  

The summarized balance sheet data above is based upon our Consolidated Balance Sheet in this Report.

The increase in total assets at September 30, 2011 compared with December 31, 2010 was primarily due to an increase in loans and other assets, partially offset by a decrease in investment securities.

An analysis of changes in selected balance sheet categories follows.

LOANS

A summary of the major categories of loans outstanding follows. Outstanding loan balances of $154.5 billion at September 30, 2011 and $150.6 billion at December 31, 2010 were net of unearned income, net deferred loan fees, unamortized discounts and premiums, and purchase discounts and premiums of $2.4 billion at September 30, 2011 and $2.7 billion at December 31, 2010, respectively. The balances do not include future accretable net interest (i.e., the difference between the undiscounted expected cash flows and the carrying value of the loan) on the purchased impaired loans.

Loans increased $3.9 billion as of September 30, 2011 compared with December 31, 2010. Growth in commercial loans of $7.1 billion and auto loans of $1.5 billion was partially offset by declines of $1.5 billion in commercial real estate loans, $1.3 billion of residential real estate loans and $1.1 billion of home equity loans compared with year end. Commercial loans increased due to a combination of new client acquisition and improved utilization. Auto loans

increased due to the expansion of sales force and product introduction to acquired markets, as well as overall increases in auto sales. Commercial and residential real estate loans declined due to loan sales, paydowns, and charge-offs. Home equity loans declined during the first nine months of 2011 as paydowns, charge-offs, and portfolio management activities exceeded new loan production and draws on existing lines.

Loans represented 57% of total assets at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010. Commercial lending represented 55% of the loan portfolio at September 30, 2011 and 53% at December 31, 2010. Consumer lending represented 45% at September 30, 2011 and 47% at December 31, 2010.

Commercial real estate loans represented 6% of total assets at September 30, 2011 and 7% of total assets at December 31, 2010.

Details Of Loans

 

In millions   Sept. 30
2011
    Dec. 31
2010
 

Commercial

     

Retail/wholesale trade

  $ 11,287     $ 9,901  

Manufacturing

    10,980       9,334  

Service providers

    9,326       8,866  

Real estate related (a)

    8,073       7,500  

Financial services

    5,676       4,573  

Health care

    4,668       3,481  

Other industries

    12,240       11,522  

Total commercial

    62,250       55,177  

Commercial real estate

     

Real estate projects

    10,936       12,211  

Commercial mortgage

    5,477       5,723  

Total commercial real estate

    16,413       17,934  

Equipment lease financing

    6,186       6,393  

TOTAL COMMERCIAL LENDING (b)

    84,849       79,504  

Consumer

     

Home equity

     

Lines of credit

    22,677       23,473  

Installment

    10,486       10,753  

Residential real estate

     

Residential mortgage

    14,022       15,292  

Residential construction

    633       707  

Credit card

    3,785       3,920  

Other consumer

     

Education

    9,154       9,196  

Automobile

    4,447       2,983  

Other

    4,490       4,767  

TOTAL CONSUMER LENDING

    69,694       71,091  

Total loans

  $ 154,543     $ 150,595  
(a) Includes loans to customers in the real estate and construction industries.
(b) Construction loans with interest reserves, and A/B Note restructurings are not significant to PNC.

Total loans above include purchased impaired loans of $6.9 billion, or 4% of total loans, at September 30, 2011, and $7.8 billion, or 5% of total loans, at December 31, 2010.

 

 

13


Table of Contents

We are committed to providing credit and liquidity to qualified borrowers. Total loan originations and new commitments and renewals totaled $104 billion for the first nine months of 2011.

Our loan portfolio continued to be diversified among numerous industries and types of businesses in our principal geographic markets.

Commercial lending is the largest category and is the most sensitive to changes in assumptions and judgments underlying the determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL). This estimate also considers other relevant factors such as:

   

Actual versus estimated losses,

   

Regional and national economic conditions,

   

Business segment and portfolio concentrations,

   

Industry conditions,

   

The impact of government regulations, and

   

Risk of potential estimation or judgmental errors, including the accuracy of risk ratings.

Higher Risk Loans

Our loan portfolio includes certain loans deemed to be higher risk and therefore more likely to result in credit losses. As of September 30, 2011, we established specific and pooled reserves on the total commercial lending category of $2.2 billion. This commercial lending reserve included what we believe to be appropriate loss coverage on the higher risk commercial loans in the total commercial portfolio. The commercial lending reserve represented 49% of the total ALLL of $4.5 billion at that date. The remaining 51% of ALLL pertained to the total consumer lending category. This category of loans is more homogenous in nature and has certain characteristics that can be assessed at a total portfolio level in terms of loans representing higher risk. We do not consider government insured or guaranteed loans to be higher risk as defaults are materially mitigated by payments of insurance or guarantee amounts for approved claims. Additional information regarding our higher risk loans is included in Note 5 Asset Quality and Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and

Letters of Credit in our Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Report.

Information related to purchased impaired loans, purchase accounting accretion and accretable net interest recognized during the first nine months of 2011 and 2010 follows.

Total Purchase Accounting Accretion

 

     Three months ended
September 30
    Nine months ended
September 30
 
In millions    2011     2010     2011     2010  

Non-impaired loans

   $ 68     $ 70     $ 208     $ 293  

Impaired loans

          

Scheduled accretion

     166       187       512       710  

Excess cash recoveries

     72       111       193       350  

Reversal of contractual interest on impaired loans

     (99     (138     (293     (408

Total impaired loans

     139       160       412       652  

Securities

     15       15       38       39  

Deposits

     90       122       281       433  

Borrowings

     (20     (42     (76     (112

Total

   $ 292     $ 325     $ 863     $ 1,305  

Total Remaining Purchase Accounting Accretion

 

In billions    Sept. 30
2011
    Dec. 31
2010
 

Non-impaired loans

   $ 1.0     $ 1.2  

Impaired loans

     2.3       2.2  

Total loans (gross)

     3.3       3.4  

Securities

     .4       .5  

Deposits

     .2       .5  

Borrowings

     (1.0     (1.1

Total

   $ 2.9     $ 3.3  

Accretable Net Interest – Purchased Impaired Loans

 

In billions    2011     2010  

January 1

   $ 2.2     $ 3.5  

Accretion

     (.5     (.7

Excess cash recoveries

     (.2     (.4

Net reclassifications to accretable from non-accretable

     .9       .1  

Disposals

     (.1     (.2

September 30

   $ 2.3     $ 2.3  
 

 

14


Table of Contents

Valuation of Purchased Impaired Loans

 

     September 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  
Dollars in billions    Balance      Net
Investment
    Balance      Net
Investment
 

Commercial and commercial real estate loans:

            

Unpaid principal balance

   $ 1.1        $ 1.8       

Purchased impaired mark

     (.2        (.4     

Recorded investment

     .9          1.4       

Allowance for loan losses

     (.2        (.3     

Net investment

     .7        64     1.1        61

Consumer and residential mortgage loans:

            

Unpaid principal balance

     6.8          7.9       

Purchased impaired mark

     (.8        (1.5     

Recorded investment

     6.0          6.4       

Allowance for loan losses

     (.8        (.6     

Net investment

     5.2        76     5.8        73

Total purchased impaired loans:

            

Unpaid principal balance

     7.9          9.7       

Purchased impaired mark

     (1.0        (1.9     

Recorded investment

     6.9          7.8       

Allowance for loan losses

     (1.0        (.9     

Net investment

   $ 5.9        75   $ 6.9        71

 

The unpaid principal balance of purchased impaired loans declined from $9.7 billion at December 31, 2010 to $7.9 billion at September 30, 2011 due to payments, disposals, and charge-offs of amounts determined to be uncollectible. The remaining purchased impaired mark at September 30, 2011 was $1.0 billion, which was a decline from $1.9 billion at December 31, 2010. The associated allowance for loan losses increased slightly by $.1 billion to $1.0 billion at September 30, 2011. The net investment of $6.9 billion at December 31, 2010 declined 14% to $5.9 billion at September 30, 2011. At September 30, 2011, our largest individual purchased impaired loan had a recorded investment of $25 million.

We currently expect to collect total cash flows of $8.2 billion on purchased impaired loans, representing the $5.9 billion net investment at September 30, 2011 and the accretable net interest of $2.3 billion shown in the Accretable Net Interest-Purchased Impaired Loans table. These represent the net future cash flows on purchased impaired loans, as contractual interest will be reversed.

Net unfunded credit commitments are comprised of the following:

Net Unfunded Credit Commitments

 

      September 30,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 

Commercial / commercial real estate (a)

   $ 65,497      $ 59,256  

Home equity lines of credit

     18,613        19,172  

Credit card

     15,699        14,725  

Other

     3,427        2,652  

Total

   $ 103,236      $ 95,805  
(a) Less than 3% of these amounts at each date relate to commercial real estate.

Commitments to extend credit represent arrangements to lend funds or provide liquidity subject to specified contractual conditions. Commercial commitments reported above exclude syndications, assignments and participations, primarily to financial institutions, totaling $19.7 billion at September 30, 2011 and $16.7 billion at December 31, 2010.

Unfunded liquidity facility commitments and standby bond purchase agreements totaled $701 million at September 30, 2011 and $458 million at December 31, 2010 and are included in the preceding table primarily within the “Commercial / commercial real estate” category.

In addition to the credit commitments set forth in the table above, our net outstanding standby letters of credit totaled $10.9 billion at September 30, 2011 and $10.1 billion at December 31, 2010. Standby letters of credit commit us to make payments on behalf of our customers if specified future events occur.

 

 

15


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT SECURITIES

Details of Investment Securities

 

In millions    Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 

September 30, 2011

       

Securities Available for Sale

       

Debt securities

       

US Treasury and government agencies

   $ 3,397      $ 3,751  

Residential mortgage-backed

       

Agency

     26,963        27,683  

Non-agency

     6,949        5,988  

Commercial mortgage-backed

       

Agency

     956        991  

Non-agency

     2,646        2,646  

Asset-backed

     3,914        3,751  

State and municipal

     1,714        1,728  

Other debt

     2,741        2,825  

Corporate stocks and other

     352        352  

Total securities available for sale

   $ 49,632      $ 49,715  

Securities Held to Maturity

       

Debt securities

       

US Treasury and government agencies

   $ 219      $ 256  

Residential mortgage-backed (agency)

     4,588        4,692  

Commercial mortgage-backed

       

Agency

     1,290        1,331  

Non-agency

     3,770        3,871  

Asset-backed

     1,489        1,508  

State and municipal

     670        689  

Other debt

     364        377  

Total securities held to maturity

   $ 12,390      $ 12,724  

December 31, 2010

       

Securities Available for Sale

       

Debt securities

       

US Treasury and government agencies

   $ 5,575      $ 5,710  

Residential mortgage-backed

       

Agency

     31,697        31,720  

Non-agency

     8,193        7,233  

Commercial mortgage-backed

       

Agency

     1,763        1,797  

Non-agency

     1,794        1,856  

Asset-backed

     2,780        2,582  

State and municipal

     1,999        1,957  

Other debt

     3,992        4,077  

Corporate stocks and other

     378        378  

Total securities available for sale

   $ 58,171      $ 57,310  

Securities Held to Maturity

       

Debt securities

       

Commercial mortgage-backed (non-agency)

   $ 4,316      $ 4,490  

Asset-backed

     2,626        2,676  

Other debt

     10        11  

Total securities held to maturity

   $ 6,952      $ 7,177  

The carrying amount of investment securities totaled $62.1 billion at September 30, 2011, a decrease of $2.2 billion, or 3%, from $64.3 billion at December 31, 2010. The decline resulted from principal payments and net sales activity related

to US Treasury and government agency and non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities. Investment securities represented 23% of total assets at September 30, 2011 and 24% of total assets at December 31, 2010.

We evaluate our portfolio of investment securities in light of changing market conditions and other factors and, where appropriate, take steps intended to improve our overall positioning. We consider the portfolio to be well-diversified and of high quality. US Treasury and government agencies, agency residential mortgage-backed securities and agency commercial mortgage-backed securities collectively represented 62% of the investment securities portfolio at September 30, 2011.

During the third quarter of 2011, we transferred securities with a fair value of $2.9 billion from available for sale to held to maturity. The securities transferred included $1.9 billion of agency residential mortgage-backed securities, $323 million of agency commercial mortgage-backed securities, and $662 million of state and municipal debt securities. We changed our intent and committed to hold these high-quality securities to maturity. The reclassification was made at fair value at the date of transfer, resulting in no impact on net income. Net pretax unrealized gains in accumulated other comprehensive income totaled $143 million at the transfer date and will be accreted over the remaining life of the related securities as an adjustment of yield in a manner consistent with the amortization of a premium.

In the second quarter of 2011, we transferred available for sale securities with a fair value of $3.4 billion to the held to maturity portfolio. The reclassification was made at fair value at the date of transfer. Net pretax unrealized gains in accumulated other comprehensive income totaled $40 million at the transfer date and will be accreted over the remaining life of the related securities as an adjustment of yield in a manner consistent with the amortization of a premium.

At September 30, 2011, the securities available for sale portfolio included a net unrealized gain of $83 million, which represented the difference between fair value and amortized cost. The comparable amount at December 31, 2010 was a net unrealized loss of $861 million. The fair value of investment securities is impacted by interest rates, credit spreads, market volatility and liquidity conditions. The fair value of investment securities generally decreases when interest rates increase and vice versa. In addition, the fair value generally decreases when credit spreads widen and vice versa.

The improvement in the net unrealized pretax loss compared with December 31, 2010 was primarily due to the effect of lower market interest rates. Net unrealized gains and losses in the securities available for sale portfolio are included in shareholders’ equity as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss from continuing operations, net of tax.

Unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities do not impact liquidity or risk-based capital. However, reductions

 

 

16


Table of Contents

in the credit ratings of these securities could have an impact on the determination of risk-weighted assets which could reduce our regulatory capital ratios. In addition, the amount representing the credit-related portion of OTTI on available for sale securities would reduce our earnings and regulatory capital ratios.

The expected weighted-average life of investment securities (excluding corporate stocks and other) was 3.9 years at September 30, 2011 and 4.7 years at December 31, 2010.

We estimate that, at September 30, 2011, the effective duration of investment securities was 2.7 years for an immediate 50 basis points parallel increase in interest rates and 2.5 years for an immediate 50 basis points parallel decrease in interest rates. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2010 were 3.1 years and 2.9 years, respectively.

 

 

The following table provides detail regarding the vintage, current credit rating, and FICO score of the underlying collateral at origination, where available, for residential mortgage-backed, commercial mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities held in the available for sale and held to maturity portfolios:

 

     September 30, 2011  
     Agency     Non-agency         
Dollars in millions    Residential
Mortgage-Backed
Securities
    Commercial
Mortgage-Backed
Securities
    Residential
Mortgage-Backed
Securities
    Commercial
Mortgage-Backed
Securities
    Asset-Backed
Securities
 

Fair Value – Available for Sale

   $ 27,683     $ 991     $ 5,988     $ 2,646     $ 3,751  

Fair Value – Held to Maturity

     4,692       1,331               3,871       1,508  

Total Fair Value

   $ 32,375     $ 2,322     $ 5,988     $ 6,517     $ 5,259   

% of Fair Value:

            

By Vintage

            

2011

     27     35       4    

2010

     31     21       4     5

2009

     14     20       2     12

2008

     4     2         7

2007

     6     2     18     9     7

2006

     3     4     24     27     9

2005 and earlier

     10     11     58     53     11

Not Available

     5     5             1     49

Total

     100     100     100     100     100

By Credit Rating

            

Agency

     100     100        

AAA

         3     80     81

AA

         1     6     1

A

         2     9     1

BBB

         7     3    

BB

         8     1    

B

         7       4

Lower than B

         71       10

No rating

                     1     1     3

Total

     100     100     100     100     100

By FICO Score

            

>720

         56       3

<720 and >660

         34       8

<660

         1       2

No FICO score

                     9             87

Total

                     100             100

 

We conduct a comprehensive security-level impairment assessment quarterly on all securities in an unrealized loss position to determine whether the loss represents OTTI. Our assessment considers the security structure, recent security collateral performance metrics, external credit ratings, failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments, our judgment and expectations of future performance, and relevant independent industry research, analysis and forecasts.

We also consider the severity of the impairment and the length of time that the security has been impaired in our assessment. Results of the periodic assessment are reviewed by a cross-

functional senior management team representing Asset & Liability Management, Finance, and Market Risk Management. The senior management team considers the results of the assessments, as well as other factors, in determining whether the impairment is other-than-temporary.

We recognize the credit portion of OTTI charges in current earnings for those debt securities where we do not intend to sell and believe we will not be required to sell the securities prior to expected recovery. The noncredit portion of OTTI is included in accumulated other comprehensive loss.

 

 

17


Table of Contents

We recognized OTTI for the third quarter and first nine months of 2011 and 2010 as follows:

Other-Than-Temporary Impairments

 

     Three months ended
September 30
    Nine months ended
September 30
 
In millions        2011             2010             2011             2010      

Credit portion of OTTI losses (a)

          

Non-agency residential mortgage-backed

   $ (30   $ (57   $ (93   $ (211

Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed

           (3

Asset-backed

     (5     (14     (14     (67

Other debt

                     (1        

Total credit portion of OTTI losses

     (35     (71     (108     (281

Noncredit portion of OTTI losses (b)

     (87     (46     (117     (194

Total OTTI losses

   $ (122   $ (117   $ (225   $ (475
(a) Reduction of noninterest income in our Consolidated Income Statement.
(b) Included in Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The following table summarizes net unrealized gains and losses recorded on non-agency residential and commercial mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities, which represent our most significant categories of securities not backed by the US government or its agencies. A summary of all OTTI credit losses recognized for the first nine months of 2011 by investment type is included in Note 7 Investment Securities in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report.

 

 

     September 30, 2011  
In millions    Residential Mortgage-
Backed Securities
    Commercial Mortgage-
Backed Securities
   

Asset-Backed

Securities

 

Available for Sale Securities (Non-Agency)

                     
     Fair
Value
     Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
    Fair
Value
     Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
    Fair
Value
     Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
 

Credit Rating Analysis

                     

AAA

   $ 169      $ (22   $ 1,554      $ 34     $ 2,870      $ 3  

Other Investment Grade (AA, A, BBB)

     616        (24     979        (30     120        (5

Total Investment Grade

     785        (46     2,533        4       2,990        (2

BB

     465        (58     38        (4       

B

     444        (62            182        (28

Lower than B

     4,256        (796                      550        (114

Total Sub-Investment Grade

     5,165        (916     38        (4     732        (142

Total No Rating

     38        1       75                25        (19

Total

   $ 5,988      $ (961   $ 2,646              $ 3,747      $ (163

OTTI Analysis

                     

Investment Grade:

                     

OTTI has been recognized

                     

No OTTI recognized to date

   $ 785      $ (46   $ 2,533      $ 4     $ 2,990      $ (2

Total Investment Grade

     785        (46     2,533        4       2,990        (2

Sub-Investment Grade:

                     

OTTI has been recognized

     3,416        (790     1            588        (154

No OTTI recognized to date

     1,749        (126     37        (4     144        12  

Total Sub-Investment Grade

     5,165        (916     38        (4     732        (142

No Rating:

                     

OTTI has been recognized

                   25        (19

No OTTI recognized to date

     38        1       75                            

Total No Rating

     38        1       75                25        (19

Total

   $ 5,988      $ (961   $ 2,646              $ 3,747      $ (163

Securities Held to Maturity (Non-Agency)

                     

Credit Rating Analysis

                     

AAA

          $ 3,668      $ 100     $ 1,371      $ 14  

Other Investment Grade (AA, A, BBB)

                      203        1       23        (1

Total Investment Grade

                      3,871        101       1,394        13  

BB

                   5       

B

                   1       

Lower than B

                                                   

Total Sub-Investment Grade

                                       6           

Total No Rating

                                       100        6  

Total

                    $ 3,871      $ 101     $ 1,500      $ 19  

 

18


Table of Contents

Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities

At September 30, 2011, our residential mortgage-backed securities portfolio was comprised of $32.4 billion fair value of US government agency-backed securities and $6.0 billion fair value of non-agency (private issuer) securities. The agency securities are generally collateralized by 1-4 family, conforming, fixed-rate residential mortgages. The non-agency securities are also generally collateralized by 1-4 family residential mortgages. The mortgage loans underlying the non-agency securities are generally non-conforming (i.e., original balances in excess of the amount qualifying for agency securities) and predominately have interest rates that are fixed for a period of time, after which the rate adjusts to a floating rate based upon a contractual spread that is indexed to a market rate (i.e., a “hybrid ARM”), or interest rates that are fixed for the term of the loan.

Substantially all of the non-agency securities are senior tranches in the securitization structure and at origination had credit protection in the form of credit enhancement, over-collateralization and/or excess spread accounts.

During the first nine months of 2011, we recorded OTTI credit losses of $93 million on non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities, including $30 million in the third quarter. Almost all of the losses were associated with securities rated below investment grade. As of September 30, 2011, the noncredit portion of OTTI losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss for non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities totaled $790 million and the related securities had a fair value of $3.4 billion.

The fair value of sub-investment grade investment securities for which we have not recorded an OTTI credit loss as of September 30, 2011 totaled $1.7 billion, with unrealized net losses of $126 million. The results of our security-level assessments indicate that we will recover the entire cost basis of these securities. Note 7 Investment Securities in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report provides further detail regarding our process for assessing OTTI for these securities.

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities

The fair value of the non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities portfolio was $6.5 billion at September 30, 2011 and consisted of fixed-rate, private-issuer securities collateralized by non-residential properties, primarily retail properties, office buildings, and multi-family housing. The agency commercial mortgage-backed securities portfolio was $2.3 billion fair value at September 30, 2011 consisting of multi-family housing. Substantially all of the securities are the most senior tranches in the subordination structure.

There were no OTTI credit losses on commercial mortgage- backed securities during the first nine months of 2011.

Asset-Backed Securities

The fair value of the asset-backed securities portfolio was $5.3 billion at September 30, 2011 and consisted of fixed-rate and floating-rate, private-issuer securities collateralized primarily by various consumer credit products, including residential mortgage loans, credit cards, automobile loans, and student loans. Substantially all of the securities are senior tranches in the securitization structure and have credit protection in the form of credit enhancement, over-collateralization and/or excess spread accounts.

We recorded OTTI credit losses of $14 million on asset-backed securities during the first nine months of 2011, including $5 million during the third quarter. All of the securities are collateralized by first and second lien residential mortgage loans and are rated below investment grade. As of September 30, 2011, the noncredit portion of OTTI losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss for asset-backed securities totaled $173 million and the related securities had a fair value of $613 million.

For the sub-investment grade investment securities (available for sale and held to maturity) for which we have not recorded an OTTI loss through September 30, 2011, the remaining fair value was $150 million, with unrealized net gains of $12 million. The results of our security-level assessments indicate that we will recover the cost basis of these securities. Note 7 Investment Securities in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report provides further detail regarding our process for assessing OTTI for these securities.

If current housing and economic conditions were to worsen, and if market volatility and illiquidity were to worsen, or if market interest rates were to increase appreciably, the valuation of our investment securities portfolio could continue to be adversely affected and we could incur additional OTTI credit losses that would impact our Consolidated Income Statement.

LOANS HELD FOR SALE

 

In millions    September 30
2011
     December 31
2010
 

Commercial mortgages at fair value

   $ 831      $ 877  

Commercial mortgages at lower of cost or market

     250        330  

Total commercial mortgages

     1,081        1,207  

Residential mortgages at fair value

     1,353        1,878  

Residential mortgages at lower of cost or market

              12  

Total residential mortgages

     1,353        1,890  

Other

     57        395  

Total

   $ 2,491      $ 3,492  

We stopped originating certain commercial mortgage loans designated as held for sale in 2008 and continue pursuing opportunities to reduce these positions at appropriate prices. We sold $25 million of commercial mortgage loans held for sale carried at fair value in the first nine months of 2011 and sold $82 million in the first nine months of 2010.

 

 

19


Table of Contents

We recognized net gains of $26 million in the first nine months of 2011, including $6 million in the third quarter, on the valuation and sale of commercial mortgage loans held for sale, net of hedges. Net losses of $6 million on the valuation and sale of commercial mortgage loans held for sale, net of hedges, were recognized in the first nine months of 2010, including net gains of $7 million in the third quarter.

Residential mortgage loan origination volume was $8.4 billion in the first nine months of 2011. Substantially all such loans were originated under agency or Federal Housing Administration (FHA) standards. We sold $9.2 billion of loans and recognized related gains of $208 million during the first nine months of 2011, of which $72 million occurred in the third quarter. The comparable amounts for the first nine months of 2010 were $6.6 billion and $165 million, respectively, including $77 million in the third quarter.

Interest income on loans held for sale was $153 million in the first nine months of 2011, including $46 million in the third quarter. Comparable amounts for 2010 were $208 million and $55 million, respectively. These amounts are included in Other interest income on our Consolidated Income Statement.

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill and other intangible assets totaled $10.2 billion at September 30, 2011 and $10.8 billion at December 31, 2010. See Note 9 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets included in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report.

FUNDING AND CAPITAL SOURCES

Details Of Funding Sources

 

In millions    September 30
2011
     December 31
2010
 

Deposits

       

Money market

   $ 87,458      $ 84,581  

Demand

     55,549        50,069  

Retail certificates of deposit

     32,380        37,337  

Savings

     8,396        7,340  

Other time

     338        549  

Time deposits in foreign offices

     3,611        3,514  

Total deposits

     187,732        183,390  

Borrowed funds

       

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

     3,105        4,144  

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

     5,015        6,043  

Bank notes and senior debt

     11,990        12,904  

Subordinated debt

     9,564        9,842  

Other

     5,428        6,555  

Total borrowed funds

     35,102        39,488  

Total

   $ 222,834      $ 222,878  

Total funding sources remained relatively flat at September 30, 2011 compared with December 31, 2010.

Total deposits increased $4.3 billion, or 2%, at September 30, 2011 compared with December 31, 2010 due to an increase in money market and demand deposits, partially offset by the redemption of retail certificates of deposit. Interest-bearing deposits represented 71% of total deposits at September 30, 2011 compared to 73% at December 31, 2010. Total borrowed funds decreased $4.4 billion since December 31, 2010. The decline from December 31, 2010 was primarily due to net maturities.

Capital

See 2011 Capital and Liquidity Actions in the Executive Summary section of this Financial Review for additional information regarding our July 2011 issuance of depository shares representing preferred stock, our April 2011 increase to PNC’s quarterly common stock dividend, and our plans regarding purchase of shares under PNC’s existing common stock repurchase program.

We manage our capital position by making adjustments to our balance sheet size and composition, issuing debt, equity or hybrid instruments, executing treasury stock transactions, managing dividend policies and retaining earnings.

Total shareholders’ equity increased $4.0 billion, to $34.2 billion, at September 30, 2011 compared with December 31, 2010 as retained earnings increased $2.1 billion. The issuance of $1.0 billion of preferred stock in July 2011 contributed to the increase in capital surplus – preferred stock from $.6 billion at December 31, 2010 to $1.6 billion at September 30, 2011. Accumulated other comprehensive income increased $.8 billion, to $.4 billion, at September 30, 2011 compared with a loss of $.4 billion at December 31, 2010 due to net unrealized gains on securities and cash flow hedge derivatives. Common shares outstanding were 526 million at both September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

Our current common stock repurchase program permits us to purchase up to 25 million shares of PNC common stock on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. This program will remain in effect until fully utilized or until modified, superseded or terminated. The extent and timing of share repurchases under this program will depend on a number of factors including, among others, market and general economic conditions, economic and regulatory capital considerations, alternative uses of capital, regulatory and contractual limitations, and the potential impact on our credit ratings. We did not purchase any shares in the first nine months of 2011 under this program.

 

 

20


Table of Contents

Risk-Based Capital

 

Dollars in millions    September 30
2011
    December 31
2010
 

Capital components

      

Shareholders’ equity

      

Common

   $ 32,583     $ 29,596  

Preferred

     1,636       646  

Trust preferred capital securities

     2,905        2,907  

Noncontrolling interests

     1,350       1,351  

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     (8,990     (9,053

Eligible deferred income taxes on goodwill and other intangible assets

     438       461  

Pension, other postretirement benefit plan adjustments

     370       380  

Net unrealized securities (gains) losses, after-tax

     (48     550  

Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives, after-tax

     (731     (522

Other

     (174     (224

Tier 1 risk-based capital

     29,339        26,092  

Subordinated debt

     4,758       4,899  

Eligible allowance for credit losses

     2,819        2,733  

Total risk-based capital

   $ 36,916      $ 33,724  

Tier 1 common capital

      

Tier 1 risk-based capital

   $ 29,339      $ 26,092  

Preferred equity

     (1,636     (646

Trust preferred capital securities

     (2,905     (2,907

Noncontrolling interests

     (1,350     (1,351

Tier 1 common capital

   $ 23,448      $ 21,188  

Assets

      

Risk-weighted assets, including off-balance sheet instruments and market risk equivalent assets

   $ 223,564      $ 216,283  

Adjusted average total assets

     257,663        254,693  

Capital ratios

      

Tier 1 common

     10.5     9.8

Tier 1 risk-based

     13.1       12.1  

Total risk-based

     16.5       15.6  

Leverage

     11.4       10.2  

Federal banking regulators have stated that they expect all bank holding companies to have a level and composition of Tier 1 capital well in excess of the 4% regulatory minimum, and they have required the largest US bank holding companies, including PNC, to have a capital buffer sufficient to withstand losses and allow them to meet credit needs of their customers through estimated stress scenarios. They have also stated their view that common equity should be the dominant form of Tier 1 capital. As a result, regulators are now emphasizing the Tier 1 common capital ratio in their evaluation of bank holding company capital levels, although a

formal ratio for this metric is not provided for in current regulations. We seek to manage our capital consistent with these regulatory principles, and believe that our September 30, 2011 capital levels were aligned with them.

Dodd-Frank requires the Federal Reserve Board to establish capital requirements that would, among other things, eliminate the Tier 1 treatment of trust preferred securities following a phase-in period expected to begin in 2013. Accordingly, PNC will evaluate its alternatives, including the potential for redemption on the first call date of some or all of its trust preferred securities, based on such considerations it may consider relevant, including dividend rates, the specifics of the future capital requirements, capital market conditions and other factors. See 2011 Capital and Liquidity Actions in the Executive Summary section of this Financial Review for additional information regarding our upcoming November 2011 redemption of trust preferred securities. PNC is also subject to replacement capital covenants with respect to certain of its trust preferred securities as discussed in Note 13 Capital Securities of Subsidiary Trusts and Perpetual Trust Securities in Item 8 of our 2010 Form 10-K.

Our Tier 1 common capital ratio was 10.5% at September 30, 2011, compared with 9.8% at December 31, 2010. Our Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio increased 100 basis points to 13.1% at September 30, 2011 from 12.1% at December 31, 2010. Retention of earnings in 2011 contributed to the increases in both ratios, and the issuance of $1.0 billion of Series O preferred shares in July 2011 also contributed to the increase in our Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio.

At September 30, 2011, PNC Bank, our domestic bank subsidiary, was considered “well capitalized” based on US regulatory capital ratio requirements under Basel I. To qualify as “well-capitalized”, regulators currently require banks to maintain capital ratios of at least 6% for Tier 1 risk-based, 10% for total risk-based, and 5% for leverage, which are indicated on page 3 of this Report. We believe PNC Bank, will continue to meet these requirements during the remainder of 2011.

The access to, and cost of, funding for new business initiatives including acquisitions, the ability to engage in expanded business activities, the ability to pay dividends, the level of deposit insurance costs, and the level and nature of regulatory oversight depend, in part, on a financial institution’s capital strength.

We provide additional information regarding enhanced capital requirements and some of their potential impacts on PNC in Item 1A Risk Factors included in Part II of our second quarter 2011 Form 10-Q.

 

 

21


Table of Contents

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS AND VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

We engage in a variety of activities that involve unconsolidated entities or that are otherwise not reflected in our Consolidated Balance Sheet that are generally referred to as “off-balance sheet arrangements.” Additional information on these types of activities is included in our 2010 Form 10-K and in the following sections of this Report:

   

Commitments, including contractual obligations and other commitments, included within the Risk Management section of this Financial Review,

   

Note 3 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements,

   

Note 10 Capital Securities of Subsidiary Trusts and Perpetual Trust Securities in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements, and

   

Note 17 Commitments and Guarantees in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements.

PNC consolidates variable interest entities (VIEs) when we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is determined to be the party that meets both of the following criteria: (1) has the power to make decisions that most significantly affect the economic performance of the VIE and (2) has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that in either case could potentially be significant to the VIE.

A summary of VIEs, including those that we have consolidated and those in which we hold variable interests but

have not consolidated into our financial statements, as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 is included in Note 3 of this Report.

Trust Preferred Securities

In connection with the $950 million in principal amount of junior subordinated debentures associated with the trust preferred securities issued by PNC Capital Trusts C, D and E, as well as in connection with the obligations assumed by PNC with respect to $2.6 billion in principal amount of junior subordinated debentures issued by acquired entities in association with trust preferred securities issued by various subsidiary statutory trusts, we are subject to certain restrictions, including restrictions on dividend payments. Generally, if there is an event of default under the debentures, PNC elects to defer interest on the debentures , PNC exercises its right to defer payments on the related trust preferred securities issued by the statutory trusts, or there is a default under PNC’s guarantee of such payment obligations, as specified in the applicable governing documents, PNC would be subject during the period of such default or deferral to restrictions on dividends and other provisions protecting the status of the debenture holders similar to or in some ways more restrictive than those potentially imposed under the Exchange Agreements with Trust II and Trust III, as described in Note 13 Capital Securities of Subsidiary Trusts and Perpetual Trust Securities in our 2010 Form 10-K. See 2011 Capital and Liquidity Actions in the Executive Summary section of this Financial Review for additional information regarding our upcoming November 2011 redemption of trust preferred securities.

Also, in connection with the Trust E Securities sale, we are subject to a replacement capital covenant, which is described in Note 13 in our 2010 Form 10-K.

 

 

22


Table of Contents

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

In addition to the following, see Note 8 Fair Value in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report for further information regarding fair value.

Assets recorded at fair value represented 25% of total assets at September 30, 2011 and 27% at December 31, 2010. Liabilities recorded at fair value represented 4% of total liabilities at September 30, 2011 and 3% at December 31, 2010, respectively.

The following table includes the assets and liabilities measured at fair value and the portion of such assets and liabilities that are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

 

     September 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  
In millions    Total Fair
Value
     Level 3     Total Fair
Value
     Level 3  

Assets

              

Securities available for sale

   $ 49,715      $ 7,268     $ 57,310      $ 8,583  

Financial derivatives

     9,608        88       5,757        77  

Residential mortgage loans held for sale

     1,353            1,878       

Trading securities

     2,960        47       1,826        69  

Residential mortgage servicing rights

     684        684       1,033        1,033  

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale

     831        831       877        877  

Equity investments

     1,520        1,520       1,384        1,384  

Customer resale agreements

     802            866       

Loans

     226        4       116        2  

Other assets

     622        181       853        403  

Total assets

   $ 68,321      $ 10,623     $ 71,900      $ 12,428  

Level 3 assets as a percentage of total assets at fair value

        16        17

Level 3 assets as a percentage of consolidated assets

              4              5

Liabilities

              

Financial derivatives

   $ 7,429      $ 192     $ 4,935      $ 460  

Trading securities sold short

     796            2,530       

Other liabilities

     5                6           

Total liabilities

   $ 8,230      $ 192     $ 7,471      $ 460  

Level 3 liabilities as a percentage of total liabilities at fair value

        2        6

Level 3 liabilities as a percentage of consolidated liabilities

              <1              <1

 

The majority of Level 3 assets represent non-agency residential mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities in the available for sale securities portfolio for which there was a lack of observable market activity.

During the first nine months of 2011, no material transfers of assets or liabilities between the hierarchy levels occurred.

 

 

23


Table of Contents

BUSINESS SEGMENTS REVIEW

We have six reportable business segments:

   

Retail Banking

   

Corporate & Institutional Banking

   

Asset Management Group

   

Residential Mortgage Banking

   

BlackRock

   

Distressed Assets Portfolio

Once we entered into an agreement to sell GIS, it was no longer a reportable business segment. We sold GIS on July 1, 2010.

Business segment results, including inter-segment revenues, and a description of each business are included in Note 18 Segment Reporting included in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report. Certain amounts included in this Financial Review differ from those amounts shown in Note 18 primarily due to the presentation in this Financial Review of business net interest revenue on a taxable-equivalent basis.

Results of individual businesses are presented based on our management accounting practices and management structure. There is no comprehensive, authoritative body of guidance for management accounting equivalent to GAAP; therefore, the financial results of our individual businesses are not necessarily comparable with similar information for any other company. We refine our methodologies from time to time as our management accounting practices are enhanced and our businesses and management structure change. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to reflect current methodologies and our current business and management structure. Financial results are presented, to the extent practicable, as if each business operated on a stand-alone basis. We have aggregated the business results for certain similar operating segments for financial reporting purposes.

Assets receive a funding charge and liabilities and capital receive a funding credit based on a transfer pricing methodology that incorporates product maturities, duration and other factors.

Capital is intended to cover unexpected losses and is assigned to our business segments using our risk-based economic capital model, including consideration of the goodwill and other intangible assets at those business segments, as well as the diversification of risk among the business segments. We have revised certain capital allocations among our business segments, including amounts for prior periods. PNC’s total capital did not change as a result of these adjustments for any periods presented. However, capital allocations to the segments were lower in the year-over-year comparisons primarily due to improving credit quality.

We have allocated the ALLL and unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit based on our assessment of risk in the business segment loan portfolios. Our allocation of the costs incurred by operations and other shared support areas not directly aligned with the businesses is primarily based on the use of services.

Total business segment financial results differ from total consolidated results from continuing operations before noncontrolling interests, which itself excludes the earnings and revenue attributable to GIS through June 30, 2010 and the related third quarter 2010 after-tax gain on the sale of GIS that are reflected in discontinued operations. The impact of these differences is reflected in the “Other” category. “Other” for purposes of this Business Segments Review and the Business Segment Highlights in the Executive Summary includes residual activities that do not meet the criteria for disclosure as a separate reportable business, such as gains or losses related to BlackRock transactions including long-term incentive plan (LTIP) share distributions and obligations, integration costs, asset and liability management activities including net securities gains or losses, other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities and certain trading activities, exited businesses, equity management activities, alternative investments, intercompany eliminations, most corporate overhead, tax adjustments that are not allocated to business segments, and differences between business segment performance reporting and financial statement reporting (GAAP), including the presentation of net income attributable to noncontrolling interests.

 

 

24


Table of Contents

Results Of Businesses – Summary

(Unaudited)

 

     Income      Revenue      Average Assets (a)  
Nine months ended September 30 - in millions    2011      2010      2011      2010      2011      2010  

Retail Banking

   $ 59       $ 100       $ 3,801       $ 4,108       $ 66,193       $ 67,782   

Corporate & Institutional Banking

     1,299         1,251         3,398         3,574         79,315         77,835   

Asset Management Group

     124         109         665         660         6,744         6,977   

Residential Mortgage Banking

     148         266         729         764         11,103         8,903   

BlackRock

     271         253         351         326         5,441         6,275   

Distressed Assets Portfolio

     202         14         753         936         13,392         18,246   

Total business segments

     2,103         1,993         9,697         10,368         182,188         186,018   

Other (b) (c)

     475         211         1,080         905         81,331         79,337   

Income from continuing operations before noncontrolling interests (d)

   $ 2,578      $ 2,204      $ 10,777      $ 11,273      $ 263,519      $ 265,355  
(a) Period-end balances for BlackRock.
(b) For our segment reporting presentation in this Financial Review, “Other” for the first nine months of 2010 included $309 million of pretax integration costs related to acquisitions.
(c) “Other” average assets include securities available for sale associated with asset and liability management activities.
(d) Amounts are presented on a continuing operations basis and therefore exclude the earnings, revenue, and assets of GIS for the first six months of 2010 and the related third quarter 2010 gain on the sale of GIS.

 

25


Table of Contents

RETAIL BANKING

(Unaudited)

 

Nine months ended September 30

Dollars in millions, except as noted

  2011     2010  

Income Statement

     

Net interest income

  $ 2,448     $ 2,609  

Noninterest income

     

Service charges on deposits

    375       556  

Brokerage

    153       161  

Consumer services

    732       673  

Other

    93       109  

Total noninterest income

    1,353       1,499  

Total revenue

    3,801       4,108  

Provision for credit losses

    662       946  

Noninterest expense

    3,047       3,008  

Pretax earnings

    92       154  

Income taxes

    33       54  

Earnings

  $ 59     $ 100  

Average Balance Sheet

     

Loans

     

Consumer

     

Home equity

  $ 25,907     $ 26,538  

Indirect auto

    2,825       2,024  

Indirect other

    1,520       1,936  

Education

    9,036       8,409  

Credit cards

    3,715       3,975  

Other

    1,835       1,792  

Total consumer

    44,838       44,674  

Commercial and commercial real estate

    10,634       11,271  

Floor plan

    1,449       1,287  

Residential mortgage

    1,210       1,669  

Total loans

    58,131       58,901  

Goodwill and other intangible assets

    5,756       5,881  

Other assets

    2,306       3,000  

Total assets

  $ 66,193     $ 67,782  

Deposits

     

Noninterest-bearing demand

  $ 18,209     $ 17,055  

Interest-bearing demand

    21,729       19,654  

Money market

    40,788       40,045  

Total transaction deposits

    80,726       76,754  

Savings

    7,979       6,864  

Certificates of deposit

    34,020       42,749  

Total deposits

    122,725       126,367  

Other liabilities

    898       1,583  

Capital

    8,173       8,478  

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 131,796     $ 136,428  

Performance Ratios

     

Return on average capital

    1     2

Return on average assets

    .12       .20  

Noninterest income to total revenue

    36       36  

Efficiency

    80       73  

Other Information (a)

     

Credit-related statistics:

     

Commercial nonperforming assets

  $ 330     $ 262  

Consumer nonperforming assets

    454       400  

Total nonperforming assets (b)

  $ 784     $ 662  

Impaired loans (c)

  $ 786     $ 939  

Commercial lending net charge-offs

  $ 171     $ 281  

Credit card lending net charge-offs

    167       248  

Consumer lending (excluding credit card) net charge-offs

    324       316  

Total net charge-offs

  $ 662     $ 845  

Commercial lending annualized net charge-off ratio

    1.89     2.99

Credit card lending annualized net charge-off ratio

    6.01     8.34

Consumer lending (excluding credit card) annualized net charge-off ratio

    1.02     1.00

Total annualized net charge-off ratio

    1.52     1.92

At September 30

Dollars in millions, except as noted

  2011     2010  

Other Information (Continued) (a)

     

Home equity portfolio credit statistics: (d)

     

% of first lien positions (e)

    38     35

Weighted-average loan-to-value ratios (e)

    72     73

Weighted-average FICO scores (f)

    743       725  

Annualized net charge-off ratio

    1.11     .87

Loans 30 – 59 days past due

    .58     .49

Loans 60 – 89 days past due

    .32     .30

Loans 90 days past due

    1.12     .94

Other statistics:

     

ATMs

    6,754       6,626  

Branches (g)

    2,469       2,461  

Customer-related statistics: (in thousands)

     

Retail Banking checking relationships

    5,722       5,438  

Retail online banking active customers

    3,479       2,968  

Retail online bill payment active customers

    1,079       942  

Brokerage statistics:

     

Financial consultants (h)

    703       713  

Full service brokerage offices

    37       40  

Brokerage account assets (billions)

  $ 33     $ 33  
(a) Presented as of September 30, except for net charge-offs and annualized net charge-off ratios, which are for the nine months ended.
(b) Includes nonperforming loans of $748 million at September 30, 2011 and $638 million at September 30, 2010.
(c) Recorded investment of purchased impaired loans related to acquisitions.
(d) Home equity lien position, loan to value, FICO and delinquency statistics are based on borrower contractual amounts and include purchased impaired loans.
(e) Includes loans from acquired portfolios for which lien position and loan-to-value information was limited. Additionally, excludes brokered home equity loans.
(f) Represents the most recent FICO scores we have on file.
(g) Excludes certain satellite offices that provide limited products and/or services.
(h) Financial consultants provide services in full service brokerage offices and traditional bank branches.

Retail Banking earned $59 million in the first nine months of 2011 compared with earnings of $100 million for the same period a year ago. Earnings declined from the prior year as lower revenues from the impact of Regulation E rules related to overdraft fees and a low interest rate environment were partially offset by a lower provision for credit losses. Retail Banking continued to maintain its focus on growing customers and deposits, improving customer and employee satisfaction, investing in the business for future growth, and disciplined expense management during this period of market and economic uncertainty.

Highlights of Retail Banking’s performance for the first nine months of 2011 include the following:

   

Net new checking relationships grew 225,000 in the first nine months of 2011 exclusive of the 32,000 added with the BankAtlantic branch acquisition, which reflects strong results and gains in all of our markets. We are seeing strong customer retention in the overall network.

   

Success in implementing Retail Banking’s deposit strategy resulted in growth in average demand deposits for the first nine months of 2011 of $3.2 billion, or 9%, over the first nine months of 2010. Average certificates of deposit declined $8.7 billion, or 20%, over the same period in accordance with our business plan.

   

Our investment in online banking capabilities continues to pay off. Excluding the impact of the BankAtlantic branch acquisition, active online

 

 

26


Table of Contents
   

banking customers and active online bill payment customers grew by 13% and 10%, respectively, during the first nine months of 2011.

   

The planned acquisition of RBC Bank (USA), which is currently scheduled to close in March 2012 subject to customary closing conditions, including regulatory approvals, is expected to expand PNC’s footprint to 19 states and over 2,800 branches.

   

On July 26, 2011, PNC signed a definitive agreement to acquire 27 branches and related deposits in metropolitan Atlanta, Georgia from Flagstar Bank, FSB, a subsidiary of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. The transaction is currently expected to close in December 2011 subject to customary closing conditions. PNC and Flagstar have both received regulatory approval in relation to the respective applications filed with the regulators.

   

In June, Retail Banking added approximately $280 million in deposits, 32,000 checking relationships, 19 branches and 27 ATMs through the acquisition from BankAtlantic in the Tampa, Florida area.

   

Retail Banking launched new checking account and credit card products during the first quarter. These new products are designed to provide more choices for customers.

   

PNC’s expansive branch footprint covers nearly one-third of the U.S. population in 15 states and Washington, DC with a network of 2,469 branches and 6,754 ATMs at September 30, 2011.

Total revenue for the first nine months of 2011 was $3.8 billion compared with $4.1 billion for the same period of 2010. Net interest income of $2.4 billion declined $161 million compared with the first nine months of 2010. The decrease over the prior period resulted from lower interest credits assigned to deposits, reflective of the rate environment, and lower average loan balances while benefiting from higher demand deposit balances.

Noninterest income for the first nine months of 2011 declined $146 million compared to the first nine months of 2010. The decline was driven by lower overdraft fees resulting from the impact of Regulation E rules partially offset by higher volumes of customer-initiated transactions including debit and credit cards.

For 2011, Retail Banking revenue has declined for the year-to-date period compared to same period of 2010 as a result of the rules set forth in Regulation E related to overdraft fees and will further decline in the fourth quarter based on the Dodd-Frank limits related to interchange rates on debit card transactions. The Dodd-Frank limits related to interchange rates on debit cards were effective October 1, 2011 and are expected to have a negative impact on revenues of approximately $75 million in the fourth quarter of 2011 and an additional incremental reduction in future periods’ annual revenue of approximately $175 million, based on expected

2011 transaction volumes. These estimates do not include any additional financial impact to revenue of other or additional regulatory requirements. There could be other aspects of regulatory reform that further impact these or other areas of our business as regulatory agencies, including the new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), issue proposed and final regulations pursuant to Dodd-Frank and other legislation. See additional information regarding legislative and regulatory developments in the Executive Summary section of this Financial Review.

For 2011, the incremental decline compared to 2010 from the impact of the Credit CARD Act was not material.

The provision for credit losses was $662 million through September 30, 2011 compared with $946 million over the same period in 2010. Net charge-offs were $662 million for the first nine months of 2011 compared with $845 million in the same period last year. Improvements in credit quality are evident in the small business, credit card and indirect portfolios; however, we have experienced some volatility in our home equity portfolio as we continued to work with borrowers as employment and home values have been slow to recover in this economy. The level of provisioning will be dependent on general economic conditions, loan growth, utilization of credit commitments and asset quality.

Noninterest expense for the first nine months of the year increased $39 million from the same period last year. The increase resulted from investments in the business partially offset by lower FDIC expenses resulting from an FDIC required methodology change.

Growing core checking deposits, as a low-cost funding source and as the cornerstone product to build customer relationships, is the primary objective of our retail strategy. Furthermore, core checking accounts are critical to growing our overall payments business. The deposit strategy of Retail Banking is to remain disciplined on pricing, target specific products and markets for growth, and focus on the retention and growth of balances for relationship customers.

In the first nine months of 2011, average total deposits of $122.7 billion decreased $3.6 billion, or 3%, compared with the first nine months of 2010.

   

Average demand deposits increased $3.2 billion, or 9%, over the first nine months of 2010. The increase was primarily driven by customer growth and customer preferences for liquidity.

   

Average money market deposits increased $743 million, or 2%, from the first nine months of 2010. The increase was primarily due to core money market growth as customers generally prefer more liquid deposits in a low rate environment.

   

Average savings deposits increased $1.1 billion, or 16%, over the first nine months of 2010. The increase is attributable to net customer growth and new product offerings.

 

 

27


Table of Contents
   

In the first nine months of 2011, average consumer certificates of deposit decreased $8.7 billion or 20% from the same period last year. The decline is expected to continue through 2012 due to the continued run-off of higher rate certificates of deposit.

Currently, our primary focus is on a relationship-based lending strategy that targets specific customer sectors (mass consumers, homeowners, students, small businesses and auto dealerships). In the first nine months of 2011, average total loans were $58.1 billion, a decrease of $770 million, or 1%, over the same period last year.

   

Average indirect auto loans increased $801 million, or 40%, over the first nine months of 2010. The increase was due to the expansion of our indirect sales force and product introduction to acquired markets, as well as overall increases in auto sales. The indirect other portfolio is primarily a run-off portfolio comprised of marine, RV, and other indirect loan products.

   

Average education loans grew $627 million, or 7%, compared with the first nine months of 2010, primarily due to portfolio purchases in December 2010 and July 2011.

   

Average auto dealer floor plan loans grew $162 million, or 13%, compared with the first nine months of 2010, primarily resulting from additional dealer relationships and higher line utilization.

   

Average credit card balances decreased $260 million, or 7%, over the first nine months of 2010. The decrease was primarily the result of fewer active accounts generating balances coupled with increased paydowns on existing accounts.

   

Average commercial and commercial real estate loans declined $637 million, or 6%, compared with the first nine months of 2010. The decline was primarily due to loan demand being outpaced by refinancings, paydowns, and charge-offs.

   

Average home equity loans declined $631 million, or 2%, compared with the first nine months of 2010. Home equity loan demand remained soft in the current economic climate. The decline is driven by loan demand being outpaced by paydowns, refinancings, and charge-offs. Retail Banking’s home equity loan portfolio is relationship based, with 96% of the portfolio attributable to borrowers in our primary geographic footprint. The nonperforming assets and charge-offs that we have experienced are within our expectations given current market conditions.

   

Average indirect other and residential mortgages are primarily run-off portfolios and declined $416 million and $459 million, respectively, compared with the first nine months of 2010. The indirect other portfolio is comprised of marine, RV, and other indirect loan products.

 

 

28


Table of Contents

CORPORATE & INSTITUTIONAL BANKING

(Unaudited)

 

Nine months ended September 30

Dollars in millions, except as noted

   2011      2010  

Income Statement

       

Net interest income

   $ 2,513      $ 2,670  

Noninterest income

       

Corporate service fees

     537        627  

Other

     348        277  

Noninterest income

     885         904  

Total revenue

     3,398        3,574  

Provision for credit losses

     12        285  

Noninterest expense

     1,336        1,315  

Pretax earnings

     2,050        1,974  

Income taxes

     751        723  

Earnings

   $ 1,299      $ 1,251  

Average Balance Sheet

       

Loans

       

Commercial

   $ 34,771      $ 33,088  

Commercial real estate

     13,949        16,948  

Commercial – real estate related

     3,553        3,016  

Asset-based lending

     7,928        6,124  

Equipment lease financing

     5,499        5,447  

Total loans

     65,700         64,623  

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     3,444        3,669  

Loans held for sale

     1,251        1,415  

Other assets

     8,920        8,128  

Total assets

   $ 79,315      $ 77,835  

Deposits

       

Noninterest-bearing demand

   $ 30,010      $ 23,759  

Money market

     12,770        12,246  

Other

     5,662        7,097  

Total deposits

     48,442        43,102  

Other liabilities

     13,064        11,541  

Capital

     7,927        8,762  

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 69,433      $ 63,405  

 

Nine months ended September 30

Dollars in millions, except as noted

   2011     2010  

Performance Ratios

      

Return on average capital

     22     19

Return on average assets

     2.19       2.15  

Noninterest income to total revenue

     26       25  

Efficiency

     39       37  

Commercial Mortgage Servicing
Portfolio
(in billions)

      

Beginning of period

   $ 266     $ 287  

Acquisitions/additions

     31       23  

Repayments/transfers

     (30     (47

End of period

   $ 267     $ 263  

Other Information

      

Consolidated revenue from: (a)

      

Treasury Management

   $ 891     $ 915  

Capital Markets

   $ 462     $ 401  

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale (b)

   $ 75     $ 49  

Commercial mortgage loan servicing income, net of amortization (c)

     108       196  

Commercial mortgage servicing rights (impairment)/recovery

     (157     (99

Total commercial mortgage banking activities

   $ 26      $ 146  

Total loans (d)

   $ 70,307     $ 62,477  

Credit-related statistics:

      

Nonperforming assets (d) (e)

   $ 2,033     $ 3,064  

Impaired loans (d) (f)

   $ 472     $ 890  

Net charge-offs

   $ 332     $ 725  

Net carrying amount of commercial mortgage servicing rights (d)

   $ 482     $ 616  
(a) Represents consolidated PNC amounts. See the additional revenue discussion regarding treasury management, capital markets-related products and services, and commercial mortgage banking activities in the Product Revenue section of the Consolidated Income Statement Review.
(b) Includes valuations on commercial mortgage loans held for sale and related commitments, derivative valuations, origination fees, gains on sale of loans held for sale and net interest income on loans held for sale.
(c) Includes net interest income and noninterest income from loan servicing and ancillary services, net of commercial mortgage servicing rights amortization. Commercial mortgage servicing rights (impairment)/recovery is shown separately. Higher amortization and impairment charges in 2011 were due primarily to decreased interest rates and related prepayments by borrowers.
(d) As of September 30.
(e) Includes nonperforming loans of $1.8 billion at September 30, 2011 and $2.9 billion at September 30, 2010.
(f) Recorded investment of purchased impaired loans related to acquisitions.

Corporate & Institutional Banking earned $1.3 billion in the first nine months of 2011 and 2010. The comparison was impacted by a lower provision for credit losses in 2011, offset by a decline in net interest income and lower commercial mortgage loan servicing income combined with higher commercial mortgage servicing rights impairment. We continued to focus on adding new clients and increased our cross selling to serve our clients’ needs, particularly in the western markets, and remained committed to strong expense discipline.

 

 

29


Table of Contents

Highlights of Corporate & Institutional Banking’s performance during the first nine months of 2011 include the following:

   

Overall results benefited from successful sales efforts to new clients and product penetration of the existing customer base. New client acquisitions in our Corporate Banking business were on pace to exceed the 1,000 new primary client goal for the year and increased 21% compared to the first nine months of 2010.

   

Loan commitments, primarily in our Business Credit, Healthcare, and Public Finance businesses, grew from 2010 due to new clients and higher commitments to selected existing clients.

   

Loan balances have increased since the fourth quarter of 2010, including an increase in average loans for the third quarter of 2011 of $5.0 billion or 8% in the comparison.

   

Our Treasury Management business, which is one of the top providers in the country, continued to invest in markets, products and infrastructure as well as major initiatives such as healthcare. The healthcare initiative is designed to help provide our customers in that industry opportunity to reduce operating costs.

   

Cross sales of treasury management and capital markets products to customers in PNC’s western markets continued to be successful and were ahead of both targets and the first nine months of 2010.

   

Midland Loan Services, one of the leading third-party providers of servicing for the commercial real estate industry, received the highest U.S. servicer and special servicer ratings from Fitch Ratings and Standard & Poor’s and is in its 11th consecutive year of achieving these ratings.

   

Midland was the number one servicer of FNMA and FHLMC multifamily and healthcare loans and was the second leading servicer of commercial and multifamily loans by volume as of June 30, 2011 according to Mortgage Bankers Association.

   

Mergers and Acquisitions Journal named Harris Williams & Co. Advisor of the Year in its March 2011 issue.

Net interest income for the first nine months of 2011 was $2.5 billion, a 6% decline from the first nine months of 2010, reflecting lower purchase accounting accretion and lower interest credits assigned to deposits, partially offset by an increase in average deposits and an increase in average loans.

Corporate service fees were $537 million for the first nine months of 2011, a decrease of $90 million from the first nine months of 2010, primarily due to a reduction in the value of commercial mortgage servicing rights largely driven by lower interest rates and higher loan prepayment rates, and lower ancillary commercial mortgage servicing fees. The major components of corporate service fees are treasury management, corporate finance fees and commercial mortgage servicing revenue.

Other noninterest income was $348 million for the first nine months of 2011 compared with $277 million in the first nine months of 2010. The increase of $71 million was primarily due to valuations associated with the commercial mortgage held-for-sale portfolio and derivatives executed for clients.

The provision for credit losses was $12 million in the first nine months of 2011 compared with $285 million in 2010. The improvement reflected continued positive migration in portfolio credit quality. Net charge-offs for the first nine months of 2011 of $332 million decreased $393 million, or 54%, compared with the 2010 period. The decline was attributable primarily to the commercial real estate and equipment finance portfolios. Nonperforming assets declined for the sixth consecutive quarter, and at $2.0 billion were a third lower than they were at September 30, 2010.

Noninterest expense was $1.3 billion in both the first nine months of 2011and 2010. Higher compensation-related costs were mostly offset by the impact of the sale of a duplicative agency servicing operation in the second quarter of 2010.

Average loans were $65.7 billion for the first nine months of 2011 compared with $64.6 billion in the first nine months of 2010, an increase of 2%.

   

The Corporate Banking business provides lending, treasury management, and capital markets-related products and services to mid-sized corporations, government and not-for-profit entities and selectively to large corporations. Average loans for this business increased $1.3 billion or 4% in the first nine months of 2011 compared with the first nine months of 2010. Loan commitments have increased since the second quarter of 2010 due to the impact of new customers and increased demand.

   

PNC Real Estate provides commercial real estate and real-estate related lending and is one of the industry’s top providers of both conventional and affordable multifamily financing. Average loans for this business declined $1.7 billion or 10% in the first nine months of 2011 compared with the first nine months of 2010 due to loan sales, paydowns and charge-offs.

   

PNC Business Credit is one of the top asset-based lenders in the country. The loan portfolio is relatively high yielding, with moderate risk, as the loans are mainly secured by liquid assets. Average loans increased $1.8 billion or 30% in the first nine months of 2011 compared with the first nine months of 2010 due to customers seeking stable lending sources, loan usage rates, and market expansion. We also expanded our operations with the acquisition of an asset-based lending group in the United Kingdom, completed in November 2010. Total loans acquired were approximately $300 million.

   

PNC Equipment Finance is the 4th largest bank-affiliated leasing company with over $9 billion in equipment finance assets.

 

 

30


Table of Contents

Average deposits were $48 billion for the first nine months of 2011, an increase of $5.3 billion, or 12%, compared with the first nine months of 2010.

   

Deposit growth has been very strong, particularly in the third quarter 2011, and is an industry-wide trend as clients are holding record levels of cash and liquidity.

   

Deposit inflows into noninterest-bearing demand deposits continued as FDIC insurance has been an attraction for customers maintaining liquidity during this prolonged period of low interest rates.

   

The repeal of Regulation Q limitations on interest-bearing commercial demand deposit accounts became effective in the third quarter of 2011. As

   

expected, interest in this product has been muted due to the current rate environment and the limited amount of FDIC insurance coverage.

The commercial mortgage servicing portfolio was $267 billion at September 30, 2011 compared with $263 billion at September 30, 2010. The increase was largely the result of servicing additions, net of portfolio run-off.

See the additional revenue discussion regarding treasury management, capital markets-related products and services, and commercial mortgage banking activities in the Product Revenue section of the Consolidated Income Statement Review.

 

 

31


Table of Contents

ASSET MANAGEMENT GROUP

(Unaudited)

 

Nine months ended September 30

Dollars in millions, except as noted

   2011     2010  

Income Statement

      

Net interest income

   $ 177     $ 191  

Noninterest income

     488       469  

Total revenue

     665       660  

Provision for credit losses (benefit)

     (34     11  

Noninterest expense

     503       476  

Pretax earnings

     196       173  

Income taxes

     72       64  

Earnings

   $ 124     $ 109  

Average Balance Sheet

      

Loans

      

Consumer

   $ 4,086     $ 4,005  

Commercial and commercial real estate

     1,337       1,437  

Residential mortgage

     710       893  

Total loans

     6,133       6,335  

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     365       404  

Other assets

     246       238  

Total assets

   $ 6,744     $ 6,977  

Deposits

      

Noninterest-bearing demand

   $ 1,177     $ 1,288  

Interest-bearing demand

     2,305       1,768  

Money market

     3,577       3,245  

Total transaction deposits

     7,059       6,301  

CDs/IRAs/savings deposits

     646       767  

Total deposits

     7,705       7,068  

Other liabilities

     73       94  

Capital

     347       410  

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 8,125     $ 7,572  

Performance Ratios

      

Return on average capital

     48     36

Return on average assets

     2.46       2.09  

Noninterest income to total revenue

     73       71  

Efficiency

     76       72  

Other Information

      

Total nonperforming assets (a) (b)

   $ 69     $ 102  

Impaired loans (a) (c)

   $ 134     $ 155  

Total net charge-offs (recoveries)

   $ (6   $ 21  

Assets Under Administration (in billions) (a) (d)

      

Personal

   $ 95     $ 95  

Institutional

     107       111  

Total

   $ 202     $ 206  

Asset Type

      

Equity

   $ 104     $ 107  

Fixed Income

     66       66  

Liquidity/Other

     32       33  

Total

   $ 202     $ 206  

Discretionary assets under management

      

Personal

   $ 65     $ 67  

Institutional

     38       38  

Total

   $ 103     $ 105  

Asset Type

      

Equity

   $ 49     $ 51  

Fixed Income

     38       38  

Liquidity/Other

     16       16  

Total

   $ 103     $ 105  

Nondiscretionary assets under administration

      

Personal

   $ 30     $ 28  

Institutional

     69       73  

Total

   $ 99     $ 101  

Asset Type

      

Equity

   $ 55     $ 56  

Fixed Income

     28       28  

Liquidity/Other

     16       17  

Total

   $ 99     $ 101  
(a) As of September 30.
(b) Includes nonperforming loans of $64 million at September 30, 2011 and $94 million at September 30, 2010.
(c) Recorded investment of purchased impaired loans related to acquisitions.
(d) Excludes brokerage account assets.

Asset Management Group earned $124 million in the first nine months of 2011 compared with $109 million in the first nine months of 2010. Assets under administration were $202 billion at September 30, 2011. Earnings for the first nine months of 2011 reflected a benefit from the provision for credit losses and growth in noninterest income. Noninterest expense increased due to continued investments in the business including additional headcount and the roll-out of our new reporting technology, PNC Wealth InsightSM. The core growth strategies for the business include: increasing channel penetration; investing in higher growth geographies; and investing in differentiated client-facing technology such as PNC Wealth InsightSM. During the first nine months of 2011, the business delivered strong sales production, grew high value clients and benefitted from significant referrals from other PNC lines of business. Over time, the successful execution of these strategies and the accumulation of our strong sales performance are expected to create meaningful growth in assets under management and noninterest income.

Highlights of Asset Management Group’s performance during the first nine months of 2011 include the following:

   

Strong sales production, up nearly 50% over the prior year including a 34% increase in the acquisition of new high value clients;

   

Significant referrals from other PNC lines of business, an increase of approximately 90% over the same period in 2010;

   

Year-to-date positive net flows in total assets under administration; and

   

Continuing levels of new business investment and focused hiring to drive growth with over 200 external new hires.

Assets under administration were $202 billion at September 30, 2011 compared with $206 billion at September 30, 2010. Discretionary assets under management were $103 billion at September 30, 2011 compared with $105 billion at September 30, 2010. The decrease in the comparisons was driven by lower equity markets, offsetting strong sales performance and successful client retention.

Total revenue for the first nine months of 2011 was $665 million compared with $660 million for the same period in 2010. Net interest income was $177 million for the first nine months of 2011 compared with $191 million in the first nine months of 2010. The decrease was attributable to lower loan yields, lower loan balances and lower interest credits assigned to deposits reflective of the current low rate environment. Noninterest income was $488 million for the first nine months of 2011, up $19 million from the prior year period due to stronger equity markets earlier in the year and new client acquisition. Noninterest income in the prior year period

 

 

32


Table of Contents

benefitted from approximately $19 million of tax, termination, integration, and litigation related items that were not repeated in 2011. Excluding these items in the comparison, total noninterest income grew 8%.

Provision for credit losses was a benefit of $34 million in the first nine months of 2011 reflecting improved credit quality compared with provision of $11 million for the first nine months of 2010. A net recovery of $6 million was recognized for the first nine months of 2011 compared with net charge-offs of $21 million in the first nine months of 2010.

Noninterest expense was $503 million in the first nine months of 2011, an increase of $27 million or 6% from the prior year period. The increase was attributable to investments in the

business to drive growth and higher compensation-related costs. Asset Management Group remains focused on disciplined expense management as it invests in these strategic growth opportunities.

Average deposits for the first nine months of 2011 increased $637 million, or 9%, over the prior year first nine months. Average transaction deposits grew 12% compared with the first nine months of 2010 and were substantially offset by the strategic run-off of higher rate certificates of deposit in the comparison. Average loan balances decreased $202 million, or 3%, from the prior year first nine months primarily due to credit risk management activities within the portfolio offsetting new client acquisition.

 

 

33


Table of Contents

RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE BANKING

(Unaudited)

 

Nine months ended September 30

Dollars in millions, except as noted

  2011     2010  

Income Statement

     

Net interest income

  $ 149     $ 196  

Noninterest income

     

Loan servicing revenue

     

Servicing fees

    173       196  

Net MSR hedging gains

    185       198  

Loan sales revenue

    208       165  

Other

    14       9  

Total noninterest income

    580       568  

Total revenue

    729       764  

Provision for credit losses (benefit)

    15       (3

Noninterest expense

    480       348  

Pretax earnings

    234       419  

Income taxes

    86       153  

Earnings

  $ 148     $ 266  

Average Balance Sheet

     

Portfolio loans

  $ 2,738     $ 2,643  

Loans held for sale

    1,520       1,184  

Mortgage servicing rights (MSR)

    974       1,069  

Other assets

    5,871       4,007  

Total assets

  $ 11,103     $ 8,903  

Deposits

  $ 1,648     $ 2,927  

Borrowings and other liabilities

    3,726       2,614  

Capital

    697       978  

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 6,071     $ 6,519  

Performance Ratios

     

Return on average capital

    28     36

Return on average assets

    1.78       3.99  

Noninterest income to total revenue

    80       74  

Efficiency

    66       46  

Residential Mortgage Servicing Portfolio (in billions)

     

Beginning of period

  $ 125     $ 145  

Acquisitions

    5         

Additions

    9       7  

Repayments/transfers

    (18     (21

End of period

  $ 121     $ 131  

Servicing portfolio statistics: (a)

     

Fixed rate

    90     89

Adjustable rate/balloon

    10     11

Weighted-average interest rate

    5.44     5.69

MSR capitalized value (in billions)

  $ 0.7     $ 0.8  

MSR capitalization value (in basis points)

    56       60  

Weighted-average servicing fee (in basis points)

    29       30  

Other Information

     

Loan origination volume (in billions)

  $ 8.4     $ 7.0  

Percentage of originations represented by:

     

Agency and government programs

    100     99

Refinance volume

    75     69

Total nonperforming assets (a) (b)

  $ 77     $ 164  

Impaired loans (a) (c)

  $ 132     $ 173  
(a) As of September 30.
(b) Includes nonperforming loans of $30 million at September 30, 2011 and $104 million at September 30, 2010.
(c) Recorded investment of purchased impaired loans related to acquisitions.

Residential Mortgage Banking earned $148 million in the first nine months of 2011 compared with $266 million in the first nine months of 2010. Earnings declined from the prior year period primarily as a result of higher noninterest expense, lower net interest income and a higher provision for credit losses.

Highlights of Residential Mortgage Banking’s performance during the first nine months of 2011 include the following:

   

Total loan originations were $8 billion for the first nine months of 2011 compared with $7 billion in the first nine months of 2010. Refinance volume increased compared to the 2010 period. Loans continue to be originated primarily through direct channels under FNMA, FHLMC and FHA/VA agency guidelines.

   

Investors may request PNC to indemnify them against losses on certain loans or to repurchase loans that they believe do not comply with applicable contractual loan origination covenants and representations and warranties we have made. At September 30, 2011, the liability for estimated losses on repurchase and indemnification claims for the Residential Mortgage Banking business segment was $85 million compared with $155 million at September 30, 2010. See the Recourse And Repurchase Obligations section of this Financial Review and Note 17 Commitments and Guarantees in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report for additional information.

   

Residential mortgage loans serviced for others totalled $121 billion at September 30, 2011 compared with $131 billion at September 30, 2010 as payoffs continued to outpace new direct loan origination volume.

   

Noninterest income was $580 million in the first nine months of 2011 compared with $568 million in the first nine months of 2010. The increase resulted from higher loan sales revenue driven by higher loan origination volume, partially offset by lower loan servicing revenue and lower net hedging gains on mortgage servicing rights.

   

Net interest income was $149 million in the first nine months of 2011 compared with $196 million in the first nine months of 2010. The decrease in the comparison was primarily due to lower interest earned on escrow deposits.

   

Noninterest expense was $480 million in the first nine months of 2011 compared with $348 million in the first nine months of 2010. The increase from the prior year period was driven by foreclosure-related expenses.

   

The fair value of mortgage servicing rights was $.7 billion at September 30, 2011 compared with $.8 billion at September 30, 2010. The decline in fair value was primarily due to lower mortgage rates.

 

 

34


Table of Contents

BLACKROCK

(Unaudited)

Information related to our equity investment in BlackRock follows:

 

Nine months ended September 30

Dollars in millions

   2011     2010  

Business segment earnings (a)

   $ 271     $ 253  

PNC’s economic interest in BlackRock (b)

     21     24
(a) Includes PNC’s share of BlackRock’s reported GAAP earnings and additional income taxes on those earnings incurred by PNC.
(b) At September 30.

 

In billions    Sept. 30
2011
     Dec. 31
2010
 

Carrying value of PNC’s investment in BlackRock (c)

   $ 5.3      $ 5.1  

Market value of PNC’s investment in
BlackRock (d)

     5.3        6.9  
(c) The September 30, 2011 amount is comprised of our equity investment of $5,256 million and $15 million of goodwill and accumulated other comprehensive income related to our BlackRock investment. The comparable amounts at December 31, 2010 were $5,017 million and $37 million.
     PNC accounts for its investment in BlackRock under the equity method of accounting, exclusive of a related deferred tax liability of $1.7 billion at September 30, 2011 and $1.8 billion at December 31, 2010.
(d) Does not include liquidity discount.

PNC accounts for its BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock at fair value, which offsets the impact of marking-to-market the obligation to deliver these shares to BlackRock to partially fund BlackRock LTIP programs. The fair value amount of the BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock is included on our Consolidated Balance Sheet in the caption Other assets. Additional information regarding the valuation of the BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock is included in Note 8 Fair Value in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report.

On September 29, 2011, PNC transferred 1.3 million shares of BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock to BlackRock to satisfy a portion of our LTIP obligation. Upon transfer, Other assets and Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet were reduced by $172 million.

PNC accounts for its remaining investment in BlackRock under the equity method of accounting. Our voting interest in BlackRock common stock (approximately 24% at September 30, 2011) is higher than our overall share of BlackRock’s equity and earnings.

Our 2010 Form 10-K includes additional information about our investment in BlackRock, including BlackRock’s November 2010 secondary common stock offering and our sale of a portion of our shares of BlackRock common stock in that offering.

DISTRESSED ASSETS PORTFOLIO

(Unaudited)

 

Nine months ended September 30

Dollars in millions

  2011     2010  

Income Statement

     

Net interest income

  $ 721     $ 973  

Noninterest income

    32       (37

Total revenue

    753       936  

Provision for credit losses

    278       745  

Noninterest expense

    156       169  

Pretax earnings

    319       22  

Income taxes

    117       8  

Earnings

  $ 202     $ 14  

Average Balance Sheet

     

Commercial Lending:

     

Commercial/Commercial real estate

  $ 1,360     $ 2,374  

Lease financing

    715       788  

Total commercial lending

    2,075       3,162  

Consumer Lending:

     

Consumer

    5,341       6,354  

Residential real estate

    6,237       7,835  

Total consumer lending

    11,578       14,189  

Total portfolio loans

    13,653       17,351  

Other assets (e)

    (261     895  

Total assets

  $ 13,392     $ 18,246  

Deposits and other liabilities

  $ 119       167  

Capital

    1,355       1,669  

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 1,474     $ 1,836  

Performance Ratios

     

Return on average capital

    20     1

Return on average assets

    2.02       .10  

Other Information

     

Nonperforming assets (a) (b)

  $ 1,064     $ 1,218  

Impaired loans (a) (c)

  $ 5,390     $ 6,001  

Net charge-offs (d)

  $ 293     $ 494  

Annualized net charge-off ratio (d)

    2.87     3.81

Loans (a)

     

Commercial Lending

     

Commercial/Commercial real estate

  $ 1,077     $ 1,911  

Lease financing

    701       757  

Total commercial lending

    1,778       2,668  

Consumer Lending

     

Consumer

    5,066       6,011  

Residential real estate

    6,065       7,014  

Total consumer lending

    11,131       13,025  

Total loans

  $ 12,909     $ 15,693  
(a) As of September 30.
(b) Includes nonperforming loans of $.8 billion at September 30, 2011 and $.9 billion at September 30, 2010.
(c) Recorded investment of purchased impaired loans related to acquisitions. At September 30, 2011, this segment contained 78% of PNC’s purchased impaired loans.
(d) For the nine months ended September 30.
(e) Other assets includes deferred taxes and loan reserves.

This business segment consists primarily of acquired non-strategic assets. The business activities of the segment are focused on maximizing value when exiting the under-performing portion of the portfolio. Distressed Assets

 

 

35


Table of Contents

Portfolio had earnings of $202 million for the first nine months of 2011compared with $14 million in the first nine months of 2010. The increase was driven primarily by a lower provision for credit losses partially offset by a decline in net interest income.

Highlights of Distressed Assets Portfolio’s performance during the first nine months of 2011 include the following:

   

Average loans declined to $13.7 billion in the first nine months of 2011 compared with $17.4 billion in the first nine months of 2010. The decline was impacted by portfolio management activities to reduce under-performing assets.

   

Net interest income was $721 million in the first nine months of 2011 compared with $973 million for the first nine months of 2010. The decrease reflected lower loan balances and lower purchase accounting accretion.

   

Noninterest income was $32 million for the first nine months of 2011 compared with a loss of $37 million for the first nine months of 2010. 2010 includes an increase to the liability for estimated losses on repurchase and indemnification claims on sold brokered home equity loans.

   

The provision for credit losses was $278 million in the first nine months of 2011 compared with $745 million in the first nine months of 2010. The decline was driven primarily by lower losses in first mortgage and residential construction portfolios.

   

Noninterest expense for the first nine months of 2011 was $156 million compared with $169 million in the first nine months of 2010. The decrease was driven by a reduction in expenses related to other real estate owned and volume related expenses as the portfolio declined.

   

Nonperforming loans decreased to $.8 billion at September 30, 2011 compared with $.9 billion at September 30, 2010. The consumer lending portfolio comprised 63% of the nonperforming loans at September 30, 2011. Nonperforming consumer loans increased $.1 billion.

   

Net charge-offs were $293 million for the first nine months of 2011 and $494 million for the first nine months of 2010. The decrease was due to lower charge-offs on residential mortgage loans and commercial loans.

Certain loans in this business segment may require special servicing given current loan performance and market conditions. Consequently, the business activities of this segment are focused on maximizing the value of the portfolio assigned to it while mitigating risk. Business intent drives the inclusion of assets in this business segment. Not all impaired loans are included in this business segment, nor are all of the loans included in this business segment considered impaired.

   

The $12.9 billion of loans held in this portfolio at September 30, 2011 are stated inclusive of a fair

   

value adjustment on purchased impaired loans at acquisition. Taking the adjustment and the ALLL into account, the net carrying basis of this loan portfolio is 79% of customer outstandings.

   

The Commercial Lending portfolio within this segment is comprised of $1.1 billion in residential development loans (i.e. condominiums, townhomes, developed and undeveloped land) primarily acquired from National City and $.7 billion of performing cross-border leases. This portfolio has declined 33% since September 30, 2010. For the residential development portfolio, a team of asset managers actively deploy workout strategies on this portfolio through reducing unfunded loan exposure, refinancing, customer payoffs, foreclosures and loan sales. The cross-border lease portfolio continues to demonstrate good credit quality.

   

The performance of the Consumer Lending portfolio within this segment is dependent upon economic growth, unemployment rates, the housing market recovery and the interest rate environment. The portfolio’s credit quality performance has stabilized through actions taken by management over the last two years. Approximately 75% of customers have been current with principal and interest payments for the past 12 months. Consumer Lending consists of residential real estate mortgages and consumer or brokered home equity loans primarily acquired with the National City acquisition. The residential real estate mortgage portfolio is composed of jumbo and ALT-A first lien mortgages, non-prime first and second lien mortgages and, to a lesser extent, residential construction loans. Home equity loans include second liens and brokered home equity lines of credit. We have implemented various refinance and line availability programs to mitigate risks within these portfolios while assisting borrowers to maintain homeownership when possible.

   

When loans are sold, investors may request PNC to indemnify them against losses or to repurchase loans that they believe do not comply with applicable contractual loan origination covenants and representations and warranties we have made. From 2005 to 2007, home equity loans were sold with such contractual provisions. At September 30, 2011, the liability for estimated losses on repurchase and indemnification claims for the Distressed Assets Portfolio business segment was $51 million. No substantial additional reserves were recorded in the first nine months of 2011. See the Recourse And Repurchase Obligations section of this Financial Review and Commitments and Guarantees in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Report for additional information.

 

 

36


Table of Contents

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS

Note 1 Accounting Policies in Part II, Item 8 of our 2010 Form 10-K and in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part I, Item 1 of this Report describe the most significant accounting policies that we use. Certain of these policies require us to make estimates or economic assumptions that may prove inaccurate or be subject to variations that may significantly affect our reported results and financial position for the period or in future periods.

We must use estimates, assumptions, and judgments when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at, or adjusted to reflect, fair value.

Assets and liabilities carried at fair value inherently result in a higher degree of financial statement volatility. Fair values and the information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based on either quoted market prices or are provided by independent third-party sources, including appraisers and valuation specialists, when available. When such third-party information is not available, we estimate fair value primarily by using cash flow and other financial modeling techniques. Changes in underlying factors, assumptions, or estimates could materially impact our future financial condition and results of operations.

We discuss the following critical accounting policies and judgments under this same heading in Part II, Item 7 of our 2010 Form 10-K:

   

Fair Value Measurements

   

Allowances For Loan And Lease Losses And Unfunded Loan Commitments And Letters of Credit

   

Estimated Cash Flows on Purchased Impaired Loans

   

Goodwill

   

Lease Residuals

   

Revenue Recognition

   

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights

   

Income Taxes

Residential and Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights

In conjunction with the acquisition of National City, PNC acquired servicing rights for residential real estate loans. We have elected to measure these residential mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) at fair value. This election was made to be consistent with our risk management strategy to hedge changes in the fair value of these assets as described below. The fair value of these residential MSRs is estimated by using a cash flow valuation model which calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and other economic factors which are determined based on current market conditions.

Assumptions incorporated into the residential MSRs valuation model reflect management’s best estimate of factors that a market participant would use in valuing the residential MSRs. Residential MSRs do not trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices. Although sales of residential MSRs do occur, the precise terms and conditions are not available. As a benchmark for the reasonableness of its residential MSRs fair value, PNC obtains opinions of value from independent parties (“brokers”). These brokers provided a range (+/- 10 bps) based upon their own discounted cash flow calculations of our portfolio that reflected conditions in the secondary market, and any recently executed servicing transactions. PNC compares its internally-developed residential MSRs value to the ranges of opinions of value received from the brokers. If our residential MSRs fair value falls outside of the brokers’ ranges, management will assess whether a valuation adjustment is warranted. For the periods presented, PNC’s residential MSRs value has not fallen outside of the brokers’ ranges. We consider our residential MSRs value to represent a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Commercial MSRs are purchased in the open market or are originated when loans are sold with servicing retained. Commercial MSRs are initially recorded at fair value and are subsequently accounted for at amortized cost. Commercial MSRs are periodically evaluated for impairment. For purposes of impairment, the commercial mortgage servicing rights are stratified based on asset type, which characterizes the predominant risk of the underlying financial asset. The fair value of commercial MSRs is estimated by using an internal valuation model. The model calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows considering estimates of servicing revenue and costs, discount rates and prepayment speeds.

PNC employs risk management strategies designed to protect the value of MSRs from changes in interest rates and related market factors. Residential MSRs values are economically hedged with securities and derivatives, including interest-rate swaps, options, and forward mortgage-backed and futures contracts. As interest rates change, these financial instruments are expected to have changes in fair value negatively correlated to the change in fair value of the hedged residential MSRs portfolio. The hedge relationships are actively managed in response to changing market conditions over the life of the residential MSRs assets. Commercial MSRs are economically hedged (at a macro level or with specific derivatives) to protect against a significant decline in interest rates. Selecting appropriate financial instruments to hedge residential or commercial MSRs requires significant management judgment to assess how mortgage rates and prepayment speeds could affect the future values of MSRs. Hedging results can frequently be less predictable in the short term, but over longer periods of time are expected to protect the economic value of the MSRs portfolio.

 

 

37


Table of Contents

The fair value of residential and commercial MSRs and significant inputs to the valuation model as of September 30, 2011 are shown in the tables below. The expected and actual rates of mortgage loan prepayments and future interest rates are the most significant factors driving the fair values. Management utilizes market implied forward interest rates to estimate the future direction of mortgage and discount rates. The forward rates utilized are derived from the current yield curve for U.S. dollar interest rate swaps and are consistent with pricing of capital markets instruments. Changes in the shape and slope of the forward curve in future periods may result in volatility in the fair value estimate. For residential MSRs management uses a third party model to estimate future loan prepayments. This model has been refined based on current market conditions. For commercial MSRs a static internal model is used to estimate future loan prepayments.

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights

 

Dollars in millions    September 30,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

Fair value

   $ 684     $ 1,033  

Weighted-average life (in years) (a)

     3.8       5.8  

Weighted-average constant prepayment
rate (a)

     21.02     12.61

Spread over forward interest rate swap rates

     11.80     12.18
(a) Changes in weighted-average life and weighted-average constant prepayment rate reflect the cumulative impact of changes in rates, prepayment expectations and model changes.

Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights

 

Dollars in millions    September 30,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

Fair value

   $ 484     $ 674  

Weighted-average life (in years) (a)

     6.0       6.3  

Prepayment rate range (a)

     13%-27     10%-24

Effective discount rate range

     5%-9     7%-9
(a) Changes in weighted-average life and weighted-average constant prepayment rate reflect the cumulative impact of changes in rates, prepayment expectations and model changes.

A sensitivity analysis of the hypothetical effect on the fair value of MSRs to adverse changes in key assumptions is presented below. These sensitivities do not include the impact of the related hedging activities. Changes in fair value generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in the assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the MSRs is calculated independently without changing any other assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, changes in mortgage interest rates, which drive changes in prepayment rate estimates, could result in changes in the interest rate spread), which could either magnify or counteract the sensitivities.

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights

 

Dollars in millions    September 30,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 

Weighted-average constant prepayment rate:

       

Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change

   $ 46      $ 41  

Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change

   $ 87      $ 86  

Spread over forward interest rate swap rates:

       

Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change

   $ 27      $ 43  

Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change

   $ 51      $ 83  

Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights

 

Dollars in millions   September 30,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

Prepayment rate range:

     

Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change

  $ 6     $ 8  

Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change

  $ 12     $ 16  

Effective discount rate range:

     

Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change

  $ 9     $ 13  

Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change

  $ 19     $ 26  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1 Accounting Policies in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report regarding the impact of the adoption of new accounting guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board.

STATUS OF QUALIFIED DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION PLAN

We have a noncontributory, qualified defined benefit pension plan (plan or pension plan) covering eligible employees. Benefits are determined using a cash balance formula where earnings credits are a percentage of eligible compensation. Pension contributions are based on an actuarially determined amount necessary to fund total benefits payable to plan participants. Consistent with our investment strategy, plan assets are primarily invested in equity investments and fixed income instruments. Plan fiduciaries determine and review the plan’s investment policy, which is described more fully in Note 14 Employee Benefit Plans in our 2010 Form 10-K.

We calculate the expense associated with the pension plan and the assumptions and methods that we use include a policy of reflecting trust assets at their fair market value. On an annual basis, we review the actuarial assumptions related to the pension plan. The primary assumptions used to measure

 

 

38


Table of Contents

pension obligations and costs are the discount rate, compensation increase and expected long-term return on assets. Among these, the compensation increase assumption does not significantly affect pension expense.

The discount rate used to measure pension obligations is determined by comparing the expected future benefits that will be paid under the plan with yields available on high quality corporate bonds of similar duration. In lower interest rate environments, the sensitivity of pension expense to the assumed discount rate increases. The impact on pension expense of a 0.5% decrease in discount rate in the current environment is $19 million per year. In contrast, the sensitivity to the same change in discount rate in a higher interest rate environment is less significant.

The expected long-term return on assets assumption also has a significant effect on pension expense. The expected return on plan assets is a long-term assumption established by considering historical and anticipated returns of the asset classes invested in by the pension plan and the asset allocation policy currently in place. For purposes of setting and reviewing this assumption, “long term” refers to the period over which the plan’s projected benefit obligations will be disbursed. We review this assumption at each measurement date and adjust it if warranted. Our selection process references certain historical data and the current environment, but primarily utilizes qualitative judgment regarding future return expectations. Accordingly, we generally do not change the assumption unless we modify our investment strategy or identify events that would alter our expectations of future returns.

To evaluate the continued reasonableness of our assumption, we examine a variety of viewpoints and data. Various studies have shown that portfolios comprised primarily of US equity securities have returned approximately 10% annually over long periods of time, while US debt securities have returned approximately 6% annually over long periods. Application of these historical returns to the plan’s allocation ranges for equities and bonds produces a result between 7.25% and 8.75% and is one point of reference, among many other factors, that is taken into consideration. We also examine the plan’s actual historical returns over various periods. Recent experience is considered in our evaluation with appropriate consideration that, especially for short time periods, recent returns are not reliable indicators of future returns. While annual returns can vary significantly (rates of return for 2010, 2009, and 2008 were +14.87%, +20.61%, and -32.91%, respectively), the selected assumption represents our estimated long-term average prospective returns.

Acknowledging the potentially wide range for this assumption, we also annually examine the assumption used by other companies with similar pension investment strategies, so that we can ascertain whether our determinations markedly differ from others. In all cases, however, this data simply informs our process, which places the greatest emphasis on our qualitative judgment of future investment returns, given the conditions existing at each annual measurement date.

As more fully described in our 2010 Form 10-K, the expected long-term return on plan assets for determining net periodic pension cost for 2011 is 7.75%, down from 8.00% in 2010.

Under current accounting rules, the difference between expected long-term returns and actual returns is accumulated and amortized to pension expense over future periods. Each one percentage point difference in actual return compared with our expected return causes expense in subsequent years to increase or decrease by up to $9 million as the impact is amortized into results of operations.

The table below reflects the estimated effects on pension expense of certain changes in annual assumptions, using 2011 estimated expense as a baseline.

 

Change in Assumption (a)    Estimated
Increase to 2011
Pension
Expense
(In  millions)
 

.5% decrease in discount rate

   $ 19  

.5% decrease in expected long-term return on assets

   $ 19  

.5% increase in compensation rate

   $ 3  
(a) The impact is the effect of changing the specified assumption while holding all other assumptions constant.

We currently estimate a pretax pension expense of $3 million in 2011 compared with pretax expense of $46 million in 2010. This year-over-year expected reduction is primarily due to the amortization impact of the favorable 2010 investment returns as compared with the expected long-term return assumption, which has been established by considering the time over which the plan’s obligations are expected to be paid.

Our pension plan contribution requirements are not particularly sensitive to actuarial assumptions. Investment performance has the most impact on contribution requirements and will drive the amount of permitted contributions in future years. Also, current law, including the provisions of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, sets limits as to both minimum and maximum contributions to the plan. We do not expect to be required by law to make any contributions to the plan during 2011.

We maintain other defined benefit plans that have a less significant effect on financial results, including various nonqualified supplemental retirement plans for certain employees.

RECOURSE AND REPURCHASE OBLIGATIONS

As discussed in Note 3 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities in our 2010 Form 10-K, PNC has sold commercial mortgage and residential mortgage loans directly or indirectly in securitizations and whole-loan sale transactions with continuing involvement. One form of continuing involvement includes certain recourse and loan repurchase obligations associated with the transferred assets in these transactions.

 

 

39


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE LOAN RECOURSE OBLIGATIONS

We originate, close, and service certain multi-family commercial mortgage loans which are sold to FNMA under FNMA’s Delegated Underwriting and Servicing (DUS) program. We have similar arrangements with FHLMC.

Under these programs, we generally assume up to a one-third pari passu risk of loss on unpaid principal balances through a loss share arrangement. At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the unpaid principal balance outstanding of loans sold as a participant in these programs was $12.9 billion and $13.2 billion, respectively. At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the potential maximum exposure under the loss share arrangements was $3.9 billion and $4.0 billion, respectively. We maintain a reserve for estimated losses based on our exposure. The reserve for losses under these programs totaled $49 million and $54 million as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, and is included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. If payment is required under these programs, we would not have a contractual interest in the collateral underlying the mortgage loans on which losses occurred, although the value of the collateral is taken into account in determining our share of such losses. Our exposure and activity associated with these recourse obligations are reported in the Corporate & Institutional Banking segment.

RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE LOAN AND HOME EQUITY REPURCHASE OBLIGATIONS

While residential mortgage loans are sold on a non-recourse basis, we assume certain loan repurchase obligations associated with mortgage loans we have sold to investors. These loan repurchase obligations primarily relate to situations where PNC is alleged to have breached certain origination covenants and representations and warranties made to purchasers of the loans in the respective purchase and sale agreements. Residential mortgage loans covered by these loan repurchase obligations include first and second-lien mortgage loans we have sold through Agency securitizations, Non-Agency securitizations, and whole-loan sale transactions. As discussed in Note 3 in our 2010 Form 10-K, Agency securitizations consist of mortgage loans sale transactions with FNMA, FHLMC, and the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) program, while Non-Agency securitizations and whole-loan sale transactions consist of mortgage loans sale transactions with private investors. Our historical exposure and activity associated with Agency securitization repurchase obligations has primarily been related to transactions with FNMA and FHLMC, as indemnification and repurchase losses associated with Federal Housing Agency (FHA) and Department of Veterans Affairs (VA)-insured and uninsured loans pooled in GNMA securitizations historically have been minimal. Repurchase obligation activity associated with residential mortgages is reported in the Residential Mortgage Banking segment.

PNC’s repurchase obligations also include certain brokered home equity loans/lines that were sold to a limited number of private investors in the financial services industry by National City prior to our acquisition. PNC is no longer engaged in the brokered home equity lending business, and our exposure under these loan repurchase obligations is limited to repurchases of the whole-loans sold in these transactions. Repurchase activity associated with brokered home equity lines/loans are reported in the Distressed Assets Portfolio segment.

Loan covenants and representations and warranties are established through loan sale agreements with various investors to provide assurance that PNC has sold loans to investors of sufficient investment quality. Key aspects of such covenants and representations and warranties include the loan’s compliance with any applicable loan criteria established by the investor, including underwriting standards, delivery of all required loan documents to the investor or its designated party, sufficient collateral valuation, and the validity of the lien securing the loan. As a result of alleged breaches of these contractual obligations, investors may request PNC to indemnify them against losses on certain loans or to repurchase loans.

Indemnifications for loss or loan repurchases typically occur when, after review of the claim, we agree insufficient evidence exists to dispute the investor’s claim that a breach of a loan covenant and representation and warranty has occurred, such breach has not been cured, and the effect of such breach is deemed to have had a material and adverse effect on the value of the transferred loan. Depending on the sale agreement and upon proper notice from the investor, we typically respond to such indemnification and repurchase requests within 60 days, although final resolution of the claim may take a longer period of time. With the exception of the sales agreements associated with the Agency securitizations, most sale agreements do not provide for penalties or other remedies if we do not respond timely to investor indemnification or repurchase requests.

Investor indemnification or repurchase claims are typically settled on an individual loan basis through make-whole payments or loan repurchases; however, on occasion we may negotiate pooled settlements with investors. In connection with pooled settlements, we typically do not repurchase loans and the consummation of such transactions results in us no longer having indemnification and repurchase exposure with the investor in the transaction.

 

 

40


Table of Contents

The following table details the unpaid principal balance of our unresolved indemnification and repurchase claims at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

Analysis of Unresolved Asserted Indemnification and Repurchase Claims

 

In millions    Sept. 30,
2011
     Dec. 31,
2010
 

Residential mortgages:

       

Agency securitizations

   $ 242      $ 110  

Private investors (a)

     72        100  
 

Home equity loans/lines:

       

Private investors (b)

     98        299  

Total unresolved claims

   $ 412      $ 509  
(a) Activity relates to loans sold through Non-Agency securitization and whole-loan sale transactions.
(b) Activity relates to brokered home equity loans/lines sold through whole-loan sale transactions which occurred during 2005-2007.

To mitigate losses associated with indemnification and repurchase claims, we have established quality assurance programs designed to ensure loans sold meet specific underwriting and origination criteria provided for in the investor sale agreements. In addition, we investigate every investor claim on a loan by loan basis to determine the existence of a legitimate claim, and that all other conditions for indemnification or repurchase have been met prior to the settlement with an investor.

 

 

The table below details our indemnification and repurchase claim settlement activity during the first nine months and three months of 2011 and 2010.

Analysis of Indemnification and Repurchase Claim Settlement Activity

 

     2011      2010  
Nine months ended September 30 - In millions    Unpaid
Principal
Balance (a)
     Losses
Incurred (b)
     Fair Value of
Repurchased
Loans (c)
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance (a)
     Losses
Incurred (b)
    Fair Value of
Repurchased
Loans (c)
 

Residential mortgages (d):

                  

Agency securitizations

   $ 171      $ 88      $ 57      $ 292      $ 122     $ 125  

Private investors (e)

     67        36        14        111        48       28  
 

Home equity loans/lines:

                  

Private investors - Repurchases (f) (g)

     35        102        2        13        14       3  

Total indemnification and repurchase settlements

   $ 273      $ 226      $ 73      $ 416      $ 184     $ 156  

 

     2011      2010  
Three months ended September 30 - In millions    Unpaid
Principal
Balance (a)
     Losses
Incurred (b)
     Fair Value of
Repurchased
Loans (c)
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance (a)
     Losses
Incurred (b)
    Fair Value of
Repurchased
Loans (c)
 

Residential mortgages (d):

                  

Agency securitizations

   $ 61      $ 34      $ 15      $ 112      $ 46     $ 57  

Private investors (e)

     11        6        2        24        4       4  
 

Home equity loans/lines:

                  

Private investors - Repurchases (f)

     5        4        1        6        5       1  

Total indemnification and repurchase settlements

   $ 77      $ 44      $ 18      $ 142      $ 55     $ 62  
(a) Represents unpaid principal balance of loans at the indemnification or repurchase date. Excluded from these balances are amounts associated with pooled settlement payments as loans are typically not repurchased in these transactions.
(b) Represents both i) amounts paid for indemnification/settlement payments and ii) the difference between loan repurchase price and fair value of the loan at the repurchase date. These losses are charged to the indemnification and repurchase liability.
(c) Represents fair value of loans repurchased only as we have no exposure to changes in the fair value of loans or underlying collateral when indemnification/settlement payments are made to investors.
(d) Repurchase activity associated with insured loans, government-guaranteed loans, and loans repurchased through the exercise of our removal of account provision (ROAP) option are excluded from this table. Refer to Note 3 in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report for further discussion of ROAPs.
(e) Activity relates to loans sold through Non-Agency securitizations and whole-loan sale transactions.
(f) Activity relates to brokered home equity loans/lines sold through whole-loan sale transactions which occurred during 2005-2007.
(g) Included in the Losses Incurred column are payments associated with pooled settlement activities. These payments were made to settle disputed pending repurchase claims as well as any future repurchase claims made by investors. No loans were repurchased in these transactions and accordingly, balances associated with these activities are not included in the Unpaid Principal Balance and Fair Value of Repurchased Loans columns in this table.

 

During 2010 and the first nine months of 2011, unresolved and settled investor indemnification and repurchase claims were primarily related to one of the following alleged breaches in representations and warranties: 1) misrepresentation of income, assets or employment; 2) property evaluation or status issues (e.g., appraisal, title, etc.); 3) underwriting guideline violations; or 4) mortgage insurance

rescissions. During 2010, the frequency and timing of unresolved and settled investor indemnification and repurchase claims increased as a result of higher loan delinquencies which have been impacted by overall weak economic conditions and the prolonged weak residential housing sector. The increased volume of claims was also reflective of an industry trend where Agency investors

 

 

41


Table of Contents

implemented certain strategies to aggressively reduce their exposure to losses on purchased loans. These same factors, along with an increase in the average time to resolve investor claims, have contributed to the higher balances of unresolved claims for residential mortgages at September 30, 2011. The extended period of time to resolve these investor claims coupled with higher claim rescission rates drove the decline in residential mortgage indemnification and repurchase settlement activity in 2011. As the level of residential mortgage claims increased over the past couple of years, management focused its efforts on improving its process to review and respond to these claims. The lower balance of unresolved indemnification and repurchase claims for home equity loans/lines at September 30, 2011 was primarily attributed to pooled settlement activity and higher claim rescission rates during 2011. Management also implemented enhancements to its process of reviewing and responding to investor claims for this sold portfolio. The year-over-year increase in home equity indemnification and repurchase settlements was primarily attributed to the timing of when repurchases and pooled settlement activities were executed.

For the first and second-lien mortgage balances of unresolved and settled claims contained in the tables above, a significant amount of these claims were associated with sold loans originated through correspondent lender and broker origination channels. For the home equity loans/lines sold portfolio, all unresolved and settled claims relate to loans originated through the broker origination channel. In certain instances when indemnification or repurchase claims are settled for these types of sold loans, we have recourse back to the correspondent lenders, brokers and other third-parties (e.g., contract underwriting companies, closing agents, appraisers, etc.). Depending on the underlying reason for the investor claim, we determine our ability to pursue recourse with these parties and file claims with them accordingly. Our historical recourse recovery rate has been insignificant as our efforts have been impacted by the inability of such parties to reimburse us for their recourse obligations (e.g., their capital availability or whether they remain in business) or contractual limitations that limit our ability to pursue recourse with these parties (e.g., loss caps, statutes of limitations, etc.). These factors as well as the trends in unresolved claim and indemnification and repurchase activity described above are considered in the determination of our estimated indemnification and repurchase liability detailed below.

Origination and sale of residential mortgages is an ongoing business activity and, accordingly, management continually assesses the need to recognize indemnification and repurchase liabilities pursuant to the associated investor sale agreements. We establish indemnification and repurchase liabilities for estimated losses on sold first and second-lien mortgages and home equity loans/lines for which indemnification is expected to be provided or for loans that are expected to be repurchased. For the first and second-lien mortgage sold portfolio, we have established an indemnification and

repurchase liability pursuant to investor sale agreements based on claims made and our estimate of future claims on a loan by loan basis. These relate primarily to loans originated during 2006-2008. For the home equity loans/lines sold portfolio, we have established indemnification and repurchase liabilities based upon this same methodology for loans sold during 2005-2007.

Indemnification and repurchase liabilities are initially recognized when loans are sold to investors and are subsequently evaluated by management. Initial recognition and subsequent adjustments to the indemnification and repurchase liability for the sold residential mortgage portfolio are recognized in Residential mortgage revenue on the Consolidated Income Statement. Since PNC is no longer engaged in the brokered home equity lending business, only subsequent adjustments are recognized to the home equity loans/lines indemnification and repurchase liability. These adjustments are recognized in Other noninterest income on the Consolidated Income Statement.

Management’s subsequent evaluation of these indemnification and repurchase liabilities is based upon trends in indemnification and repurchase requests, actual loss experience, risks in the underlying serviced loan portfolios, and current economic conditions. As part of its evaluation, management considers estimated loss projections over the life of the subject loan portfolio. At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the liability for estimated losses on indemnification and repurchase claims for residential mortgages totaled $85 million and $144 million, respectively. The indemnification and repurchase liability for home equity loans/lines was $51 million and $150 million at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. These liabilities are included in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. We believe our indemnification and repurchase liabilities appropriately reflect the estimated probable losses on investor indemnification and repurchase claims at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

The lower residential mortgage indemnification and repurchase liability balance at September 30, 2011 compared to December 31, 2010 reflects lower estimated losses driven primarily by the seasoning of the sold portfolio and higher claim rescission rates as described above. This decrease resulted despite higher levels of investor indemnification and repurchase claim activity. The reduction in the home equity loans/lines indemnification and repurchase liability at September 30, 2011 is reflective of lower anticipated indemnification and repurchase activity for the sold portfolio. This lower estimated activity is primarily attributed to pooled settlement activities, improved investor rescission rates as described above, and the seasoning of the sold home equity portfolio.

 

 

42


Table of Contents

RISK MANAGEMENT

We encounter risk as part of the normal course of our business and we design risk management processes to help manage these risks.

The Risk Management section included in Part II, Item 7 of our 2010 Form 10-K describes our risk management philosophy, principles, governance and various aspects of our corporate-level risk management program. Additionally, our 2010 Form 10-K provides an analysis of our primary areas of risk: credit, operational, liquidity, and market, as well as a discussion of our use of financial derivatives as part of our overall asset and liability risk management process, and addresses historical performance in appropriate places within the Risk Management section of that report.

The following information updates our 2010 Form 10-K risk management disclosures.

CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT

Credit risk represents the possibility that a customer, counterparty or issuer may not perform in accordance with contractual terms. Credit risk is inherent in the financial services business and results from extending credit to customers, purchasing securities, and entering into financial derivative transactions and certain guarantee contracts. Credit risk is one of our most significant risks.

ASSET QUALITY OVERVIEW

Overall asset quality trends for the third quarter of 2011 were positive and included the following:

   

Third quarter 2011 net charge-offs declined significantly to $365 million, down 41% from third quarter 2010 net charge-offs of $614 million. Third quarter 2011 net charge-offs represented the lowest quarterly level of net charge-offs since fourth quarter 2008.

   

Reflecting ongoing reductions in credit exposure and improvements in asset quality, the provision for credit losses declined to $261 million for the third quarter 2011 compared to the third quarter of 2010 of $486 million. As a result of both these net charge-offs and provision amounts, the level of ALLL has decreased.

   

Aided by a continued, albeit slowly, improving economy, nonperforming loans declined $774 million, or 17%, to $3.7 billion as of September 30, 2011 compared with December 31, 2010. Similarly, nonperforming assets decreased $825 million, or 16%, to $4.3 billion as of September 30, 2011, compared with December 31, 2010.

   

Overall loan delinquencies have declined from year-end 2010 levels helped by the slowly improving economy.

   

Commercial credit quality trends improved noticeably with levels of criticized commercial loan

   

outstandings declining by approximately $2.9 billion, or 21% compared with December 31, 2010, to $10.8 billion at September 30, 2011. See Note 5 Asset Quality and Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.

These positive trends were partially offset by our ongoing loan modification efforts to assist homeowners and other borrowers. These efforts continued to increase our overall level of troubled debt restructurings (TDRs). In particular, TDRs included in nonperforming loans increased to 29% of total nonperforming loans. However, as the economy has slowly improved, our loan modification efforts have begun to show signs of slowing and the amount of TDRs returning to performing status has increased.

NONPERFORMING ASSETS AND LOAN DELINQUENCIES

Nonperforming Assets, including OREO and Foreclosed Assets

Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans and leases for which ultimate collectability of the full amount of contractual principal and interest is doubtful and include TDRs, OREO and other foreclosed assets. Loans held for sale, government insured or guaranteed loans, purchased impaired loans and loans accounted for under the fair value option are excluded from nonperforming loans. Additional information regarding our nonaccrual policies is included in Note 1 Accounting Policies in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report. A summary of nonperforming assets is presented in the table below.

Nonperforming assets decreased $825 million from December 31, 2010, to $4.3 billion at September 30, 2011. Nonperforming loans decreased $774 million to $3.7 billion while OREO and foreclosed assets decreased $51 million to $606 million. The ratio of nonperforming assets to total loans and OREO and foreclosed assets was 2.77% at September 30, 2011 and 3.39% at December 31, 2010. The ratio of nonperforming loans to total loans declined to 2.39% at September 30, 2011, compared to 2.97% at December 31, 2010. The decrease in nonperforming loans from December 31, 2010 occurred across all loan classes except for home equity and credit card. Total nonperforming assets have declined $2.1 billion, or 33%, from their peak of $6.4 billion at March 31, 2010.

At September 30, 2011, TDRs included in nonperforming loans increased to $1.1 billion or 29% of total nonperforming loans compared to $784 million or 18% of nonperforming loans as of December 31, 2010. Within consumer nonperforming loans, residential real estate TDRs comprise 46% of total residential real estate nonperforming loans at

September 30, 2011, up from 30% at December 31, 2010. Similarly, home equity TDRs comprise 79% of home equity nonperforming loans at September 30, 2011, up slightly from

 

 

43


Table of Contents

75% at December 31, 2010. The level of TDRs in these portfolios is expected to result in elevated nonperforming loan levels for longer periods because TDRs remain in nonperforming status until a borrower has made at least six consecutive months of payments under the modified terms or ultimate resolution occurs.

At September 30, 2011, our largest nonperforming asset was $30 million in the Accommodation and Food Services Industry and our average nonperforming loan associated with commercial lending was under $1 million. Our ten largest outstanding nonperforming assets are all from the commercial lending portfolio and represent 9% and 5% of total commercial lending nonperforming loans and total nonperforming assets, respectively, as of September 30, 2011.

Nonperforming Assets By Type

 

In millions    Sept. 30
2011
    Dec. 31
2010
 

Nonperforming loans

      

Commercial

      

Retail/wholesale trade

   $ 117     $ 197  

Manufacturing

     149       250  

Service providers

     198       218  

Real estate related (a)

     256       233  

Financial services

     31       16  

Health care

     39       50  

Other industries

     204       289  

Total commercial

     994       1,253  

Commercial real estate

      

Real estate projects

     1,115       1,422  

Commercial mortgage

     310       413  

Total commercial real estate

     1,425       1,835  

Equipment lease financing

     30       77  

TOTAL COMMERCIAL LENDING

     2,449       3,165  

Consumer (b)

      

Home equity

     484       448  

Residential real estate

      

Residential mortgage (c)

     676       764  

Residential construction

     46       54  

Credit card (d)

     7      

Other consumer

     30       35  

TOTAL CONSUMER LENDING

     1,243       1,301  

Total nonperforming loans (e)

     3,692       4,466  

OREO and foreclosed assets

      

Other real estate owned (OREO) (f)

     553       589  

Foreclosed and other assets

     53       68  

OREO and foreclosed assets

     606       657  

Total nonperforming assets

   $ 4,298     $ 5,123  

Amount of commercial nonperforming loans contractually current as to remaining principal and interest

   $ 994     $ 988  

Percentage of total commercial nonperforming loans

     41     31

Amount of TDRs included in nonperforming loans

   $ 1,062     $ 784  

Percentage of total nonperforming loans

     29     18

Nonperforming loans to total loans

     2.39     2.97

Nonperforming assets to total loans, OREO and foreclosed assets

     2.77       3.39  
In millions    Sept. 30
2011
     Dec. 31
2010
 

Nonperforming assets to total assets

     1.59        1.94  

Allowance for loan and lease losses to total nonperforming loans (e) (g)

     122        109  
(a) Includes loans related to customers in the real estate and construction industries.
(b) Excludes most consumer loans and lines of credit, not secured by residential real estate, which are charged off after 120 to 180 days past due and are not placed on nonperforming status.
(c) Effective in 2011, nonperforming residential mortgage excludes loans of $68 million accounted for under the fair value option as of September 30, 2011. The comparable balance at December 31, 2010 was not material.
(d) Effective in the second quarter 2011, the commercial nonaccrual policy was applied to certain small business credit card balances. This change resulted in loans placed on nonaccrual status when they become 90 days or more past due, rather than being excluded and charged off at 180 days past due.
(e) Nonperforming loans do not include government insured or guaranteed loans, loans held for sale, loans accounted for under the fair value option and purchased impaired loans.
(f) Other real estate owned excludes $256 million and $178 million at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, related to serviced loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA).
(g) The allowance for loan and lease losses includes impairment reserves attributable to purchased impaired loans.

OREO and Foreclosed Assets

 

In millions    Sept. 30
2011
     Dec. 31
2010
 

Other real estate owned (OREO):

       

Residential properties

   $ 196      $ 304  

Residential development properties

     200        166  

Commercial properties

     157        119  

Total OREO

     553        589  

Foreclosed and other assets

     53        68  

OREO and foreclosed assets

   $ 606      $ 657  

Total OREO and foreclosed assets decreased $51 million during the first nine months of 2011 from $657 million at December 31, 2010, to $606 million at September 30, 2011, which represents 14% of total nonperforming assets. As of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, 32% and 46%, respectively, of our OREO and foreclosed assets were comprised of single family residential properties. The lower level of OREO and foreclosed assets was driven completely by lower levels of residential properties as new foreclosures have fallen from the very high levels of early 2010 and sales have rebounded from the low point in the fourth quarter 2010. Excluded from OREO at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, was $256 million and $178 million of residential real estate that was acquired by us upon foreclosure of serviced loans because they are insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA).

Change in Nonperforming Assets

 

In millions    2011     2010  

January 1

   $ 5,123      $ 6,204   

New nonperforming assets

     2,771        4,103   

Charge-offs and valuation adjustments

     (999     (1,604

Principal activity, including paydowns and payoffs

     (1,454     (939

Asset sales and transfers to loans held for sale

     (461     (1,036

Returned to performing status

     (682     (1,222

September 30

   $ 4,298      $ 5,506   
 

 

44


Table of Contents

The table above presents nonperforming asset activity for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, nonperforming assets decreased $825 million from $5.1 billion at December 31, 2010, to $4.3 billion at September 30, 2011, driven primarily by paydowns, payoffs and charge-offs, offset partly by net new nonperforming assets. Approximately 78% of total nonperforming loans are secured by collateral which would be expected to reduce credit losses and require less reserves in the event of default, and 41% of commercial lending nonperforming loans are contractually current as to principal and interest. As a measure of the level of charge-offs already taken, as of September 30, 2011, commercial nonperforming loans are carried at approximately 62% of their unpaid principal balance before consideration of the allowance for loan and lease losses.

Purchased impaired loans are considered performing, even if contractually past due (or if we do not expect to receive payment in full based on the original contractual terms), as we are currently accreting interest income over the expected life of the loans. The accretable yield represents the excess of the expected cash flows on the loans at the measurement date over the carrying value. Any decrease, other than for prepayments or interest rate decreases for variable rate notes, in the net present value of expected cash flows of individual commercial or pooled consumer purchased impaired loans would result in an impairment charge to the provision for loan losses in the period in which the change is deemed probable. Any increase in the net present value of expected cash flows of purchased impaired loans would first result in a recovery of previously recorded allowance for loan losses, to the extent applicable, and then an increase to accretable yield for the remaining life of the purchased impaired loans. Total nonperforming loans and assets in the tables above are significantly lower than they would have been due to this accounting treatment for purchased impaired loans. This treatment also results in a lower ratio of nonperforming loans to total loans and a higher ratio of ALLL to nonperforming loans. See Note 6 Purchased Impaired Loans in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report for additional information on these loans.

Loan Delinquencies

We regularly monitor the level of loan delinquencies and believe these levels to be a key indicator of loan portfolio asset quality. Measurement of delinquency and past due status are based on the contractual terms of each loan. Loans that are 30 days or more past due in terms of payment are considered delinquent. Loan delinquencies exclude loans held for sale and purchased impaired loans.

Total early stage loan delinquencies (accruing loans past due 30 to 89 days) decreased by $266 million from December 31, 2010, to $1.6 billion at September 30, 2011. Commercial early stage delinquencies declined by $233 million from December 31, 2010, while consumer delinquencies fell by $33 million. Improvement in early stage delinquency levels was

experienced across most loan classes, offset by modest increases in government insured, primarily other consumer education loans, and home equity.

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more are referred to as late stage delinquencies. These loans are not included in nonperforming loans and continue to accrue interest because they are well secured by collateral, are in the process of collection and are reasonably expected to result in repayment or restoration to current status, or are managed in homogenous portfolios with specified charge-off timeframes adhering to regulatory guidelines. These loans increased 2% from $2.7 billion at December 31, 2010, to $2.8 billion at September 30, 2011, reflecting improvement in commercial and consumer delinquency levels, offset by slightly higher government insured delinquent loans, primarily other consumer education loans, and home equity. The following tables display the delinquency status of our loans at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010. Additional information regarding accruing loans past due is included in Note 5 Asset Quality and Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report.

Accruing Loans Past Due 30 To 59 Days

 

     Amount      Percent of Total
Outstandings
 
Dollars in millions    Sept. 30
2011
     Dec. 31
2010
     Sept. 30
2011
    Dec. 31
2010
 

Commercial

   $ 163      $ 251        .26     .45

Commercial real estate

     84        128        .51       .71  

Equipment lease financing

     9        37        .15       .58  

Residential real estate

            

Non government insured

     198        226        1.35       1.41  

Government insured

     121        105        .83       .66  

Home equity

     177        159        .53       .47  

Credit card

     39        46        1.03       1.17  

Other consumer

            

Non government insured

     55        95        .30       .56  

Government insured

     161        165        .89       .97  

Total

   $ 1,007      $ 1,212        .65       .81  

Accruing Loans Past Due 60 To 89 Days

 

     Amount      Percent of Total
Outstandings
 
Dollars in millions    Sept. 30
2011
     Dec. 31
2010
     Sept. 30
2011
    Dec. 31
2010
 

Commercial

   $ 54      $ 92        .09     .17

Commercial real estate

     25        62        .15       .35  

Equipment lease financing

     4        2        .06       .03  

Residential real estate

            

Non government insured

     81        107        .55       .67  

Government insured

     110        118        .75       .74  

Home equity

     101        91        .30       .27  

Credit card

     26        32        .69       .82  

Other consumer

            

Non government insured

     22        32        .12       .19  

Government insured

     121        69        .67       .41  

Total

   $ 544      $ 605        .35       .40  
 

 

45


Table of Contents

Accruing Loans Past Due 90 Days Or More

 

     Amount      Percent of Total
Outstandings
 
Dollars in millions    Sept. 30
2011
     Dec. 31
2010
     Sept. 30
2011
    Dec. 31
2010
 

Commercial

   $ 34      $ 59        .05     .11

Commercial real estate

     13        43        .08       .24  

Equipment lease financing

     2        1        .03       .02  

Residential real estate

            

Non government insured

     137        160        .93       1.00  

Government insured

     1,998        1,961        13.63       12.26  

Home equity

     206        174        .62       .51  

Credit card

     45        77        1.19       1.96  

Other consumer

            

Non government insured

     23        28        .13       .16  

Government insured

     310        206        1.71       1.22  

Total

   $ 2,768      $ 2,709        1.79       1.80  

Our Special Asset Committee closely monitors loans that are not included in the nonperforming or accruing past due categories and for which we are uncertain about the borrower’s ability to comply with existing repayment terms over the next six months. These loans totaled $421 million at September 30, 2011 and $574 million at December 31, 2010.

Home Equity Loan Portfolio

Our home equity loan portfolio totaled $33.2 billion as of September 30, 2011, or 21% of the total loan portfolio. Of that total, $22.7 billion, or 68%, was outstanding under primarily variable-rate home equity lines of credit and $10.5 billion, or 32%, consisted of closed-end home equity installment loans. Less than 2% of the portfolio was on nonperforming status as of September 30, 2011.

As of September 30, 2011, we are in an originated first lien position for approximately 32% of the total portfolio and, where originated as a second lien, we currently hold the first lien position for approximately an additional 1% of the portfolio. The remaining 67% of the portfolio was secured by second liens where we do not hold the first lien position. Historically, we have originated and sold first mortgages which has resulted in a low percentage of home equity loans where we hold the first lien position.

We track borrower performance and other credit metrics monthly for the home equity portfolio, including historical performance of the first lien loan, FICO scores and loan-to-value ratios. This information is used for credit analysis and segmentation of the portfolio by risk, including the portion of the portfolio in a second lien position, for inclusion in allowance roll rate models. This process is consistent with prior periods’ allowance process and methodology. For the majority of the home equity portfolio where we are in or hold the first lien position, the credit performance of this portion of the portfolio is superior to the portion of the portfolio where we hold the second lien position but do not hold the first lien.

For the portion of the home equity portfolio in a second lien position, our ability to validate lien positions, and therefore determine whether the first lien position is in default, is based upon available external information, which we continue to obtain and analyze for accuracy and reliability. In certain circumstances, we may be unable to determine whether the same collateral applies to both the first and second liens.

Generally, our variable-rate home equity lines of credit have either a seven or ten year draw period, followed by a 20 year amortization term. Based upon outstanding balances at September 30, 2011, approximately $.2 billion, $.9 billion, $1.1 billion, $1.3 billion, and $7.0 billion will convert to amortizing during the remainder of 2011, and the years 2012, 2013, 2014, and beyond, respectively.

Based upon outstanding amortizing home equity lines of credit balances, including purchased impaired loans, at September 30, 2011, approximately 4.93% were 1-89 days past due and approximately 5.43% were greater than or equal to 90 days past due. When a borrower becomes 60 days past due, we terminate borrowing privileges and the outstanding balance becomes an amortizing loan. Accordingly, the majority of non-amortizing home equity lines of credit are current. Additionally, for those non-amortizing home equity lines of credit approximately 24% of our borrowers are paying interest only per the loan’s contractual terms.

See Note 5 Asset Quality and Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.

LOAN MODIFICATIONS AND TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURINGS

Consumer Loan Modifications

We modify loans under government and PNC-developed programs based upon our commitment to help eligible homeowners and borrowers avoid foreclosure, where appropriate. Initially, a borrower is evaluated for a modification under a government program. If a borrower does not qualify under a government program, the borrower is then evaluated under a PNC program. Our programs utilize both temporary and permanent modifications and typically reduce the interest rate, extend the term and/or defer principal. Temporary and permanent modifications under programs involving a change to loan terms are generally classified as TDRs. Further, certain payment plans and trial payment arrangements which do not include a contractual change to loan terms may be classified as TDRs. Additional detail on TDRs is discussed below as well as in Note 5 Asset Quality and Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report.

 

 

46


Table of Contents

A temporary modification, with a term between three and 60 months, involves a change in original loan terms for a period of time and reverts to the original loan terms as of a specific date or the occurrence of an event, such as a failure to pay in accordance with the terms of the modification. Typically, these modifications are for a period of up to 24 months after which the interest rate reverts to the original loan rate. A permanent modification, with a term greater than 60 months, is a modification in which the terms of the original loan are changed, but could revert back to the original loan terms. Permanent modifications primarily include the government-created Home Affordable Modification Program (HAMP) or PNC-developed HAMP-like modification programs.

For consumer loan programs, such as, residential mortgages and home equity loans and lines, we will enter into a temporary modification when the borrower has indicated a temporary hardship and a willingness to bring current the delinquent loan balance. Examples of this situation often include delinquency due to illness or death in the family, or a loss of employment. Permanent modifications are entered into when it is confirmed that the borrower does not possess the income necessary to continue making loan payments at the current amount, but our expectation is that payments at lower amounts can be made. Residential mortgage and home equity loans and lines have been modified with changes in terms for up to 60 months, although the majority involve periods of three to 24 months.

We also monitor the success rates and delinquency status of our loan modification programs to assess their effectiveness in serving our customers’ needs while mitigating credit losses. The following tables provide the number of accounts and unpaid principal balance of modified consumer real estate related loans as well as the number of accounts and unpaid principal balance of modified loans that were 60 days or more past due as of six months, nine months and twelve months after the modification date.

Bank-Owned Consumer Real Estate Related Loan Modifications

 

     September 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  
Dollars in millions   Number of
Accounts
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Number of
Accounts
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 

Residential Mortgages

         

Permanent Modifications

    7,015     $ 1,291       5,517     $ 1,137  

Non-Prime Mortgages

         

Permanent Modifications

    4,334       596       3,405       441  

Residential Construction

         

Permanent Modifications

    1,152       521       470       235  

Home Equity

         

Temporary Modifications

    13,707       1,252       12,643       1,151  

Permanent Modifications

    1,169       73       163       17  

Total Home Equity

    14,876       1,325       12,806       1,168  

Total Bank-Owned Consumer Real Estate Related Loan Modifications

    27,377     $ 3,733       22,198     $ 2,981  
 

 

47


Table of Contents

Bank-Owned Consumer Real Estate Related Loan Modifications Re-Default by Vintage (a)

 

     Six Months     Nine Months     12 Months         

September 30, 2011

Dollars in millions, except as noted

   Number of
Accounts
Re-defaulted
     % of
Vintage
Re-defaulted
    Number of
Accounts
Re-defaulted
     % of
Vintage
Re-defaulted
    Number of
Accounts
Re-defaulted
     % of
Vintage
Re-defaulted
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance (b)
 

Permanent Modifications

                   

Residential Mortgages

                   

First Quarter 2011

     359        21.8             $ 59.0  

Fourth Quarter 2010

     351        18.9       551        29.7          95.8  

Third Quarter 2010

     502        25.3       612        30.8       721        36.3     121.4  

Second Quarter 2010

     323        22.2       412        28.3       479        32.9       76.0  

First Quarter 2010

     268        20.9       413        32.2       468        36.5       64.2  

Fourth Quarter 2009

     203        24.4       270        32.5       346        41.6       46.4  

Non-Prime Mortgages

                   

First Quarter 2011

     79        18.6                 10.7  

Fourth Quarter 2010

     13        13.5       24        25.0            3.4  

Third Quarter 2010

     95        18.3       114        22.0       144        27.8       19.4  

Second Quarter 2010

     102        23.6       111        25.7       127        29.4       17.6  

First Quarter 2010

     64        19.6       77        23.5       89        27.2       8.7  

Fourth Quarter 2009

     115        18.4       188        30.1       216        34.6       14.5  

Residential Construction (c)

                   

First Quarter 2011

     7        4.2                 3.6  

Fourth Quarter 2010

     9        4.0       15        6.7            4.6  

Third Quarter 2010

     19        6.9       22        7.9       24        8.7       2.7  

Second Quarter 2010

     31        11.9       32        12.3       34        13.1       7.9  

First Quarter 2010

     5        13.5       6        16.2       5        13.5       3.0  

Home Equity (d)

                   

First Quarter 2011

     1        2.8                

Fourth Quarter 2010

     4        14.3       6        21.4           

Third Quarter 2010

     1        9.1       2        18.2       1        9.1      

Second Quarter 2010

     2        12.5       4        25.0       4        25.0      

First Quarter 2010

     1        2.6       5        12.8       7        17.9      

Fourth Quarter 2009

                      1        8.3       3        25.0          

Temporary Modifications

                   

Home Equity

                   

First Quarter 2011

     99        6.6             $ 9.1  

Fourth Quarter 2010

     131        6.4       267        13.0          23.5  

Third Quarter 2010

     142        6.8       249        11.9       375        17.9     33.5  

Second Quarter 2010

     165        7.8       260        12.3       348        16.5       29.1  

First Quarter 2010

     241        8.8       403        14.7       511        18.6       42.9  

Fourth Quarter 2009

     227        10.4       370        17.0       491        22.6       47.2  
(a) Vintage refers to the quarter in which the modification occurred.
(b) Reflects September 30, 2011 principal balances for the First Quarter 2011 Vintage at Six Months, for the Fourth Quarter 2010 Vintage at Nine Months, and for the Third Quarter 2010 and prior Vintages at 12 Months.
(c) Amounts for fourth quarter 2009 are zero.
(d) The unpaid principal balance for permanent home equity modifications totals less than $1 million for each vintage.

 

In addition to temporary loan modifications, we may make available to a borrower a payment plan or a HAMP trial payment period. Under a payment plan or a HAMP trial payment period, there is no change to the loan’s contractual terms so the borrower remains legally responsible for payment of the loan under its original terms. A payment plan involves the borrower making payments that differ from the contractual payment amount for a short period of time, generally three months, during which time a borrower is brought current. Our motivation is to allow for repayment of an outstanding past due amount through payment of additional amounts over the short period of time. Due to the short term nature of the payment plan, there is a minimal impact to the ALLL.

Under a HAMP trial payment period, we allow a borrower to demonstrate successful payment performance before establishing an alternative payment amount. Subsequent to successful borrower performance under the trial payment period, we will change a loan’s contractual terms. As the borrower is often already delinquent at the time of participation in the HAMP trial payment period, upon successful completion, there is not a significant increase in the ALLL. If the trial payment period is unsuccessful, the loan will be charged off at the end of the trial payment period to its estimated fair value of the underlying collateral less costs to sell.

Residential conforming and certain residential construction loans have been permanently modified under HAMP or, if they do not qualify for a HAMP modification, under

 

 

48


Table of Contents

PNC-developed programs, which in some cases may operate similarly to HAMP. These programs first require a reduction of the interest rate followed by an extension of term and, if appropriate, deferral of principal payments. As of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, 2,546 accounts with a balance of $456 million and 1,027 accounts with a balance of $262 million, respectively, of residential real estate loans have been modified under HAMP and were still outstanding on our balance sheet.

We do not re-modify a defaulted modified loan except for subsequent significant life events, as defined by the OCC. A re-modified loan continues to be classified as a TDR for the remainder of its term regardless of subsequent payment performance.

Commercial Loan Modifications and Payment Plans

Modifications of terms for large commercial loans are based on individual facts and circumstances. Commercial loan modifications may involve reduction of the interest rate, extension of the term of the loan and/or forgiveness of principal. Modified large commercial loans are usually already nonperforming prior to modification.

Beginning in 2010, we established certain commercial loan modification and payment programs for small business loans, Small Business Administration loans, and investment real estate loans. As of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, $93 million and $88 million, respectively, in loan balances were covered under these modification and payment plan programs. Of these loan balances, $22 million have been determined to be TDRs as of September 30, 2011. No balances were considered TDRs at December 31, 2010. As noted below, we adopted new TDR guidance, effective retroactively to January 1, 2011.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

In the third quarter of 2011, we adopted new accounting guidance pertaining to TDRs, which was effective retroactive to January 1, 2011. For additional information, see Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 5 Asset Quality and Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report. A TDR is a loan whose terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties. TDRs typically result from our loss mitigation activities and include interest rate reductions, term extensions, and deferral or forgiveness of principal intended to minimize economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. Consumer government insured or guaranteed loans, held for sale loans, loans accounted for under the fair value option and pooled purchased impaired loans are not classified as TDRs and totaled $1.4 billion at September 30, 2011.

Summary of Troubled Debt Restructurings

 

In millions    Sept. 30
2011
     Dec. 31
2010
 

Consumer lending:

       

Real estate-related

   $ 1,434      $ 1,087  

Credit card (a)

     305        331  

Other consumer

     12        4  

Total consumer lending

     1,751        1,422  

Total commercial lending

     396        236  

Total TDRs

   $ 2,147      $ 1,658  

Nonperforming

   $ 1,062      $ 784  

Accruing (b)

     780        543  

Credit card (a)

     305        331  

Total TDRs

   $ 2,147      $ 1,658  
(a) Includes credit cards and certain small business and consumer credit agreements whose terms have been modified and are TDRs. However, since our policy is to exempt these loans from being placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance as generally these loans are directly charged off in the period that they become 180 days past due, these loans are excluded from nonperforming loans.
(b) Accruing loans have demonstrated a period of at least six months of performance under the modified terms and are excluded from nonperforming loans.

Total TDRs increased $489 million or 29% during the nine months of 2011 to $2.1 billion as of September 30, 2011. Of this total, nonperforming TDRs totaled $1.1 billion, which represents approximately 29% of total nonperforming loans. However, as the economy has continued to slowly improve, our consumer real estate related loan modification efforts have begun to show signs of slowing and the amount of TDRs returning to performing status has been increasing as noted below.

TDRs that have returned to performing (accruing) status are excluded from nonperforming loans. These loans have demonstrated a period of at least six months of consecutive performance under the restructured terms. These TDRs increased $237 million or 30% during the first nine months of 2011 to $780 million as of September 30, 2011. This increase reflects the further seasoning and performance of the TDRs. See Note 5 Asset Quality and Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.

ALLOWANCES FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES AND UNFUNDED LOAN COMMITMENTS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

We recorded $1.3 billion in net charge-offs for the first nine months of 2011, compared to $2.1 billion in the nine months of 2010. Commercial net charge-offs fell from $1.2 billion in the first nine months of 2010 to $601 million in the first nine months of 2011. Consumer net charge-offs declined from $987 million in the first nine months of 2010 to $711 million in the first nine months of 2011.

 

 

49


Table of Contents

Loan Charge-Offs And Recoveries

 

Nine months ended

September 30

Dollars in millions

  Charge-
offs
    Recoveries     Net
Charge-
offs
   

Percent
of
Average

Loans

 

2011

         

Commercial

  $ 557     $ 256     $ 301       .69 

Commercial real estate

    374       65       309       2.45  

Equipment lease financing

    28       37       (9     (.19

Residential real estate

    121       10       111       0.98  

Home equity

    375       37       338       1.35  

Credit card

    185       18       167       5.96  

Other consumer

    142       47       95       .74  

Total

  $ 1,782     $ 470     $ 1,312       1.16  

2010

         

Commercial

  $ 896     $ 223     $ 673       1.65 

Commercial real estate

    489       57       432       2.74  

Equipment lease financing

    91       38       53       1.14  

Residential real estate

    282       20       262       1.92  

Home equity

    364       32       332       1.26  

Credit card

    262       15       247       8.26  

Other consumer

    184       38       146       1.22  

Total

  $ 2,568     $ 423     $ 2,145       1.85  

Total net charge-offs are significantly lower than they would have been otherwise due to the accounting treatment for purchased impaired loans. This treatment also results in a lower ratio of net charge-offs to average loans. See Note 6 Purchased Impaired Loans in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report for additional information on net charge-offs related to these loans.

We maintain an ALLL to absorb losses from the loan portfolio and determine this allowance based on quarterly assessments of the estimated probable credit losses incurred in the loan portfolio. We maintain the ALLL at a level that we believe to be appropriate to absorb estimated probable credit losses incurred in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. While we make allocations to specific loans and pools of loans, the total reserve is available for all loan and lease losses. Although quantitative modeling factors as discussed below are constantly changing as the financial strength of the borrower and overall economic conditions change, there were no significant changes during the first nine months of 2011 to the methodology we follow to determine our ALLL.

We establish specific allowances for loans considered impaired using methods prescribed by GAAP. All impaired loans are subject to individual analysis, except leases and large groups of smaller-balance homogeneous loans which may include, but are not limited to, credit card, residential mortgage, and consumer installment loans. Specific allowances for individual loans are determined by our Special Asset Committee based on an analysis of the present value of expected future cash flows from the loans discounted at their effective interest rate, observable market price, or the fair value of the underlying collateral.

 

Allocations to commercial loan classes (pool reserve methodology) are assigned to pools of loans as defined by our business structure and are based on internal probability of default and loss given default credit risk ratings. Key elements of the pool reserve methodology include:

   

Probability of Default (PD), which is primarily based on historical default analyses and is derived from the borrower’s internal PD credit risk rating;

   

Exposure at Default (EAD), which is derived from historical default data; and

   

Loss Given Default (LGD), which is based on historical loss data, collateral value and other structural factors that may affect our ultimate ability to collect on the loan and is derived from the loan’s internal LGD credit risk rating.

As more fully described in Part II, Item 7 of our 2010 Form 10-K, our pool reserve methodology is sensitive to changes in key risk parameters such as PDs, LGDs and EADs. In general, a given change in any of the major risk parameters will have a corresponding change in the pool reserve allocations for non-impaired commercial loans. Our commercial loans are the largest category of credits and are most sensitive to changes in the key risk parameters and pool reserve loss rates. Additionally, other factors such as the rate of migration in the severity of problem loans will contribute to the final pool reserve allocations.

The majority of the commercial portfolio is secured by collateral, including loans to asset-based lending customers that continue to show demonstrably lower loss given default. Further, the large investment grade or equivalent portion of the loan portfolio has performed well and has not been subject to significant deterioration. Additionally, guarantees on loans greater than $1 million and owner guarantees for small business loans do not significantly impact our ALLL.

Allocations to consumer loan classes are based upon a roll-rate model which uses statistical relationships, calculated from historical data that estimate the movement of loan outstandings through the various stages of delinquency and ultimately charge-off. In general, the estimated rates at which loan outstandings roll from one stage of delinquency to another are influenced by various factors such as FICO credit scores, loan-to-value ratios, the current economic environment, and geography.

The ALLL is significantly lower than it would have been otherwise due to the accounting treatment for purchased impaired loans. This treatment also results in a lower ratio of ALLL to total loans. Loan loss reserves on the purchased impaired loans were not carried over on the date of acquisition. As of September 30, 2011, we have established reserves of $986 million for purchased impaired loans.

 

 

50


Table of Contents

A portion of the ALLL related to qualitative and measurement factors has been assigned to loan categories. These factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

   

Industry concentrations and conditions,

   

Recent credit quality trends,

   

Recent loss experience in particular portfolios,

   

Recent macro economic factors,

   

Changes in risk selection and underwriting standards, and

   

Timing of available information.

In addition to the ALLL, we maintain an allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit. We report this allowance as a liability on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. We maintain the allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit at a level we believe is appropriate to absorb estimated probable losses on these unfunded credit facilities. We determine this amount using estimates of the probability of the ultimate funding and losses related to those credit exposures. This methodology is very similar to the one we use for determining our ALLL.

We refer you to Note 5 Asset Quality and Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit for further information on key asset quality indicators that we use to evaluate our portfolio and establish the allowances.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

 

Dollars in millions    2011     2010  

January 1

   $ 4,887     $ 5,072  

Total net charge-offs

     (1,312     (2,145

Provision for credit losses

     962       2,060  

Adoption of ASU 2009-17, Consolidations

       141  

Other

     (1    

Net change in allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

     (29     103  

September 30

   $ 4,507     $ 5,231  

Net charge-offs to average loans (for the nine months ended) (annualized)

     1.16     1.85

Allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans

     2.92       3.48  

Commercial lending net charge-offs

   $ (601   $ (1,158

Consumer lending net charge-offs

     (711     (987

Total net charge-offs

   $ (1,312   $ (2,145

Net charge-offs to average loans (for the nine months ended) (annualized)

      

Commercial lending

     0.99     1.89

Consumer lending

     1.37       1.80  

Net charge-offs to average loans

As further described in the Consolidated Income Statement section of this Report, the provision for credit losses totaled $962 million for the first nine months of 2011 compared to $2.1 billion for the first nine months of 2010. For the first nine months of 2011, the provision for commercial credit losses

declined by $392 million or 59% from the first nine months of 2010. Similarly, the provision for consumer credit losses decreased $706 million or 50% from the first nine months of 2010. As a result of both these net charge-offs and provision amounts, the level of ALLL has decreased.

The portion of the ALLL allocated to commercial nonperforming loans was 26% at September 30, 2011, and 28% at December 31, 2010. The allowance allocated to purchased impaired loans and consumer loans and lines of credit not secured by residential real estate, which are both excluded from nonperforming loans, was $1.4 billion at both September 30, 2011, and December 31, 2010. Excluding these balances, the allowance as a percent of nonperforming loans was 85% and 77% as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

See Note 5 Asset Quality and Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit and Note 6 Purchased Impaired Loans in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report regarding changes in the ALLL and in the allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit.

CREDIT DEFAULT SWAPS

From a credit risk management perspective, we use credit default swaps (CDS) as a tool to manage risk concentrations in the credit portfolio. That risk management could come from protection purchased or sold in the form of single name or index products. When we buy loss protection by purchasing a CDS, we pay a fee to the seller, or CDS counterparty, in return for the right to receive a payment if a specified credit event occurs for a particular obligor or reference entity.

When we sell protection, we receive a CDS premium from the buyer in return for PNC’s obligation to pay the buyer if a specified credit event occurs for a particular obligor or reference entity.

We approve counterparty credit lines for all of our CDS activities. Counterparty credit lines are approved based on a review of credit quality in accordance with our traditional credit quality standards and credit policies. The credit risk of our counterparties is monitored in the normal course of business. In addition, all counterparty credit lines are subject to collateral thresholds and exposures above these thresholds are secured.

CDSs are included in the “Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under GAAP” table in the Financial Derivatives section of this Risk Management discussion.

LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT

Liquidity risk has two fundamental components. The first is the potential loss if we were unable to meet our funding requirements at a reasonable cost. The second is the potential inability to operate our businesses because adequate

 

 

51


Table of Contents

contingent liquidity is not available in a stressed environment. We manage liquidity risk at the consolidated company level (bank, parent company, and nonbank subsidiaries combined) to help ensure that we can obtain cost-effective funding to meet current and future obligations under both normal “business as usual” and stressful circumstances and to help ensure that we maintain an appropriate level of contingent liquidity.

Spot and forward funding gap analyses are used to measure and monitor consolidated liquidity risk. Funding gaps represent the difference in projected sources of liquidity available to offset projected uses. We calculate funding gaps for the overnight, thirty-day, ninety-day, one hundred eighty-day and one-year time intervals. Management also monitors liquidity through a series of early warning indicators that may indicate a potential market, or PNC-specific, liquidity stress event. Finally, management performs a set of liquidity stress tests and maintains a contingency funding plan to address a potential liquidity crisis. In the most severe liquidity stress simulation, we assume that PNC’s liquidity position is under pressure, while the market in general is under systemic pressure. The simulation considers, among other things, the impact of restricted access to both secured and unsecured external sources of funding, accelerated run-off of customer deposits, valuation pressure on assets, and heavy demand to fund contingent obligations. Risk limits are established within our Liquidity Risk Policy. Management’s Asset and Liability Committee regularly reviews compliance with the established limits.

Parent company liquidity guidelines are designed to help ensure that sufficient liquidity is available to meet our parent company obligations over the succeeding 24-month period. Risk limits for parent company liquidity are established within our Enterprise Capital and Liquidity Management Policy. The Board of Directors’ Risk Committee regularly reviews compliance with the established limits.

Bank Level Liquidity – Uses

Obligations requiring the use of liquidity can generally be characterized as either contractual or discretionary. At the bank level, primary contractual obligations include funding loan commitments, satisfying deposit withdrawal requests and maturities and debt service related to bank borrowings. We also maintain adequate bank liquidity to meet future potential loan demand and provide for other business needs, as necessary.

As of September 30, 2011, there were approximately $5.3 billion of bank borrowings with maturities of less than one year.

Bank Level Liquidity – Sources

Our largest source of bank liquidity on a consolidated basis is the deposit base that comes from our retail and commercial businesses. Liquid assets and unused borrowing capacity from

a number of sources are also available to maintain our liquidity position. Borrowed funds come from a diverse mix of short and long-term funding sources.

At September 30, 2011, our liquid assets consisted of short-term investments (Federal funds sold, resale agreements, trading securities, and interest-earning deposits with banks) totaling $7.5 billion and securities available for sale totaling $49.7 billion. Of our total liquid assets of $57.2 billion, we had $22.6 billion pledged as collateral for borrowings, trust, and other commitments. The level of liquid assets fluctuates over time based on many factors, including market conditions, loan and deposit growth and active balance sheet management.

In addition to the customer deposit base, which has historically provided the single largest source of relatively stable and low-cost funding and liquid assets, the bank also obtains liquidity through the issuance of traditional forms of funding including long-term debt (senior notes and subordinated debt and FHLB advances) and short-term borrowings (Federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements, commercial paper issuances, and other short-term borrowings).

PNC Bank, N.A. has the ability to offer up to $20 billion in senior and subordinated unsecured debt obligations with maturities of more than nine months. Through September 30, 2011, PNC Bank, N.A. had issued $6.9 billion of debt under this program. Total senior and subordinated debt declined to $5.0 billion at September 30, 2011 from $5.5 billion at December 31, 2010 due to maturities.

PNC Bank, N.A. is a member of the FHLB-Pittsburgh and as such has access to advances from FHLB-Pittsburgh secured generally by residential mortgage and other mortgage-related loans. At September 30, 2011, our unused secured borrowing capacity was $13.1 billion with FHLB-Pittsburgh. Total FHLB borrowings declined to $5.0 billion at September 30, 2011 from $6.0 billion at December 31, 2010 due to maturities.

PNC Bank, N.A. has the ability to offer up to $3.0 billion of its commercial paper. As of September 30, 2011, there were no issuances outstanding under this program. Other borrowed funds on our Consolidated Balance Sheet includes $3.3 billion of commercial paper issued by Market Street Funding LLC, a consolidated VIE.

PNC Bank, N.A. can also borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland’s (Federal Reserve Bank) discount window to meet short-term liquidity requirements. The Federal Reserve Bank, however, is not viewed as the primary means of funding our routine business activities, but rather as a potential source of liquidity in a stressed environment or during a market disruption. These potential borrowings are secured by securities and commercial loans. At September 30, 2011, our unused secured borrowing capacity was $27.6 billion with the Federal Reserve Bank.

 

 

52


Table of Contents

Parent Company Liquidity – Uses

Obligations requiring the use of liquidity can generally be characterized as either contractual or discretionary. The parent company’s contractual obligations consist primarily of debt service related to parent company borrowings and funding non-bank affiliates. Additionally, the parent company maintains adequate liquidity to fund discretionary activities such as paying dividends to PNC shareholders, share repurchases, and acquisitions.

See 2011 Capital and Liquidity Actions in the Executive Summary section of this Financial Review for additional information regarding our upcoming November 2011 redemption of trust preferred securities, our September 2011 issuance of senior notes, our July 2011 issuance of preferred stock, our April 2011 increase to PNC’s quarterly common stock dividend, and our plans regarding purchase of shares under PNC’s existing common stock repurchase program.

As of September 30, 2011, there were approximately $4.0 billion of parent company borrowings with maturities of less than one year.

Parent Company Liquidity – Sources

The principal source of parent company liquidity is the dividends it receives from its subsidiary bank, which may be impacted by the following:

   

Bank-level capital needs,

   

Laws and regulations,

   

Corporate policies,

   

Contractual restrictions, and

   

Other factors.

The amount available for dividend payments by PNC Bank, N.A. to the parent company without prior regulatory approval was approximately $2.0 billion at September 30, 2011. There are statutory and regulatory limitations on the ability of national banks to pay dividends or make other capital distributions or to extend credit to the parent company or its non-bank subsidiaries. See Note 21 Regulatory Matters in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of our 2010 Form 10-K for a further discussion of these limitations. Dividends may also be impacted by the bank’s capital needs and by contractual restrictions. We provide additional information on certain contractual restrictions under the “Trust Preferred Securities” section of the Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements And Variable Interest Entities section of this Financial Review and in Note 13 Capital Securities of Subsidiary Trusts and Perpetual Trust Securities in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of our 2010 Form 10-K.

In addition to dividends from PNC Bank, N.A., other sources of parent company liquidity include cash and short-term investments, as well as dividends and loan repayments from other subsidiaries and dividends or distributions from equity investments. As of September 30, 2011, the parent company

had approximately $7.9 billion in funds available from its cash and short-term investments.

We can also generate liquidity for the parent company and PNC’s non-bank subsidiaries through the issuance of debt securities and equity securities, including certain capital securities, in public or private markets and commercial paper.

We have effective shelf registration statements pursuant to which we can issue additional debt and equity securities, including certain hybrid capital instruments. Total senior and subordinated debt and hybrid capital instruments declined to $16.6 billion at September 30, 2011 from $17.3 billion at December 31, 2010 due to maturities.

During 2011 we issued the following securities under our shelf registration statement:

   

$1.25 billion of senior notes issued September 19, 2011 and due September 2016. Interest is paid semi-annually at a fixed rate of 2.70%,

   

One million depository shares, each representing a 1/100th interest in a share of our Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series O, issued July 27, 2011, resulting in gross proceeds to us before commissions and expenses of $1 billion.

The parent company, through its subsidiary PNC Funding Corp, has the ability to offer up to $3.0 billion of commercial paper to provide additional liquidity. As of September 30, 2011, there were no issuances outstanding under this program.

Note 18 Equity in Part II, Item 8 of our 2010 Form 10-K describes the December 31, 2008 issuance of 75,792 shares of our Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Shares, Series N (Series N Preferred Stock), related issuance discount and the issuance of a related common stock warrant to the US Treasury under the TARP Capital Purchase Program. In addition, Note 18 in our 2010 Form 10-K describes our February 2010 redemption of the Series N Preferred Stock, the acceleration of the accretion of the remaining issuance discount on the Series N Preferred Stock in the first quarter of 2010 (and a corresponding reduction in retained earnings of $250 million in the first quarter of 2010), and the exchange by the US Treasury of the TARP warrant into warrants sold by the US Treasury in a secondary public offering. These common stock warrants will expire December 31, 2018.

Status of Credit Ratings

The cost and availability of short- and long-term funding, as well as collateral requirements for certain derivative instruments, is influenced by debt ratings.

In general, rating agencies base their ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix, level and quality of earnings, and the current legislative and regulatory

 

 

53


Table of Contents

environment, including implied government support. In addition, rating agencies themselves have been subject to scrutiny arising from the financial crisis and could make or be required to make substantial changes to their ratings policies and practices, particularly in response to legislative and regulatory changes, including as a result of provisions in Dodd-Frank. Potential changes in the legislative and regulatory environment and the timing of those changes could impact our ratings, which as noted above, could impact our liquidity and financial condition. A decrease, or potential decrease, in credit ratings could impact access to the capital markets and/or increase the cost of debt, and thereby adversely affect liquidity and financial condition.

Credit ratings as of September 30, 2011 for PNC and PNC Bank, N.A. follow:

 

    Moody’s     Standard &
Poor’s
    Fitch  

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.

                       

Senior debt

    A3        A        A+   

Subordinated debt

    Baa1        A-        A   

Preferred stock

    Baa3        BBB        A   
 

PNC Bank, N.A.

       

Subordinated debt

    A3        A        A   

Long-term deposits

    A2        A+        AA-   

Short-term deposits

    P-1        A-1        F1+   

Commitments

The following tables set forth contractual obligations and various other commitments as of September 30, 2011 representing required and potential cash outflows.

Contractual Obligations

 

           Payment Due By Period  
September 30, 2011 –
in millions
  Total     Less than
one year
    One to
three
years
    Four to
five
years
    After five
years
 

Remaining contractual maturities of time deposits (a)

  $ 36,329     $ 29,847     $ 4,338     $ 1,197     $ 947  

Borrowed funds (a) (b)

    35,102       13,811       5,105       5,116       11,070  

Minimum annual rentals on noncancellable leases

    2,498       334       585       425       1,154  

Nonqualified pension and postretirement benefits

    572       69       123       117       263  

Purchase obligations (c)

    629       300       240       82       7  

Total contractual cash obligations

  $ 75,130     $ 44,361     $ 10,391     $ 6,937     $ 13,441  
(a) Includes purchase accounting adjustments.
(b) Includes basis adjustment relating to accounting hedges.
(c) Includes purchase obligations for goods and services covered by noncancellable contracts and contracts including cancellation fees.

At September 30, 2011, the liability for uncertain tax positions, excluding associated interest and penalties, was $218 million. This liability represents an estimate of tax positions that we have taken in our tax returns which ultimately may not be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. Since the ultimate amount and timing of any future cash settlements cannot be predicted with reasonable certainty, this estimated liability has been excluded from the contractual obligations table. See Note 15 Income Taxes in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report for additional information.

Our contractual obligations totaled $84.6 billion at December 31, 2010. The decline in the comparison is primarily attributable to decreases in the remaining contractual maturities of time deposits and maturities on borrowed funds.

Other Commitments (a)

 

           Amount Of Commitment Expiration
By Period
 
September 30, 2011 –
in millions
  Total
Amounts
Committed
    Less
than one
year
    One to
three
years
    Four to
five
years
    After
five
years
 

Net unfunded credit commitments

  $ 103,236     $ 52,949     $ 31,655     $ 18,079     $ 553  

Standby letters of credit (b)

    10,883       4,444       5,263       1,047       129  

Reinsurance agreements (c)

    6,601       3,022       108       54       3,417  

Other commitments (d)

    692       398       232       58       4  

Total commitments

  $ 121,412     $ 60,813     $ 37,258     $ 19,238     $ 4,103  
(a) Other commitments are funding commitments that could potentially require performance in the event of demands by third parties or contingent events. Loan commitments are reported net of syndications, assignments and participations.
(b) Includes $7.6 billion of standby letters of credit that support remarketing programs for customers’ variable rate demand notes.
(c) Reinsurance agreements are with third-party insurers related to insurance sold to our customers.
(d) Includes unfunded commitments related to private equity investments of $270 million and other investments of $4 million that are not on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Also includes commitments related to tax credit investments of $387 million and other direct equity investments of $31 million that are included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT OVERVIEW

Market risk is the risk of a loss in earnings or economic value due to adverse movements in market factors such as interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, and equity prices. We are exposed to market risk primarily by our involvement in the following activities, among others:

   

Traditional banking activities of taking deposits and extending loans,

   

Equity and other investments and activities whose economic values are directly impacted by market factors, and

   

Trading in fixed income products, equities, derivatives, and foreign exchange, as a result of customer activities and underwriting.

 

 

54


Table of Contents

We have established enterprise-wide policies and methodologies to identify, measure, monitor, and report market risk. Market Risk Management provides independent oversight by monitoring compliance with these limits and guidelines, and reporting significant risks in the business to the Risk Committee of the Board.

MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT – INTEREST RATE RISK

Interest rate risk results primarily from our traditional banking activities of gathering deposits and extending loans. Many factors, including economic and financial conditions, movements in interest rates, and consumer preferences, affect the difference between the interest that we earn on assets and the interest that we pay on liabilities and the level of our noninterest-bearing funding sources. Due to the repricing term mismatches and embedded options inherent in certain of these products, changes in market interest rates not only affect expected near-term earnings, but also the economic values of these assets and liabilities.

Asset and Liability Management centrally manages interest rate risk within limits and guidelines set forth in our risk management policies approved by management’s Asset and Liability Committee and the Risk Committee of the Board.

Sensitivity results and market interest rate benchmarks for the third quarters of 2011 and 2010 follow:

Interest Sensitivity Analysis

 

      Third
Quarter
2011
    Third
Quarter
2010
 

Net Interest Income Sensitivity Simulation

      

Effect on net interest income in first year from gradual interest rate change over following 12 months of:

      

100 basis point increase

     1.8     1.5

100 basis point decrease (a)

     (1.2 )%      (1.8 )% 

Effect on net interest income in second year from gradual interest rate change over the preceding 12 months of:

      

100 basis point increase

     6.5     4.6

100 basis point decrease (a)

     (3.7 )%      (5.9 )% 

Duration of Equity Model (a)

      

Base case duration of equity (in years):

     (5.4     (3.0

Key Period-End Interest Rates

      

One-month LIBOR

     .24     .26

Three-year swap

     .74     .87
(a) Given the inherent limitations in certain of these measurement tools and techniques, results become less meaningful as interest rates approach zero.

In addition to measuring the effect on net interest income assuming parallel changes in current interest rates, we routinely simulate the effects of a number of nonparallel interest rate environments. The following Net Interest Income Sensitivity to Alternative Rate Scenarios table reflects the percentage change in net interest income over the next two 12-month periods assuming (i) the PNC Economist’s most

likely rate forecast, (ii) implied market forward rates, and (iii) a Two-Ten Slope decrease (a 200 basis point decrease between two-year and ten-year rates superimposed on current base rates) scenario.

Net Interest Income Sensitivity to Alternative Rate Scenarios (Third Quarter 2011)

 

      PNC
Economist
    Market
Forward
    Two-Ten
Slope
 

First year sensitivity

     .9     .4     (.1 )% 

Second year sensitivity

     3.2     2.9     .2

All changes in forecasted net interest income are relative to results in a base rate scenario where current market rates are assumed to remain unchanged over the forecast horizon.

When forecasting net interest income, we make assumptions about interest rates and the shape of the yield curve, the volume and characteristics of new business, and the behavior of existing on- and off-balance sheet positions. These assumptions determine the future level of simulated net interest income in the base interest rate scenario and the other interest rate scenarios presented in the above table. These simulations assume that as assets and liabilities mature, they are replaced or repriced at then current market rates. We also consider forward projections of purchase accounting accretion when forecasting net interest income.

The following graph presents the yield curves for the base rate scenario and each of the alternate scenarios one year forward.

LOGO

The third quarter 2011 interest sensitivity analyses indicate that our Consolidated Balance Sheet is positioned to benefit from an increase in interest rates and an upward sloping interest rate yield curve. We believe that we have the deposit funding base and balance sheet flexibility to adjust, where appropriate and permissible, to changing interest rates and market conditions.

MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT – TRADING RISK

Our trading activities are primarily customer-driven trading in fixed income securities, derivatives, and foreign exchange contracts. They also include the underwriting of fixed income and equity securities.

 

 

55


Table of Contents

We use value-at-risk (VaR) as the primary means to measure and monitor market risk in trading activities. We calculate VaR at both a 99% non diversified and 95% diversified confidence interval. The 99% VaR is used for computing our regulatory market risk capital charge while 95% VaR is used for internal management reporting. PNC began measuring enterprise wide VaR internally on a diversified basis at a 95% confidence interval in the second quarter of 2011. We believe a diversified VaR is a better representation of risk as it reflects empirical correlations across different asset classes. Additionally, moving to a 95% confidence level provides a more stable measure of the VaR for day-to-day risk management. During the first nine months of 2011, our 95% VaR ranged between $.4 million and $3.5 million, averaging $.8 million.

To help ensure the integrity of the models used to calculate VaR for each portfolio and enterprise-wide, we use a process known as backtesting. The backtesting process consists of comparing actual observations of trading-related gains or losses against the VaR levels that were calculated at the close of the prior day. Over a typical business cycle, we would expect an average of twelve to thirteen instances a year in which actual losses exceeded the prior day VaR measure at the enterprise-wide level at a 95% confidence interval. There were no such instances during the three months from July 1, 2011 to September 30, 2011 and during the nine months from January 1, 2011 to September 30, 2011 under our diversified VaR measure. We use a 500 day look back period for backtesting and include customer related revenue. Including customer revenue helps to reduce trading losses and therefore, there were no instances of actual losses exceeding the prior day VaR measure.

The following graph shows a comparison of enterprise-wide trading-related gains and losses against prior day diversified VaR for the period.

LOGO

 

Total trading revenue was as follows:

Trading Revenue

 

Nine months ended September 30

In millions

   2011      2010  

Net interest income

   $ 33      $ 43  

Noninterest income

     159        99  

Total trading revenue

   $ 192      $ 142  

Securities underwriting and trading (a)

   $ 58      $ 70  

Foreign exchange

     69        59  

Financial derivatives and other

     65        13  

Total trading revenue (b)

   $ 192      $ 142  
 

Three months ended September 30

In millions

   2011      2010  

Net interest income

   $ 11      $ 11  

Noninterest income

     51        21  

Total trading revenue

   $ 62      $ 32  

Securities underwriting and trading (a)

   $ 13      $ 17  

Foreign exchange

     33        14  

Financial derivatives and other

     16        1  

Total trading revenue (b)

   $ 62      $ 32  
(a) Includes changes in fair value for certain loans accounted for at fair value.
(b) Product trading revenue includes customer related hedged activity.

Trading revenue excludes the impact of economic hedging activities, which relate primarily to residential mortgage servicing rights, residential and held-for-sale commercial real estate loans, and certain residential mortgage-backed agency hybrid securities.

Trading revenue for the first nine months of 2011 increased $50 million compared with the first nine months of 2010 primarily due to the reduced impact of counterparty credit risk on valuations of customer derivative positions and improved customer derivative sales results. These increases were partially offset by lower underwriting activity.

Trading revenue for the third quarter increased $30 million compared with the third quarter of 2010 due to the reduced impact of counterparty credit risk on valuations of customer derivative positions, improved customer derivative sales and foreign exchange results.

MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT – EQUITY AND OTHER INVESTMENT RISK

Equity investment risk is the risk of potential losses associated with investing in both private and public equity markets. PNC invests primarily in private equity markets. In addition to extending credit, taking deposits, and underwriting and trading financial instruments, we make and manage direct investments in a variety of transactions, including management buyouts, recapitalizations, and growth financings in a variety of industries. We also have investments in affiliated and non-affiliated funds that make similar investments in private equity and in debt and equity-oriented hedge funds. The economic and/or book value of these investments and other assets such as loan servicing rights are directly affected by changes in market factors.

 

 

56


Table of Contents

The primary risk measurement for equity and other investments is economic capital. Economic capital is a common measure of risk for credit, market and operational risk. It is an estimate of the worst-case value depreciation over a one year horizon to a level commensurate with a financial institution with an A rating by the credit rating agencies. Given the illiquid nature of many of these types of investments, it can be a challenge to determine their fair values. Market Risk Management and Finance provide independent oversight of the valuation process.

Various PNC business units manage our equity and other investment activities. Our businesses are responsible for making investment decisions within the approved policy limits and associated guidelines.

A summary of our equity investments follows:

 

In millions    Sept. 30
2011
    Dec. 31
2010
 

BlackRock

   $ 5,256     $ 5,017  

Tax credit investments

     2,420       2,054  

Private equity

     1,507       1,375  

Visa

     456       456  

Other

     276       318  

Total

   $ 9,915     $ 9,220  

BlackRock

PNC owned approximately 36 million common stock equivalent shares of BlackRock equity at September 30, 2011, accounted for under the equity method. The primary risk measurement, similar to other equity investments, is economic capital. The Business Segments Review section of this Financial Review includes additional information about BlackRock.

Tax Credit Investments

Included in our equity investments are tax credit investments which are accounted for under the equity method. These investments, as well as equity investments held by consolidated partnerships, totaled $2.4 billion at September 30, 2011 and $2.1 billion at December 31, 2010.

Private Equity

The private equity portfolio is an illiquid portfolio comprised of equity and mezzanine investments that vary by industry, stage and type of investment.

Private equity investments carried at estimated fair value totaled $1.5 billion at September 30, 2011 and $1.4 billion at December 31, 2010. As of September 30, 2011, $861 million was invested directly in a variety of companies and $646 million was invested indirectly through various private equity funds. Included in direct investments are investment activities of two private equity funds that are consolidated for financial reporting purposes. The noncontrolling interests of these funds totaled $251 million as of September 30, 2011. The indirect

private equity funds are not redeemable, but PNC receives distributions over the life of the partnership from liquidation of the underlying investments by the investee.

Our unfunded commitments related to private equity totaled $270 million at September 30, 2011 compared with $319 million at December 31, 2010.

Visa

At September 30, 2011, our investment in Visa Class B common shares totaled approximately 23 million shares. In March 2011, Visa funded $400 million to their litigation escrow account and reduced the conversion ratio of Visa B to A shares. We consequently recognized our estimated $38 million share of the $400 million as a reduction of our previously established indemnification liability and a reduction of noninterest expense. Our indemnification liability included on our Consolidated Balance Sheet at September 30, 2011 totaled $32 million. Our ultimate exposure to the specified Visa litigation may be different than this amount.

As of September 30, 2011, we had recognized $456 million of our Visa ownership, which we acquired with National City, on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Based on the September 30, 2011 closing price of $85.72 for the Visa Class A shares, the market value of our total investment was $975 million at the current conversion ratio. The Visa Class B common shares we own generally will not be transferable, except under limited circumstances, until they can be converted into shares of the publicly traded class of stock, which cannot happen until the settlement of all of the specified litigation. It is expected that Visa will continue to adjust the conversion ratio of Visa Class B to Class A shares in connection with any settlements in excess of any amounts then in escrow for that purpose and will also reduce the conversion ratio to the extent that it adds any funds to the escrow in the future.

Note 17 Commitments and Guarantees in our Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report has further information on our Visa indemnification obligation.

Other Investments

We also make investments in affiliated and non-affiliated funds with both traditional and alternative investment strategies. The economic values could be driven by either the fixed-income market or the equity markets, or both. At September 30, 2011, other investments totaled $276 million compared with $318 million at December 31, 2010. We recognized net gains related to these investments of $8 million during the first nine months of 2011, including net losses of $5 million during the third quarter. We recognized net gains related to these investments of $33 million during the first nine months of 2010, including $7 million during the third quarter.

Given the nature of these investments, if market conditions affecting their valuation were to worsen, we could incur future losses.

 

 

57


Table of Contents

Our unfunded commitments related to other investments totaled $4 million at September 30, 2011 and $11 million at December 31, 2010.

Financial Derivatives

We use a variety of financial derivatives as part of the overall asset and liability risk management process to help manage interest rate, market and credit risk inherent in our business activities. Substantially all such instruments are used to manage risk related to changes in interest rates. Interest rate and total return swaps, interest rate caps and floors, swaptions, options, forwards and futures contracts are the primary instruments we use for interest rate risk management. We also enter into derivatives with customers to facilitate their risk management activities.

Financial derivatives involve, to varying degrees, interest rate, market and credit risk. For interest rate swaps and total return

swaps, options and futures contracts, only periodic cash payments and, with respect to options, premiums are exchanged. Therefore, cash requirements and exposure to credit risk are significantly less than the notional amount on these instruments.

Further information on our financial derivatives is presented in Note 1 Accounting Policies in our Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8 of our 2010 Form 10-K and in Note 12 Financial Derivatives in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report, which is incorporated here by reference.

Not all elements of interest rate, market and credit risk are addressed through the use of financial or other derivatives, and such instruments may be ineffective for their intended purposes due to unanticipated market changes, among other reasons.

 

 

58


Table of Contents

The following table provides the notional or contractual amounts and estimated net fair value of financial derivatives at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

Financial Derivatives

 

     September 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  
In millions    Notional/
Contractual
Amount
     Estimated
Net Fair
Value
    Notional/
Contractual
Amount
    Estimated
Net Fair
Value
 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under GAAP

           

Interest rate contracts (a)

           

Asset rate conversion

           

Receive fixed swaps

   $ 12,676      $ 598     $ 14,452     $ 332  

Pay fixed swaps (c) (d)

     2,001        (121     1,669       12  

Liability rate conversion

           

Receive fixed swaps

     10,476        1,316       9,803       834  

Forward purchase commitments

     3,187        39       2,350       (8

Total interest rate risk management

     28,340        1,832       28,274       1,170  

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments (b)

   $ 28,340      $ 1,832     $ 28,274     $ 1,170  

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under GAAP

           

Derivatives used for residential mortgage banking activities:

           

Interest rate contracts

           

Swaps

   $ 98,122      $ 477     $ 83,421     $ 63  

Futures

     61,719          51,699      

Future options

     14,300        2       31,250       21  

Bond options

     750        1        

Swaptions

     11,476        30       11,040       28  

Commitments related to residential mortgage assets

     18,189        61       16,652       47  

Total residential mortgage banking activities

   $ 204,556      $ 571     $ 194,062     $ 159  

Derivatives used for commercial mortgage banking activities:

           

Interest rate contracts

           

Swaps

   $ 970      $ (37   $ 1,744     $ (41

Swaptions

     400        3        

Commitments related to commercial mortgage assets

     1,211        13       1,228       5  

Credit contracts

           

Credit default swaps

     95        6       210       8  

Total commercial mortgage banking activities

   $ 2,676      $ (15   $ 3,182     $ (28

Derivatives used for customer-related activities:

           

Interest rate contracts

           

Swaps (d)

   $ 104,467      $ (200   $ 92,248     $ (104

Caps/floors

           

Sold

     5,766        (7     3,207       (15

Purchased

     5,330        20       2,528       14  

Swaptions

     2,081        96       2,165       13  

Futures

     3,556          2,793      

Commitments related to residential mortgage assets

     841          738      

Foreign exchange contracts

     11,455        81       7,913       (6

Equity contracts

     343        (2     334       (3

Credit contracts

           

Risk participation agreements

     3,079        2       2,738       3  

Total customer-related

   $ 136,918      $ (10   $ 114,664     $ (98

Derivatives used for other risk management activities:

           

Interest rate contracts

           

Swaps (d)

   $ 1,729      $ (30   $ 3,021     $ 6  

Swaptions

          100       4  

Futures

     390          298      

Commitments related to residential mortgage assets

     1,364          1,100       1  

Foreign exchange contracts

     27        (2     32       (4

Credit contracts

           

Credit default swaps

     398        7       551       8  

Other contracts (e)

     111        (174     209       (396

Total other risk management

   $ 4,019      $ (199   $ 5,311     $ (381

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

   $ 348,169      $ 347     $ 317,219     $ (348

Total Gross Derivatives

   $ 376,509      $ 2,179     $ 345,493     $ 822  
(a) The floating rate portion of interest rate contracts is based on money-market indices. As a percent of notional amount, 55% were based on 1-month LIBOR and 45% on 3-month LIBOR at September 30, 2011 compared with 58% and 42%, respectively, at December 31, 2010.
(b) Fair value amount includes net accrued interest receivable of $127 million at September 30, 2011 and $132 million at December 31, 2010.
(c) Includes zero-coupon swaps.
(d) The increases in the negative fair values from December 31, 2010 to September 30, 2011 for interest rate contracts, foreign exchange, equity contracts and other contracts were due to the changes in fair values of the existing contracts along with new contracts entered into during the first nine months of 2011 and contracts terminated during that period.
(e) Includes PNC’s obligation to fund a portion of certain BlackRock LTIP programs.

 

59


Table of Contents

INTERNAL CONTROLS AND DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

As of September 30, 2011, we performed an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures and of changes in our internal control over financial reporting.

Based on that evaluation, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) were effective as of September 30, 2011, and that there has been no change in PNC’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the third quarter of 2011 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

Accretable net interest (Accretable yield) – The excess of cash flows expected to be collected on a purchased impaired loan over the carrying value of the loan. The accretable net interest is recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan using the constant effective yield method.

Adjusted average total assets – Primarily comprised of total average quarterly (or annual) assets plus (less) unrealized losses (gains) on investment securities, less goodwill and certain other intangible assets (net of eligible deferred taxes).

Annualized – Adjusted to reflect a full year of activity.

Assets under management – Assets over which we have sole or shared investment authority for our customers/clients. We do not include these assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Basis point – One hundredth of a percentage point.

Carrying value of purchased impaired loans – The net value on the balance sheet which represents the recorded investment less any valuation allowance.

Cash recoveries – Cash recoveries used in the context of purchased impaired loans represent cash payments from customers that exceeded the recorded investment of the designated impaired loan.

Charge-off – Process of removing a loan or portion of a loan from our balance sheet because it is considered uncollectible.

We also record a charge-off when a loan is transferred from portfolio holdings to held for sale by reducing the loan carrying amount to the fair value of the loan, if fair value is less than carrying amount.

Common shareholders’ equity to total assets – Common shareholders’ equity divided by total assets. Common shareholders’ equity equals total shareholders’ equity less the liquidation value of preferred stock.

Credit derivatives – Contractual agreements, primarily credit default swaps, that provide protection against a credit event of one or more referenced credits. The nature of a credit event is established by the protection buyer and protection seller at the inception of a transaction, and such events include bankruptcy, insolvency and failure to meet payment obligations when due. The buyer of the credit derivative pays a periodic fee in return for a payment by the protection seller upon the occurrence, if any, of a credit event.

Credit spread – The difference in yield between debt issues of similar maturity. The excess of yield attributable to credit spread is often used as a measure of relative creditworthiness, with a reduction in the credit spread reflecting an improvement in the borrower’s perceived creditworthiness.

Derivatives – Financial contracts whose value is derived from changes in publicly traded securities, interest rates, currency exchange rates or market indices. Derivatives cover a wide assortment of financial contracts, including but not limited to forward contracts, futures, options and swaps.

Duration of equity – An estimate of the rate sensitivity of our economic value of equity. A negative duration of equity is associated with asset sensitivity (i.e., positioned for rising interest rates), while a positive value implies liability sensitivity (i.e., positioned for declining interest rates). For example, if the duration of equity is +1.5 years, the economic value of equity declines by 1.5% for each 100 basis point increase in interest rates.

Earning assets – Assets that generate income, which include: Federal funds sold; resale agreements; trading securities; interest-earning deposits with banks; loans held for sale; loans; investment securities; and certain other assets.

Economic capital – Represents the amount of resources that a business or business segment should hold to guard against potentially large losses that could cause insolvency. It is based on a measurement of economic risk, as opposed to risk as defined by regulatory bodies. The economic capital measurement process involves converting a risk distribution to the capital that is required to support the risk, consistent with our target credit rating. As such, economic risk serves as a “common currency” of risk that allows us to compare different risks on a similar basis.

 

 

60


Table of Contents

Effective duration – A measurement, expressed in years, that, when multiplied by a change in interest rates, would approximate the percentage change in value of on- and off- balance sheet positions.

Efficiency – Noninterest expense divided by total revenue.

Fair value – The price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

FICO score – A credit bureau-based industry standard score created by Fair Isaac Co. which predicts the likelihood of borrower default. We use FICO scores both in underwriting and assessing credit risk in our consumer lending portfolio. Lower FICO scores indicate likely higher risk of default, while higher FICO scores indicate likely lower risk of default. FICO scores are updated on a periodic basis.

Foreign exchange contracts – Contracts that provide for the future receipt and delivery of foreign currency at previously agreed-upon terms.

Funds transfer pricing – A management accounting methodology designed to recognize the net interest income effects of sources and uses of funds provided by the assets and liabilities of a business segment. We assign these balances LIBOR-based funding rates at origination that represent the interest cost for us to raise/invest funds with similar maturity and repricing structures.

Futures and forward contracts – Contracts in which the buyer agrees to purchase and the seller agrees to deliver a specific financial instrument at a predetermined price or yield. May be settled either in cash or by delivery of the underlying financial instrument.

GAAP – Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Interest rate floors and caps – Interest rate protection instruments that involve payment from the protection seller to the protection buyer of an interest differential, which represents the difference between a short-term rate (e.g., three-month LIBOR) and an agreed-upon rate (the strike rate) applied to a notional principal amount.

Interest rate swap contracts – Contracts that are entered into primarily as an asset/liability management strategy to reduce interest rate risk. Interest rate swap contracts are exchanges of interest rate payments, such as fixed-rate payments for floating-rate payments, based on notional principal amounts.

Intrinsic value – The difference between the price, if any, required to be paid for stock issued pursuant to an equity compensation arrangement and the fair market value of the underlying stock.

Investment securities – Collectively, securities available for sale and securities held to maturity.

Leverage ratio – Tier 1 risk-based capital divided by adjusted average total assets.

LIBOR – Acronym for London InterBank Offered Rate. LIBOR is the average interest rate charged when banks in the London wholesale money market (or interbank market) borrow unsecured funds from each other. LIBOR rates are used as a benchmark for interest rates on a global basis.

Loan-to-value ratio (LTV) – A calculation of a loan’s collateral coverage that is used both in underwriting and assessing credit risk in our lending portfolio. LTV is the sum total of loan obligations secured by collateral divided by the market value of that same collateral. Market values of the collateral are based on an independent valuation of the collateral. For example, an LTV of less than 90% is better secured and has less credit risk than an LTV of greater than or equal to 90%. Our real estate market values are updated on an annual basis but may be updated more frequently for select loans.

Loss Given Default (LGD) An estimate of recovery based on collateral type, collateral value, loan exposure, or the guarantor(s) quality and guaranty type (full or partial). Each loan has its own LGD. The LGD risk rating measures the percentage of exposure of a specific credit obligation that we expect to lose if default occurs. LGD is net of recovery, through either liquidation of collateral or deficiency judgments rendered from foreclosure or bankruptcy proceedings. The LGD rating is updated with the same frequency as the borrower’s PD rating, and should be done more frequently than the PD if the collateral values and amounts change often.

Net interest income from loans and deposits – A management accounting assessment, using funds transfer pricing methodology, of the net interest contribution from loans and deposits.

Net interest margin – Annualized taxable-equivalent net interest income divided by average earning assets.

Nonaccretable difference – Contractually required payments receivable on a purchased impaired loan in excess of the cash flows expected to be collected.

Nondiscretionary assets under administration – Assets we hold for our customers/clients in a non-discretionary, custodial capacity. We do not include these assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Nonperforming assets – Nonperforming assets include non-accrual loans, certain non-accrual troubled debt restructured loans, OREO, foreclosed and other assets. We do not accrue interest income on assets classified as nonperforming.

 

 

61


Table of Contents

Nonperforming loans – Loans for which we do not accrue interest income. Nonperforming loans include loans to commercial, commercial real estate, equipment lease financing, consumer (including loans and lines of credit secured by residential real estate), and residential real estate (including mortgages and construction) customers as well as certain non-accrual troubled debt restructured loans. Nonperforming loans do not include loans held for sale or OREO and foreclosed assets. Nonperforming loans do not include purchased impaired loans as we are currently accreting interest income over the expected life of the loans.

Notional amount – A number of currency units, shares, or other units specified in a derivative contract.

Operating leverage – The period to period dollar or percentage change in total revenue (GAAP basis) less the dollar or percentage change in noninterest expense. A positive variance indicates that revenue growth exceeded expense growth (i.e., positive operating leverage) while a negative variance implies expense growth exceeded revenue growth (i.e., negative operating leverage).

Options – Contracts that grant the purchaser, for a premium payment, the right, but not the obligation, to either purchase or sell the associated financial instrument at a set price during a specified period or at a specified date in the future.

Other real estate owned (OREO) and foreclosed assets – Assets taken in settlement of troubled loans through surrender or foreclosure. Foreclosed assets include all assets received in full or partial satisfaction of a loan and include real and personal property, equity interests in corporations, partnerships, joint ventures, and beneficial interests in trusts. Premises that are no longer used in operations may also be included in real estate owned.

Other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) – When the fair value of a security is less than its amortized cost basis, an assessment is performed to determine whether the impairment is other-than-temporary. If we intend to sell the security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss, an other-than-temporary impairment is considered to have occurred. In such cases, an other-than-temporary impairment is recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. Further, if we do not expect to recover the entire amortized cost of the security, an other-than-temporary impairment is considered to have occurred. However for debt securities, if we do not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before its recovery, the other-than-temporary loss is separated into (a) the amount representing the credit loss, and (b) the amount related to all other factors. The other-than-temporary impairment related to credit losses is recognized in earnings while the amount related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax.

Parent company liquidity coverage – Liquid assets divided by funding obligations within a two year period.

Pretax earnings – Income from continuing operations before income taxes and noncontrolling interests.

Pretax, pre-provision earnings from continuing operations – Total revenue less noninterest expense, both from continuing operations.

Primary client relationship – A corporate banking client relationship with annual revenue generation of $10,000 to $50,000 or more, and for Asset Management Group, a client relationship with annual revenue generation of $10,000 or more.

Probability of Default (PD) – An internal risk rating that indicates the likelihood that a credit obligor will enter into default status.

Purchase accounting accretion – Accretion of the discounts and premiums on acquired assets and liabilities. The purchase accounting accretion is recognized in net interest income over the weighted-average life of the financial instruments using the constant effective yield method.

Purchased impaired loans – Acquired loans determined to be credit impaired under FASB ASC 310-30 (AICPA SOP 03-3). Loans are determined to be impaired if there is evidence of credit deterioration since origination and for which it is probable that all contractually required payments will not be collected.

Recorded investment – The initial investment of a purchased impaired loan plus interest accretion and less any cash payments and writedowns to date. The recorded investment excludes any valuation allowance which is included in our allowance for loan and lease losses.

Recovery – Cash proceeds received on a loan that we had previously charged off. We credit the amount received to the allowance for loan and lease losses.

Residential development loans – Project-specific loans to commercial customers for the construction or development of residential real estate including land, single family homes, condominiums and other residential properties. This would exclude loans to commercial customers where proceeds are for general corporate purposes whether or not such facilities are secured.

Residential mortgage servicing rights hedge gains/(losses), net – We have elected to measure acquired or originated residential mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) at fair value under GAAP. We employ a risk management strategy designed to protect the economic value of MSRs from changes in interest rates. This strategy utilizes securities and a portfolio of derivative instruments to hedge changes in the fair value of MSRs arising from changes in interest rates. These financial instruments are expected to have changes in fair value which are negatively correlated to the change in fair value of the MSR portfolio. Net MSR hedge gains/(losses) represent the

 

 

62


Table of Contents

change in the fair value of MSRs, exclusive of changes due to time decay and payoffs, combined with the change in the fair value of the associated securities and derivative instruments.

Return on average assets – Annualized net income divided by average assets.

Return on average capital – Annualized net income divided by average capital.

Return on average common shareholders’ equity – Annualized net income less preferred stock dividends, including preferred stock discount accretion and redemptions, divided by average common shareholders’ equity.

Risk-weighted assets – Computed by the assignment of specific risk-weights (as defined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) to assets and off-balance sheet instruments.

Securitization – The process of legally transforming financial assets into securities.

Servicing rights – An intangible asset or liability created by an obligation to service assets for others. Typical servicing rights include the right to receive a fee for collecting and forwarding payments on loans and related taxes and insurance premiums held in escrow.

Swaptions – Contracts that grant the purchaser, for a premium payment, the right, but not the obligation, to enter into an interest rate swap agreement during a specified period or at a specified date in the future.

Taxable-equivalent interest – The interest income earned on certain assets is completely or partially exempt from Federal income tax. As such, these tax-exempt instruments typically yield lower returns than taxable investments. To provide more meaningful comparisons of yields and margins for all interest-earning assets, we use interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis in calculating average yields and net interest margins by increasing the interest income earned on tax-exempt assets to make it fully equivalent to interest income earned on other taxable investments. This adjustment is not permitted under GAAP on the Consolidated Income Statement.

Tier 1 common capital – Tier 1 risk-based capital, less preferred equity, less trust preferred capital securities, and less noncontrolling interests.

Tier 1 common capital ratio – Tier 1 common capital divided by period-end risk-weighted assets.

Tier 1 risk-based capital – Total shareholders’ equity, plus trust preferred capital securities, plus certain noncontrolling interests that are held by others; less goodwill and certain other intangible assets (net of eligible deferred taxes relating to taxable and nontaxable combinations), less equity investments in nonfinancial companies less ineligible

servicing assets and less net unrealized holding losses on available for sale equity securities. Net unrealized holding gains on available for sale equity securities, net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for sale debt securities and net unrealized holding gains (losses) on cash flow hedge derivatives are excluded from total shareholders’ equity for Tier 1 risk-based capital purposes.

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio – Tier 1 risk-based capital divided by period-end risk-weighted assets.

Total equity – Total shareholders’ equity plus noncontrolling interests.

Total return swap – A non-traditional swap where one party agrees to pay the other the “total return” of a defined underlying asset (e.g., a loan), usually in return for receiving a stream of LIBOR-based cash flows. The total returns of the asset, including interest and any default shortfall, are passed through to the counterparty. The counterparty is therefore assuming the credit and economic risk of the underlying asset.

Total risk-based capital – Tier 1 risk-based capital plus qualifying subordinated debt and trust preferred securities, other noncontrolling interest not qualified as Tier 1, eligible gains on available for sale equity securities and the allowance for loan and lease losses, subject to certain limitations.

Total risk-based capital ratio – Total risk-based capital divided by period-end risk-weighted assets.

Transaction deposits – The sum of interest-bearing money market deposits, interest-bearing demand deposits, and noninterest-bearing deposits.

Troubled debt restructuring (TDRs) – A loan whose terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties.

Value-at-risk (VaR) – A statistically-based measure of risk which describes the amount of potential loss which may be incurred due to severe and adverse market movements. The measure is of the maximum loss which should not be exceeded on 95 out of 100 days.

Watchlist – A list of criticized loans, credit exposure or other assets compiled for internal monitoring purposes. We define criticized exposure for this purpose as exposure with an internal risk rating of other assets especially mentioned, substandard, doubtful or loss.

Yield curve – A graph showing the relationship between the yields on financial instruments or market indices of the same credit quality with different maturities. For example, a “normal” or “positive” yield curve exists when long-term bonds have higher yields than short-term bonds. A “flat” yield curve exists when yields are the same for short-term and long-term bonds. A “steep” yield curve exists when yields on long-

term bonds are significantly higher than on short-term bonds. An “inverted” or “negative” yield curve exists when short-term bonds have higher yields than long-term bonds.

 

 

63


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

We make statements in this Report, and may from time to time make other statements, regarding our outlook for earnings, revenues, expenses, capital levels, liquidity levels, asset quality and other matters regarding or affecting PNC and its future business and operations that are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as “believe,” “plan,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “see,” “intend,” “outlook,” “project,” “forecast,” “estimate,” “goal,” “will,” “should” and other similar words and expressions. Forward-looking statements are subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties, which change over time.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made. We do not assume any duty and do not undertake to update forward-looking statements. Actual results or future events could differ, possibly materially, from those anticipated in forward-looking statements, as well as from historical performance.

Our forward-looking statements are subject to the following principal risks and uncertainties.

 

Our businesses, financial results and balance sheet values are affected by business and economic conditions, including the following:

   

Changes in interest rates and valuations in debt, equity and other financial markets.

   

Disruptions in the liquidity and other functioning of U.S. and global financial markets.

   

The impact on financial markets and the economy of the downgrade by Standard & Poor’s of U.S. Treasury obligations and other U.S. government-backed debt, as well as issues surrounding the level of U.S. and European government debt and concerns regarding the creditworthiness of certain sovereign governments in Europe.

   

Actions by Federal Reserve, U.S. Treasury and other government agencies, including those that impact money supply and market interest rates.

   

Changes in customers’, suppliers’ and other counterparties’ performance and creditworthiness.

   

Slowing or failure of the current moderate economic recovery.

   

Continued effects of aftermath of recessionary conditions and uneven spread of positive impacts of recovery on the economy and our counterparties, including adverse impacts on levels of unemployment, loan utilization rates, delinquencies, defaults and counterparty ability to meet credit and other obligations.

   

Changes in customer preferences and behavior, whether due to changing business and economic conditions, legislative and regulatory initiatives, or other factors.

 

Our forward-looking financial statements are subject to the risk that economic and financial market conditions will be substantially different than we are currently expecting. These statements are based on our current view that the modest economic expansion will persist in the year ahead and interest rates will remain very low.

 

Legal and regulatory developments could have an impact on ability to operate our businesses, financial condition, results of operations, competitive position, reputation, or pursuit of attractive acquisition opportunities. Reputational impacts could affect matters such as business generation and retention, liquidity, funding, and ability to attract and retain management. These developments could include:

   

Changes resulting from legislative and regulatory reforms, including broad-based restructuring of financial industry regulation and changes to laws and regulations involving tax, pension, bankruptcy, consumer protection, and other industry aspects, and changes in accounting policies and principles. We will be impacted by extensive reforms provided for in the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and otherwise growing out of the recent financial crisis, the precise nature, extent and timing of which, and their impact on us, remains uncertain.

   

Changes to regulations governing bank capital and liquidity standards, including due to the Dodd-Frank Act and to Basel III initiatives.

   

Unfavorable resolution of legal proceedings or other claims and regulatory and other governmental investigations or other inquiries. In addition to matters relating to PNC’s business and activities, such matters may include proceedings, claims, investigations, or inquiries relating to pre-acquisition business and activities of acquired companies, such as National City. These matters may result in monetary judgments or settlements or other remedies, including fines, penalties, restitution or alterations in our business practices, and in additional expenses and collateral costs, and may cause reputational harm to PNC.

   

Results of regulatory examination and supervision process, including our failure to satisfy requirements of agreements with governmental agencies.

   

Impact on business and operating results of any costs associated with obtaining rights in intellectual property claimed by others and of adequacy of our intellectual property protection in general.

 

Business and operating results are affected by our ability to identify and effectively manage risks inherent in our businesses, including, where appropriate, through effective use of third-party insurance, derivatives, and capital management techniques, and to meet evolving regulatory capital standards. In particular, our results currently depend on our ability to manage elevated levels of impaired assets.

 

 

64


Table of Contents
 

Business and operating results also include impacts relating to our equity interest in BlackRock, Inc. and rely to a significant extent on information provided to us by BlackRock. Risks and uncertainties that could affect BlackRock are discussed in more detail by BlackRock in SEC filings.

 

Our planned acquisition of RBC Bank (USA) presents us with risks and uncertainties related both to the acquisition transaction itself and its integration into PNC after closing, including:

   

Closing is dependent on, among other things, receipt of regulatory and other applicable approvals, the timing of which cannot be predicted with precision at this point and which may not be received at all. The impact of closing on PNC’s financial statements will be affected by the timing of the transaction.

   

The transaction (including integration of RBC Bank (USA)’s businesses) may be substantially more expensive to complete than anticipated. Anticipated benefits, including cost savings and strategic gains, may be significantly harder or take longer to achieve than expected or may not be achieved in their entirety as a result of unexpected factors or events.

   

Our ability to achieve anticipated results from this transaction is dependent also on the following factors, in part related to the state of economic and financial markets: the extent of credit losses in the acquired loan portfolios and the extent of deposit attrition. Also, litigation and governmental investigations that may be filed or commenced, as a result of this transaction or otherwise, could impact the timing or realization of anticipated benefits to PNC.

   

Integration of RBC Bank (USA)’s business and operations into PNC, which will include conversion of RBC Bank (USA)’s different systems and procedures, may take longer than anticipated or be more costly than anticipated or have unanticipated adverse results relating to RBC Bank (USA)’s or

   

PNC’s existing businesses. PNC’s ability to integrate RBC Bank (USA) successfully may be adversely affected by the fact that this transaction will result in PNC entering several markets where PNC does not currently have any meaningful retail presence.

 

In addition to the planned RBC Bank (USA) transaction, we grow our business in part by acquiring from time to time other financial services companies, financial services assets and related deposits. These other acquisitions, including our planned acquisition of branches and related deposits in metropolitan Atlanta, Georgia from Flagstar Bank, FSB, often present risks and uncertainties analogous to those presented by the RBC Bank (USA) transaction, as well as, in some cases, with risks related to entering into new lines of business.

 

Competition can have an impact on customer acquisition, growth and retention and on credit spreads and product pricing, which can affect market share, deposits and revenues. Industry restructuring in the current environment could also impact our business and financial performance through changes in counterparty creditworthiness and performance and in competitive and regulatory landscape. Our ability to anticipate and respond to technological changes can also impact our ability to respond to customer needs and meet competitive demands.

 

Business and operating results can also be affected by widespread disasters, dislocations, terrorist activities or international hostilities through impacts on the economy and financial markets generally or on us or our counterparties specifically.

We provide greater detail regarding some of these factors in our 2010 Form 10-K, our first and second quarter 2011 Form 10-Qs, and elsewhere in this Report, including Risk Factors and Risk Management sections of those reports. Our forward-looking statements may also be subject to other risks and uncertainties, including those discussed elsewhere in this Report or in our other filings with the SEC.

 

 

65


Table of Contents

Consolidated Income Statement

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.

 

In millions, except per share data    Three months ended
September 30
    Nine months ended
September 30
 
Unaudited    2011     2010     2011     2010  

Interest Income

        

Loans

   $ 1,904     $ 1,996     $ 5,693     $ 6,314  

Investment securities

     511       592       1,638       1,787  

Other

     115       113       329       378  

Total interest income

     2,530       2,701       7,660       8,479  

Interest Expense

        

Deposits

     167       233       529       758  

Borrowed funds

     188       253       630       692  

Total interest expense

     355       486       1,159       1,450  

Net interest income

     2,175       2,215       6,501       7,029  

Noninterest Income

        

Asset management

     287       249       838       751  

Consumer services

     330       328       974       939  

Corporate services

     187       183       632       712  

Residential mortgage

     198       216       556       542  

Service charges on deposits

     140       164       394       573  

Net gains on sales of securities

     68       121       187       358  

Other-than-temporary impairments

     (122     (117     (225     (475

Less: Noncredit portion of other-than-temporary impairments (a)

     (87     (46     (117     (194

Net other-than-temporary impairments

     (35     (71     (108     (281

Other

     194       193       803       650  

Total noninterest income

     1,369       1,383       4,276       4,244  

Total revenue

     3,544       3,598       10,777       11,273  

Provision For Credit Losses

     261       486       962       2,060  

Noninterest Expense

        

Personnel

     949       959       2,914       2,874  

Occupancy

     171       177       540       536  

Equipment

     159       152       484       492  

Marketing

     72       81       175       196  

Other

     789       789       2,273       2,175  

Total noninterest expense

     2,140       2,158       6,386       6,273  

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

     1,143       954       3,429       2,940  

Income taxes

     309       179       851       736  

Income from continuing operations before noncontrolling interests

     834       775       2,578       2,204  

Income from discontinued operations (net of income taxes of zero, $311, zero, and $338)

             328               373  

Net income

     834       1,103       2,578       2,577  

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     4       2       (2     (12

  Preferred stock dividends

     4       4       32       122  

  Preferred stock discount accretion and redemptions

             3       1       254  

Net income attributable to common shareholders

   $ 826     $ 1,094     $ 2,547     $ 2,213  

Basic Earnings Per Common Share

        

Continuing operations

   $ 1.57     $ 1.45     $ 4.84     $ 3.56  

Discontinued operations

             .63               .72  

Net income

   $ 1.57     $ 2.08     $ 4.84     $ 4.28  

Diluted Earnings Per Common Share

        

Continuing operations

   $ 1.55     $ 1.45     $ 4.79     $ 3.52  

Discontinued operations

             .62               .72  

Net income

   $ 1.55     $ 2.07     $ 4.79     $ 4.24  

Average Common Shares Outstanding

        

Basic

     524       523       524       515  

Diluted

     526       526       526       518  
(a) Included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

See accompanying Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

66


Table of Contents

Consolidated Balance Sheet

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.

 

In millions, except par value

Unaudited

   September 30
2011
    December
31 2010
 

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks (includes $6 and $2 for VIEs) (a)

   $ 3,982     $ 3,297  

Federal funds sold and resale agreements (includes $802 and $866 measured at fair value) (b)

     1,806       3,704  

Trading securities

     2,960       1,826  

Interest-earning deposits with banks (includes $136 and $288 for VIEs) (a)

     2,773       1,610  

Loans held for sale (includes $2,184 and $2,755 measured at fair value) (b)

     2,491       3,492  

Investment securities (includes $110 and $192 for VIEs) (a)

     62,105       64,262  

Loans (includes $5,124 and $4,645 for VIEs)

    

(includes $226 and $116 measured at fair value) (a) (b)

     154,543       150,595  

Allowance for loan and lease losses (includes $(92) and $(183) for VIEs) (a)

     (4,507     (4,887

Net loans

     150,036       145,708  

Goodwill

     8,207       8,149  

Other intangible assets

     1,949       2,604  

Equity investments (includes $1,438 and $1,177 for VIEs) (a)

     9,915       9,220  

Other (includes $1,181 and $676 for VIEs) (includes $174 and $396 measured at fair value) (a) (b)

     23,246       20,412  

Total assets

   $ 269,470     $ 264,284  

Liabilities

    

Deposits

    

Noninterest-bearing

   $ 55,180     $ 50,019  

Interest-bearing

     132,552       133,371  

Total deposits

     187,732       183,390  

Borrowed funds

    

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

     3,105       4,144  

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

     5,015       6,043  

Bank notes and senior debt

     11,990       12,904  

Subordinated debt

     9,564       9,842  

Other (includes $3,819 and $3,354 for VIEs) (a)

     5,428       6,555  

Total borrowed funds

     35,102       39,488  

Allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

     217       188  

Accrued expenses (includes $157 and $88 for VIEs) (a)

     3,587       3,188  

Other (includes $678 and $456 for VIEs) (a)

     5,590       5,192  

Total liabilities

     232,228       231,446  

Equity

    

Preferred stock (c)

    

Common stock ($5 par value,

    

authorized 800 shares, issued 536 shares)

     2,682       2,682  

Capital surplus – preferred stock

     1,636       647  

Capital surplus – common stock and other

     12,054       12,057  

Retained earnings

     17,985       15,859  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     397       (431

Common stock held in treasury at cost: 10 shares

     (535     (572

Total shareholders’ equity

     34,219       30,242  

Noncontrolling interests

     3,023       2,596  

Total equity

     37,242       32,838  

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 269,470     $ 264,284  

 

(a) Amounts represent the assets or liabilities of consolidated variable interest entities (VIEs).
(b) Amounts represent items for which the Corporation has elected the fair value option.
(c) Par value less than $.5 million at each date.

See accompanying Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

67


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statement Of Cash Flows

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.

 

In millions      Nine months ended September 30  
Unaudited      2011      2010  

Operating Activities

       

Net income

     $ 2,578      $ 2,577  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided (used) by operating activities

       

Provision for credit losses

       962        2,060  

Depreciation and amortization

       850        753  

Deferred income taxes

       160        691  

Net gains on sales of securities

       (187      (358

Net other-than-temporary impairments

       108        281  

Gain on sale of PNC Global Investment Servicing

          (639

Undistributed earnings of BlackRock

       (216      (176

Net change in

       

Trading securities and other short-term investments

       (137      1,092  

Loans held for sale

       602        (1,056

Other assets

       (4,014      (1,411

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

       3,510        566  

Other

       369        58  

Net cash provided (used) by operating activities

       4,585        4,438  

Investing Activities

       

Sales

       

Securities available for sale

       17,136        17,994  

Loans

       1,418        2,326  

Repayments/maturities

       

Securities available for sale

       4,289        5,869  

Securities held to maturity

       1,983        1,857  

Purchases

       

Securities available for sale

       (20,921      (28,344

Securities held to maturity

       (955      (1,180

Loans

       (1,494      (3,680

Net change in

       

Federal funds sold and resale agreements

       1,892        310  

Interest-earning deposits with banks

       (1,162      3,880  

Loans

       (5,729      8,247  

Net cash received from acquisition and divestiture activity

       261        2,479  

Purchases of corporate and bank owned life insurance

       (200   

Other

       (244      686  

Net cash provided (used) by investing activities

       (3,726      10,444  

 

(continued on following page)

 

68


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

(continued from previous page)

 

In millions      Nine months ended September 30  
Unaudited      2011      2010  

Financing Activities

       

Net change in

       

Noninterest-bearing deposits

     $ 5,069      $ 1,912  

Interest-bearing deposits

       (1,041      (9,097

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

       (1,032      667  

Federal Home Loan Bank short-term borrowings

          (280

Other short-term borrowed funds

       (791      (461

Sales/issuances

       

Bank notes and senior debt

       1,244        3,270  

Other long-term borrowed funds

       6,587        3,090  

Preferred stock

       988     

Common and treasury stock

       35        3,466  

Repayments/maturities

       

Federal Home Loan Bank long-term borrowings

       (1,028      (3,310

Bank notes and senior debt

       (2,423      (2,455

Subordinated debt

       (509      (269

Other long-term borrowed funds

       (6,754      (3,856

Preferred stock – TARP

          (7,579

Redemption of noncontrolling interest

          (99

Acquisition of treasury stock

       (66      (172

Preferred stock cash dividends paid

       (32      (122

Common stock cash dividends paid

       (421      (151

Net cash provided (used) by financing activities

       (174      (15,446

Net Increase (Decrease) In Cash And Due From Banks

       685        (564

Cash and due from banks at beginning of period

       3,297        4,288  

Cash and due from banks at end of period

     $ 3,982      $ 3,724  

Supplemental Disclosures

       

Interest paid

     $ 1,165      $ 1,419  

Income taxes paid

       836        571  

Income taxes refunded

       30        8  

Non-cash Investing and Financing Items

       

Transfer from loans to loans held for sale, net

       678        632  

Transfer from loans to foreclosed assets

       576        1,064  

See accompanying Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

69


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

 

Business

PNC is one of the largest diversified financial services companies in the United States and is headquartered in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

PNC has businesses engaged in retail banking, corporate and institutional banking, asset management, and residential mortgage banking, providing many of its products and services nationally and others in PNC’s primary geographic markets located in Pennsylvania, Ohio, New Jersey, Michigan, Maryland, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Florida, Virginia, Missouri, Delaware, Washington, D.C., and Wisconsin. PNC also provides certain products and services internationally.

NOTE 1 ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT PRESENTATION

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the parent company and its subsidiaries, most of which are wholly owned, and certain partnership interests and variable interest entities.

We prepared these consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). We have eliminated intercompany accounts and transactions. We have also reclassified certain prior year amounts to conform to the 2011 presentation. These reclassifications did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

See Note 2 Acquisition and Divestiture Activity regarding our July 1, 2010 sale of PNC Global Investment Servicing Inc. The Consolidated Income Statement for the first nine months of 2010 and related disclosures in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements reflect the global investment servicing business as discontinued operations.

In our opinion, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements reflect all normal, recurring adjustments needed to present fairly our results for the interim periods. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year or any other interim period.

When preparing these unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, we have assumed that you have read the audited consolidated financial statements included in our 2010 Annual Report on Form 10-K (2010 Form 10-K). Reference is made to Note 1 Accounting Policies in the 2010 Form 10-K

for a detailed description of significant accounting policies. There have been no significant changes to these policies in the first nine months of 2011 other than as disclosed herein. These interim consolidated financial statements serve to update the 2010 Form 10-K and may not include all information and notes necessary to constitute a complete set of financial statements.

We have considered the impact on these consolidated financial statements of subsequent events.

USE OF ESTIMATES

We prepared these consolidated financial statements using financial information available at the time, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported. Our most significant estimates pertain to our fair value measurements, allowances for loan and lease losses and unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit, and revenue recognition for purchase accounting accretion on purchased impaired loans. Actual results may differ from the estimates and the differences may be material to the consolidated financial statements.

INVESTMENT IN BLACKROCK, INC.

We account for our investment in the common stock and Series B Preferred Stock of BlackRock (deemed to be in-substance common stock) under the equity method of accounting. The investment in BlackRock is reflected on our Consolidated Balance Sheet in Equity investments, while our equity in earnings of BlackRock is reported on our Consolidated Income Statement in Asset management revenue.

We also own approximately 1.5 million shares of Series C Preferred Stock of BlackRock after delivery of approximately 1.3 million shares in September 2011 pursuant to our obligation to partially fund a portion of certain BlackRock LTIP programs. Since these preferred shares are not deemed to be in substance common stock, we have elected to account for these preferred shares at fair value and the changes in fair value will offset the impact of marking-to-market the obligation to deliver these shares to BlackRock. Our investment in the BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock is included on our Consolidated Balance Sheet in Other assets.

As noted above, we mark-to-market our obligation to transfer BlackRock shares related to certain BlackRock long-term incentive plan (LTIP) programs. This obligation is classified as a derivative not designated as a hedging instrument under GAAP as disclosed in Note 12 Financial Derivatives.

 

 

70


Table of Contents

NONPERFORMING ASSETS

Nonperforming assets include:

   

Nonaccrual loans and leases,

   

Troubled debt restructurings, and

   

Other real estate owned and foreclosed assets.

Nonperforming loans are those loans that have deteriorated in credit quality to the extent that full collection of original contractual principal and interest is doubtful. When a loan is determined to be nonperforming (and as a result is impaired), the accrual of interest is ceased and the loan is classified as nonaccrual. The current year accrued and uncollected interest is reversed out of net interest income.

A loan acquired and accounted for under ASC Sub-Topic 310-30 – Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality is reported as an accruing loan and a performing asset due to the accretion of interest income.

We generally classify Commercial Lending (Commercial, Commercial Real Estate, and Equipment Lease Financing) loans as nonaccrual (and therefore nonperforming) when we determine that the collection of interest or principal is doubtful or when delinquency of interest or principal payments has existed for 90 days or more and the loans are not well-secured and in the process of collection. A loan is considered well-secured when the collateral in the form of liens on (or pledges of) real or personal property, including marketable securities, has a realizable value sufficient to discharge the debt in full, including accrued interest. Such factors that would lead to nonperforming status and subject to an impairment test would include, but are not limited to, the following:

   

Deterioration in the financial position of the borrower resulting in the loan moving from accrual to cash basis,

   

The collection of principal or interest is 90 days or more past due unless the asset is both well-secured and in the process of collection,

   

Reasonable doubt exists as to the certainty of the future debt service ability, whether 90 days have passed or not,

   

Customer has filed or will likely file for bankruptcy,

   

The bank advances additional funds to cover principal or interest,

   

We are in the process of liquidation of a commercial borrower, or

   

We are pursuing remedies under a guaranty.

We charge off commercial nonaccrual loans when we determine that a specific loan, or portion thereof, is uncollectible. This determination is based on the specific facts and circumstances of the individual loans. In making this

determination, we consider the viability of the business or project as a going concern, the past due status when the asset is not well-secured, the expected cash flows to repay the loan, the value of the collateral, and the ability and willingness of any guarantors to perform.

Additionally, in general, for smaller dollar commercial loans of $1 million or less, a partial or full charge-off will occur at 120 days past due for term loans and 180 days past due for revolvers.

Home equity installment loans and lines of credit, as well as residential real estate loans, that are well-secured are classified as nonaccrual at 180 days past due. A consumer loan is considered well-secured when the collateral in the form of liens on (or pledges of) real or personal property, including marketable securities, has a realizable value sufficient to discharge the debt in full, including accrued interest.

Home equity installment loans and lines of credit and residential real estate loans that are not well-secured and/or are in the process of collection are charged off at 180 days past due to the estimated fair value of the collateral less cost to sell. The remaining portion of the loan is placed on nonaccrual status.

Subprime mortgage loans for first liens with a loan-to-value (LTV) ratio of equal to or greater than 90% and second liens are classified as nonaccrual at 90 days past due. These loans are charged off as discussed above.

Most consumer loans and lines of credit, not secured by residential real estate, are charged off after 120 to 180 days past due. Generally, they are not placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance.

If payment is received on a nonperforming loan, the payment is first applied to the past due principal; once this principal obligation has been fulfilled, payments are applied to recover any partial charge-off related to the impaired loan that might exist. Finally, if both past due principal and any partial charge-off have been recovered, then the payment will result in the recognition and recording of interest income. This process is followed for impaired loans with the exception of troubled debt restructurings (TDRs). Payments received on TDRs will be applied in accordance with the terms of the TDR.

 

 

71


Table of Contents

A TDR is a loan whose terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties. TDRs may include restructuring certain terms of loans, receipts of assets from debtors in partial satisfaction of loans, or a combination thereof. TDRs are included in nonperforming loans until returned to performing status through the fulfilling of restructured terms for a reasonable period of time (generally 6 months).

See Note 5 Asset Quality and Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit for additional TDR information.

Nonperforming loans are generally not returned to performing status until the obligation is brought current and the borrower has performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time and collection of the contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt.

Foreclosed assets are comprised of any asset seized or property acquired through a foreclosure proceeding or acceptance of a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure. Other real estate owned is comprised principally of commercial real estate and residential real estate properties obtained in partial or total satisfaction of loan obligations. Following the obtaining of a foreclosure judgment, or in some jurisdictions the initiation of proceedings under a power of sale in the loan instruments, the property will be sold. When we acquire the deed, we transfer the loan to other real estate owned included in Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Property obtained in satisfaction of a loan is recorded at estimated fair value less cost to sell. We estimate fair values primarily based on appraisals, when available, or quoted market prices on liquid assets. Anticipated recoveries and government guarantees are also considered in evaluating the potential impairment of loans at the date of transfer. If the estimated fair value less cost to sell is less than the recorded investment, a charge-off is recognized against the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses (ALLL).

Subsequently, foreclosed assets are valued at the lower of the amount recorded at acquisition date or estimated fair value less cost to sell. Valuation adjustments on these assets and gains or losses realized from disposition of such property are reflected in Other noninterest expense.

See Note 5 Asset Quality and Allowances for Loan and Lease

Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit for additional information.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES

We maintain the ALLL at a level that we believe to be appropriate to absorb estimated probable credit losses incurred in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. Our determination of the allowance is based on periodic evaluations of the loan and lease portfolios and other relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates, all of which may be susceptible to significant change, including, among others:

   

Probability of default (PD),

   

Loss given default (LGD),

   

Exposure at date of default (EAD),

   

Amounts and timing of expected future cash flows,

   

Value of collateral, and

   

Qualitative factors such as changes in economic conditions that may not be reflected in historical results.

While our reserve methodologies strive to reflect all relevant risk factors, there continues to be uncertainty associated with, but not limited to, potential imprecision in the estimation process due to the inherent time lag of obtaining information and normal variations between estimates and actual outcomes. We provide additional reserves that are designed to provide coverage for losses attributable to such risks. The ALLL also includes factors which may not be directly measured in the determination of specific or pooled reserves. Such qualitative factors include:

   

Industry concentrations and conditions,

   

Recent credit quality trends,

   

Recent loss experience in particular portfolios,

   

Recent macro economic factors,

   

Changes in risk selection and underwriting standards, and

   

Timing of available information.

In determining the appropriateness of the ALLL, we make specific allocations to impaired loans and allocations to portfolios of commercial and consumer loans. We also allocate reserves to provide coverage for probable losses incurred in the portfolio at the balance sheet date based upon current market conditions, which may not be reflected in historical loss data. While allocations are made to specific loans and pools of loans, the total reserve is available for all credit losses.

 

 

72


Table of Contents

Nonperforming loans are considered impaired under ASC 310-Receivables and are allocated a specific reserve. Specific reserve allocations are determined as follows:

   

For nonperforming loans greater than or equal to a defined dollar threshold and TDRs, specific reserves are based on an analysis of the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows, the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral.

   

For nonperforming loans below the defined dollar threshold, the loans are aggregated for purposes of measuring specific reserve impairment using the applicable loan’s LGD percentage multiplied by the balance of the loan.

   

For purchased impaired loans, subsequent decreases to the net present value of expected cash flows will generally result in an impairment charge to the provision for credit losses, resulting in an increase to the ALLL.

When applicable, this process is applied across all the loan classes in a similar manner. However, as previously discussed, certain consumer loans and lines of credit, not secured by residential real estate, are charged off instead of being classified as nonperforming.

Our credit risk management policies, procedures and practices are designed to promote sound and fair lending standards while achieving prudent credit risk management. We have policies, procedures and practices that address financial statement requirements, collateral review and appraisal requirements, advance rates based upon collateral types, appropriate levels of exposure, cross-border risk, lending to specialized industries or borrower type, guarantor requirements, and regulatory compliance.

See Note 5 Asset Quality and Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit for additional information.

ALLOWANCE FOR UNFUNDED LOAN COMMITMENTS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

We maintain the allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit at a level we believe is appropriate to absorb estimated probable credit losses on these unfunded credit facilities. We determine the allowance based on periodic evaluations of the unfunded credit facilities, including an assessment of the probability of commitment usage, credit risk factors, and the terms and expiration dates of the unfunded credit facilities. The allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit is recorded as a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Net adjustments to the allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit are included in the provision for credit losses.

The reserve for unfunded loan commitments is estimated in a manner similar to the methodology used for determining reserves for similar funded exposures. However, there is one important distinction. This distinction lies in the estimation of the amount of these unfunded commitments that will become funded. This is determined using a cash conversion factor or loan equivalency factor, which is a statistical estimate of the amount of an unfunded commitment that will fund over a given period of time. Once the future funded amount is estimated, the calculation of the allowance follows similar methodologies to those employed for on-balance sheet exposure.

See Note 5 Asset Quality and Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit for additional information.

EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

Basic earnings per common share is calculated using the two-class method to determine income attributable to common shareholders. Unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents are considered participating securities under the two-class method. Income attributable to common shareholders is then divided by the weighted-average common shares outstanding for the period.

Diluted earnings per common share is calculated under the more dilutive of either the treasury method or the two-class method. For the diluted calculation, we increase the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding by the assumed conversion of outstanding convertible preferred stock and debentures from the beginning of the year or date of issuance, if later, and the number of shares of common stock that would be issued assuming the exercise of stock options and warrants and the issuance of incentive shares using the treasury stock method. These adjustments to the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding are made only when such adjustments will dilute earnings per common share. See Note 13 Earnings Per Share for additional information.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2011-08—Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), Testing Goodwill for Impairment. Annually, the ASU permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If an entity determines the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, it is not required to perform the step 1 quantitative goodwill impairment test for the reporting unit. ASU 2011-08 is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. PNC will consider this ASU in its goodwill testing.

 

 

73


Table of Contents

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05- Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Presentation of Comprehensive Income. This ASU will require an entity to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with total other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In both presentation options, the tax effect for each component must be presented in the statement in which other comprehensive income is presented or disclosed in the notes to the financial statements. This ASU

does not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income.

Additionally, this ASU does not change the calculation or presentation of earnings per share. ASU 2011-05 is effective for the first interim or annual period beginning after December 15, 2011, and should be applied retrospectively. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of these new disclosures is not expected to have a material impact on PNC.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04-Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820), Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs. This ASU provides guidance to clarify the concept of highest and best use valuation premise, how a principal market is determined, and the application of the fair value measurement of instruments with offsetting market or counterparty credit risks. It also extends the prohibition on blockage factors to all fair value hierarchy levels. This ASU will require additional disclosures for the following: (1) quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs used in all Level 3 financial instruments, (2) the valuation processes used by the reporting entity as well as a narrative description of the sensitivity of the fair value measurement to changes in unobservable inputs, (3) a reporting entity’s use of a nonfinancial asset in a way that differs from the asset’s highest and best use if the fair value of the asset is reported, (4) the categorization by level of the fair value hierarchy for items that are not measured at fair value in financial statements and (5) any transfers between Level 1 and 2 and the reason for those transfers. ASU 2011-04 is effective for the first interim or annual period beginning after December 15, 2011, and should be applied prospectively. Early adoption is not permitted. PNC is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU.

In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011- 03– Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860), Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements. This ASU removes from the assessment of effective control (1) the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee, and (2) the collateral maintenance implementation guidance related to that criterion.

Other criteria applicable to the assessment of effective control have not been changed by this ASU. ASU 2011-03 is effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after December 15, 2011 and should be applied prospectively to transactions or modifications of existing transactions that occur on or after the effective date. Early adoption is not permitted. The adoption of this new guidance is not expected to have a material effect on our results of operations or financial position.

In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-02, Receivables (Topic 310), A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring. The ASU

clarifies when a loan restructuring constitutes a troubled debt restructuring (TDR). This ASU (1) eliminates the sole use of the borrowers’ effective interest rate test to determine if a concession has occurred on the part of the creditor, (2) requires a restructuring with below market terms to be considered in determining classification as a TDR, (3) specifies that a borrower not currently in default may still be experiencing financial difficulty when payment default is “probable in the foreseeable future,” and (4) specifies that a delay in payment should be considered along with all other factors in determining classification as a TDR. The ASU guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after June 15, 2011 and is to be applied retrospectively to the beginning of the annual period of adoption.

As a result of adopting the amendments in ASU 2011-02, we reassessed all restructurings that occurred on or after the beginning of the current fiscal year (January 1, 2011) for identification as TDRs. We identified as TDRs certain loans for which the allowance for credit losses had previously been measured under a general allowance for credit losses methodology. Upon identifying those loans as TDRs, we accounted for them as impaired under the guidance in ASC 310-10-35. The amendments in ASU No. 2011-02 require prospective application of the impairment measurement guidance in ASC 310-10-35 for those loans newly identified as TDRs. Accordingly, at September 30, 2011, the recorded investment in receivables for which the allowance for credit losses was previously measured under a general allowance for credit losses methodology and are now measured under ASC 310-10-35 was approximately $69 million and the allowance for credit losses associated with those receivables was approximately $21 million.

In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-20 – Receivables (Topic 310), Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses. While the majority of the disclosures within this ASU were already required to be adopted and included in the 2010 Form 10-K, required disclosures about activity that occurs during a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010. Comparative disclosures for earlier reporting periods that

 

 

74


Table of Contents

ended before initial adoption is encouraged. Comparative disclosures for those reporting periods ending after initial adoption are required. Additionally, the effective date for disclosures related to TDRs was deferred by ASU 2011-01—Receivables (Topic 310), Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures about Troubled Debt Restructurings in Update No. 2010-20. The disclosures were deferred until the FASB had completed ASU 2011-02. Along with ASU 2011-02, these disclosures are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after June 15, 2011 and are to be applied retrospectively to the beginning of the annual period of adoption. See Note 5 Asset Quality and Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit for additional information.

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820), Improving Disclosures About Fair Value Measurements. This ASU requires purchases, sales, issuances and settlements to be reported separately in the Level 3 fair value measurement rollforward beginning with the first quarter 2011 reporting. See Note 8 Fair Value for additional information.

NOTE 2 ACQUISITION AND DIVESTITURE ACTIVITY

PENDING ACQUISITION OF RBC BANK (USA)

On June 19, 2011, we entered into a definitive agreement with Royal Bank of Canada and RBC USA Holdco Corporation to acquire RBC Bank (USA), the US retail banking subsidiary of Royal Bank of Canada, for $3.45 billion. The purchase price is subject to certain adjustments, including adjustments based on the closing date tangible net asset value of RBC Bank (USA), as defined in the definitive agreement. Under the terms of the agreement, PNC has the option to pay a portion of the purchase price using shares of PNC common stock. The amount of PNC common stock, if any, issued to RBC USA Holdco Corporation at closing may not exceed the lesser of $1.0 billion of such shares (according to a weighted-average valuation of such shares prior to closing) or 4.9% of the total number of shares of PNC common stock issued and outstanding immediately following closing. PNC has also agreed to acquire certain credit card accounts of RBC Bank (USA) customers issued by RBC Bank (Georgia), National Association, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Royal Bank of Canada.

RBC Bank (USA) has approximately $25 billion in “proforma” assets as reflected in the definitive agreement to be included in the transaction and 424 branches in North Carolina, Florida, Alabama, Georgia, Virginia and South Carolina. The transaction is expected to close in March 2012, subject to customary closing conditions, including receipt of regulatory approvals.

PENDING ACQUISITION OF FLAGSTAR BRANCHES

On July 26, 2011, PNC signed a definitive agreement to acquire 27 branches in metropolitan Atlanta, Georgia from Flagstar Bank, FSB, a subsidiary of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc., and assume approximately $240 million of deposits associated with these branches based on balances as of June 30, 2011. Under the agreement, PNC will purchase 21 branches and lease 6 branches located in a seven-county area primarily north of Atlanta. Acquired real estate and fixed assets associated with the branches will be purchased for net book value, or approximately $42 million. No deposit premium will be paid and no loans will be acquired in the transaction, which is expected to close in December 2011, subject to customary closing conditions. PNC and Flagstar have both received regulatory approval in relation to the respective applications filed with the regulators.

BANKATLANTIC BRANCH ACQUISITION

Effective June 6, 2011, we acquired 19 branches from BankAtlantic in the Tampa, Florida area adding approximately $325 million of assets to our Consolidated Balance sheet, including $257 million in cash and $41 million of goodwill. In addition, we added $324 million of deposits in connection with this acquisition. Our Consolidated Income Statement includes the impact of the branch activity subsequent to our June 6, 2011 acquisition.

SALE OF PNC GLOBAL INVESTMENT SERVICING

On July 1, 2010, we sold PNC Global Investment Servicing Inc. (GIS), a leading provider of processing, technology and business intelligence services to asset managers, broker-dealers and financial advisors worldwide, for $2.3 billion in cash pursuant to a definitive agreement entered into on February 2, 2010. This transaction resulted in a pretax gain of $639 million, net of transaction costs, in the third quarter of 2010. This gain and results of operations of GIS through June 30, 2010 are presented as Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes, on our Consolidated Income Statement. As part of the sale agreement, PNC has agreed to provide certain transitional services on behalf of GIS until completion of related systems conversion activities. There were no assets or liabilities of GIS remaining at December 31, 2010.

NOTE 3 LOAN SALE AND SERVICING ACTIVITIES AND VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

LOAN SALE AND SERVICING ACTIVITIES

We have transferred residential and commercial mortgage loans in securitization or sales transactions in which we have continuing involvement. These transfers have occurred through Agency securitization, Non-Agency securitization, and whole-loan sale transactions. Agency securitizations consist of securitization transactions with Federal National

 

 

75


Table of Contents

Mortgage Association (FNMA), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC), and Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) (collectively the Agencies). FNMA and FHLMC generally securitize our transferred loans into mortgage-backed securities for sale into the secondary market through special purpose entities (SPEs) they sponsor. We, as an authorized GNMA issuer/servicer, pool Federal Housing Administration (FHA) and Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) insured loans into mortgage-backed securities for sale into the secondary market. In Non-Agency securitizations, we have transferred loans into securitization SPEs. In other instances third-party investors have purchased (in whole-loan sale transactions) and subsequently sold our loans into securitization SPEs. Third-party investors have also purchased our loans in whole-loan sale transactions. Securitization SPEs, which are legal entities that are utilized in the Agency and Non-Agency securitization transactions, are VIEs.

Our continuing involvement in the Agency securitizations, Non-Agency securitizations, and whole-loan sale transactions

generally consists of servicing, repurchases of previously transferred loans and loss share arrangements, and, in limited circumstances, holding of mortgage-backed securities issued by the securitization SPEs. Refer to Note 3 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities in our 2010 Form 10-K for additional information regarding our continuing involvement in these transactions. In addition, further details of our repurchase and loss share obligations are contained in Note 17 Commitments and Guarantees.

Certain loans transferred to the Agencies contain removal of account provisions (ROAPs). Under these ROAPs, we hold an option to repurchase at par individual delinquent loans that meet certain criteria. When we have the unilateral ability to repurchase a delinquent loan, effective control over the loan has been regained and we recognize the loan and a corresponding liability on the balance sheet regardless of our intent to repurchase the loan. At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the balance of our ROAP asset and liability totaled $285 million and $336 million, respectively.

 

 

Certain Financial Information and Cash Flows Associated with Loan Sale and Servicing Activities

 

In millions    Residential
Mortgages
     Commercial
Mortgages (a)
     Home Equity
Loans/Lines (b)
 

FINANCIAL INFORMATION – September 30, 2011

          

Servicing portfolio (c)

   $ 121,229      $ 159,106      $ 5,735  

Carrying value of servicing assets (d)

     684        482        1  

Servicing advances

     560        474        8  

Servicing deposits

     2,310        3,861        34  

Repurchase and recourse obligations (e)

     85        49        51  

Carrying value of mortgage-backed securities held (f)

     1,542        1,976           

FINANCIAL INFORMATION – December 31, 2010

          

Servicing portfolio (c)

   $ 125,806      $ 162,514      $ 6,041  

Carrying value of servicing assets (d)

     1,033        665        2  

Servicing advances

     533        415        21  

Servicing deposits

     2,661        3,537        61  

Repurchase and recourse obligations (e)

     144        54        150  

Carrying value of mortgage-backed securities held (f)

     2,171        1,875           

 

76


Table of Contents
In millions    Residential
Mortgages
    Commercial
Mortgages (a)
    Home Equity
Loans/Lines (b)
 

CASH FLOWS – Three months ended September 30, 2011

        

Sales of loans (g)

   $ 2,652     $ 658      

Repurchases of previously transferred loans (h)

     429       $ 5  

Contractual servicing fees received

     92       45       5  

Servicing advances recovered/(funded), net

     (35     (23     (2

Cash flows on mortgage-backed securities held (f)

     90       142          

CASH FLOWS – Three months ended September 30, 2010

        

Sales of loans (g)

   $ 2,381     $ 475      

Repurchases of previously transferred loans (h)

     550       $ 6  

Contractual servicing fees received

     100       48       6  

Servicing advances recovered/(funded), net

     (30     1       4  

Cash flows on mortgage-backed securities held (f)

     143       237          

CASH FLOWS – Nine months ended September 30, 2011

        

Sales of loans (g)

   $ 9,181     $ 1,562      

Repurchases of previously transferred loans (h)

     1,238       $ 35  

Contractual servicing fees received

     269       132       17  

Servicing advances recovered/(funded), net

     (27     (59     13  

Cash flows on mortgage-backed securities held (f)

     348       319          

CASH FLOWS – Nine months ended September 30, 2010

        

Sales of loans (g)

   $ 6,607     $ 1,453      

Repurchases of previously transferred loans (h)

     1,756       $ 13  

Contractual servicing fees received

     316       174       20  

Servicing advances recovered/(funded), net

     30       3       13  

Cash flows on mortgage-backed securities held (f)

     433       441          
(a) Represents financial and cash flow information associated with both commercial mortgage loan transfer and servicing activities.
(b) These activities were part of an acquired brokered home equity business in which PNC is no longer engaged. See Note 17 Commitments and Guarantees for further information.
(c) For our continuing involvement with residential mortgages and home equity loan/line transfers, amount represents outstanding balance of loans transferred and serviced. For commercial mortgages, amount represents the portion of the overall servicing portfolio in which loans have been transferred by us or third parties to VIEs.
(d) See Note 8 Fair Value and Note 9 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets for further information.
(e) Represents liability for our loss exposure associated with loan repurchases for breaches of representations and warranties for our Residential Mortgage Banking and Distressed Assets Portfolio segments, and our multifamily commercial mortgage loss share arrangements for our Corporate & Institutional Banking segment. See Note 17 Commitments and Guarantees for further information.
(f) Represents securities held where PNC transferred to and/or services loans for a securitization SPE and we hold securities issued by that SPE.
(g) There were no gains or losses recognized on the transaction date for sales of residential mortgage and certain commercial mortgage loans as these loans are recognized on the balance sheet at fair value. For transfers of commercial mortgage loans not recognized on the balance sheet at fair value, gains/losses recognized on sales of these loans were insignificant for the periods presented.
(h) Includes repurchases of insured loans, government guaranteed loans, and loans repurchased through the exercise of our ROAP option.

VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES (VIES)

As discussed in our 2010 Form 10-K, we are involved with various entities in the normal course of business that are deemed to be VIEs. The following provides a summary of VIEs, including those that we have consolidated and those in which we hold variable interests but have not consolidated into our financial statements as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

 

77


Table of Contents

Consolidated VIEs – Carrying Value (a)

 

September 30, 2011

In millions

  Market Street     Credit Card
Securitization Trust
    Tax Credit
Investments (b)
    Total  

Assets

               

Cash and due from banks

          $ 6     $ 6  

Interest-earning deposits with banks

      $ 127       9       136  

Investment securities

  $ 110               110  

Loans

    3,214       1,910           5,124  

Allowance for loan and lease losses

        (92         (92

Equity investments

            1,438       1,438  

Other assets

    298       7       876       1,181  

Total assets

  $ 3,622     $ 1,952     $ 2,329     $ 7,903  

Liabilities

               

Other borrowed funds

  $ 3,325     $ 287     $ 207     $ 3,819  

Accrued expenses

        51       106       157  

Other liabilities

    295               383       678  

Total liabilities

  $ 3,620     $ 338     $ 696     $ 4,654  

 

December 31, 2010

In millions

  Market Street     Credit Card
Securitization Trust
    Tax Credit
Investments (b)
    Total  

Assets

               

Cash and due from banks

          $ 2     $ 2  

Interest-earning deposits with banks

      $ 284       4       288  

Investment securities

  $ 192               192  

Loans

    2,520       2,125           4,645  

Allowance for loan and lease losses

        (183         (183

Equity investments

            1,177       1,177  

Other assets

    271       9       396       676  

Total assets

  $ 2,983     $ 2,235     $ 1,579     $ 6,797  

Liabilities

               

Other borrowed funds

  $ 2,715     $ 523     $ 116     $ 3,354  

Accrued expenses

        9       79       88  

Other liabilities

    268               188       456  

Total liabilities

  $ 2,983     $ 532     $ 383     $ 3,898  
(a) Amounts represent carrying value on PNC’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(b) Amounts primarily represent Low Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC) investments.

Assets and Liabilities of Consolidated VIEs (a)

 

In millions   Aggregate
Assets
    Aggregate
Liabilities
 

September 30, 2011

       

Market Street

  $ 4,412     $ 4,415  

Credit Card Securitization Trust

    2,014       495  

Tax Credit Investments (b)

    2,333       736  
   

December 31, 2010

       

Market Street

  $ 3,584     $ 3,588  

Credit Card Securitization Trust

    2,269       1,004  

Tax Credit Investments (b)

    1,590       420  
(a) Amounts in this table differ from total assets and liabilities in the preceding “Consolidated VIEs—Carrying Value” table as amounts in the preceding table reflect the elimination of intercompany assets and liabilities.
(b) Amounts primarily represent LIHTC investments.

 

78


Table of Contents

Non-Consolidated VIEs

 

In millions   Aggregate
Assets
    Aggregate
Liabilities
    PNC Risk
of Loss
    Carrying
Value of
Assets
    Carrying
Value of
Liabilities
 

September 30, 2011

                   

Tax Credit Investments (a)

  $ 4,409     $ 2,369     $ 850     $ 850  (c)    $ 347  (d) 

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securitizations (b)

    79,871       79,871       2,209       2,209  (e)     

Residential Mortgage-Backed Securitizations (b)

    34,353       34,353       1,558       1,555  (e)      3 (d) 

Collateralized Debt Obligations

    13               1       1 (c)         

Total

  $ 118,646     $ 116,593     $ 4,618     $ 4,615       $ 350    

 

In millions   Aggregate
Assets
    Aggregate
Liabilities
    PNC
Risk of
Loss
    Carrying
Value of
Assets
    Carrying
Value of
Liabilities
 

December 31, 2010

                   

Tax Credit Investments (a)

  $ 4,086     $ 2,258     $ 782     $ 782  (c)    $  301  (d) 

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securitizations (b)

    79,142       79,142       2,068       2,068  (e)     

Residential Mortgage-Backed Securitizations (b)

    42,986       42,986       2,203       2,199  (e)      4 (d) 

Collateralized Debt Obligations

    18               1       1 (c)         

Total

  $ 126,232     $ 124,386     $ 5,054     $ 5,050       $ 305    

 

(a) Amounts primarily represent LIHTC investments. Aggregate assets and aggregate liabilities represent estimated balances due to limited availability of financial information associated with certain acquired partnerships.
(b) Amounts reflect involvement with securitization SPEs where PNC transferred to and/or services loans for a SPE and we hold securities issued by that SPE. Asset amounts equal outstanding liability amounts of the SPEs due to limited availability of SPE financial information. We also invest in other mortgage and asset-backed securities issued by third-party VIEs with which we have no continuing involvement. Further information on these securities is included in Note 7 Investment Securities and values disclosed represent our maximum exposure to loss for those securities’ holdings.
(c) Included in Equity investments on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(d) Included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(e) Included in Trading securities, Investment securities, Other intangible assets, and Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

MARKET STREET

Market Street Funding LLC (Market Street) is a multi-seller asset-backed commercial paper conduit that is owned by an independent third party. Market Street’s activities primarily involve purchasing assets or making loans secured by interests in pools of receivables from US corporations that desire access to the commercial paper market. Market Street funds the purchases of assets or loans by issuing commercial paper and is supported by pool-specific credit enhancements, liquidity facilities and program-level credit enhancement. Generally, Market Street mitigates its potential interest rate risk by entering into agreements with its borrowers that reflect interest rates based upon its weighted-average commercial paper cost of funds. During 2010 and the first nine months of 2011, Market Street met all of its funding needs through the issuance of commercial paper.

PNC Bank, N.A. provides certain administrative services, the program-level credit enhancement and all of the liquidity facilities to Market Street in exchange for fees negotiated based on market rates. Through these arrangements, PNC Bank, N.A. has the power to direct the activities of the SPE

that most significantly affect its economic performance and these arrangements expose PNC Bank, N.A. to expected losses or residual returns that are significant to Market Street.

The commercial paper obligations at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 were supported by Market Street’s assets. While PNC Bank, N.A. may be obligated to fund under the $7.4 billion of liquidity facilities for events such as commercial paper market disruptions, borrower bankruptcies, collateral deficiencies or covenant violations, our credit risk under the liquidity facilities is secondary to the risk of first loss provided by the borrower such as by the over-collateralization of the assets or by another third party in the form of deal-specific credit enhancement. Deal-specific credit enhancement that supports the commercial paper issued by Market Street is generally structured to cover a multiple of expected losses for the pool of assets and is sized to generally meet rating agency standards for comparably structured transactions. In addition, PNC Bank, N.A. would be required to fund $1.5 billion of the liquidity facilities regardless of whether the underlying assets are in default. Market Street creditors have no direct recourse to PNC Bank, N.A.

 

 

79


Table of Contents

PNC Bank, N.A. provides program-level credit enhancement to cover net losses in the amount of 10% of commitments, excluding explicitly rated AAA/Aaa facilities. PNC Bank, N.A. provides 100% of the enhancement in the form of a cash collateral account funded by a loan facility. This facility expires in June 2016. At September 30, 2011, $785 million was outstanding on this facility. This amount is eliminated in PNC’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as we consolidate Market Street. We are not required to nor have we provided additional financial support to the SPE.

CREDIT CARD SECURITIZATION TRUST

We are the sponsor of several credit card securitizations facilitated through a trust. This bankruptcy-remote SPE or VIE was established to purchase credit card receivables from the sponsor and to issue and sell asset-backed securities created by it to independent third-parties. The SPE was financed primarily through the sale of these asset-backed securities. These transactions were originally structured as a form of liquidity and to afford favorable capital treatment. At September 30, 2011, only Series 2007-1 issued by the SPE was outstanding. Series 2006-1 and 2008-3 were paid off during the first and second quarters of 2011, respectively.

Our continuing involvement in these securitization transactions consists primarily of holding certain retained interests and acting as the primary servicer. For each securitization series, our retained interests held are in the form of a pro-rata undivided interest, or sellers’ interest, in the transferred receivables, subordinated tranches of asset-backed securities, interest-only strips, discount receivables, and subordinated interests in accrued interest and fees in securitized receivables. We have consolidated the SPE as we are deemed the primary beneficiary of the entity based upon our level of continuing involvement. Our role as primary servicer gives us the power to direct the activities of the SPE that most significantly affect its economic performance and our holding of retained interests gives us the obligation to absorb or receive expected losses or residual returns that are significant to the SPE. Accordingly, all retained interests held in the credit card SPE are eliminated in consolidation. The underlying assets of the consolidated SPE are restricted only for payment of the beneficial interest issued by the SPE. We are not required to nor have we provided additional financial support to the SPE. Additionally, creditors of the SPE have no direct recourse to PNC.

TAX CREDIT INVESTMENTS

We make certain equity investments in various limited partnerships or limited liability companies (LLCs) that sponsor affordable housing projects utilizing the LIHTC pursuant to Sections 42 and 47 of the Internal Revenue Code. The purpose of these investments is to achieve a satisfactory return on capital, to facilitate the sale of additional affordable housing product offerings and to assist us in achieving goals associated with the Community Reinvestment Act. The primary activities of the investments include the identification,

development and operation of multi-family housing that is leased to qualifying residential tenants. Generally, these types of investments are funded through a combination of debt and equity. We typically invest in these partnerships as a limited partner or non-managing member. We make similar investments in other types of tax credit investments.

Also, we are a national syndicator of affordable housing equity (together with the investments described above, the LIHTC investments). In these syndication transactions, we create funds in which our subsidiaries are the general partner or managing member and sell limited partnership or non-managing member interests to third parties, and in some cases may also purchase a limited partnership or non-managing member interest in the fund and/or provide mezzanine financing to the fund. The purpose of this business is to generate income from the syndication of these funds, generate servicing fees by managing the funds, and earn tax credits to reduce our tax liability. General partner or managing member activities include selecting, evaluating, structuring, negotiating, and closing the fund investments in operating limited partnerships or LLCs, as well as oversight of the ongoing operations of the fund portfolio.

Typically, the general partner or managing member will be the party that has the right to make decisions that will most significantly impact the economic performance of the entity. However, certain partnership or LLC agreements provide the limited partner or non-managing member the ability to remove the general partner or managing member without cause. This results in the limited partner or non-managing member being the party that has the right to make decisions that will most significantly impact the economic performance of the entity. The primary sources of losses and benefits in LIHTC investments are the tax credits, tax benefits due to passive losses on the investments, and development and operating cash flows. We have consolidated LIHTC investments in which we are the general partner or managing member and have a limited partnership interest or non-managing member interest that could potentially absorb losses or receive benefits that are significant. The assets are primarily included in Equity investments and Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet with the liabilities classified in Other borrowed funds, Accrued expenses, and Other liabilities and third party investors’ interests included in the Equity section as Noncontrolling interests. Neither creditors nor equity investors in the LIHTC investments have any recourse to our general credit. There are no terms or conditions that have required or could require us, as the primary beneficiary, to provide financial support. Also, we have not provided nor do we intend to provide financial or other support to the limited partnership or LLC that we are not contractually obligated to provide. The consolidated aggregate assets and liabilities of these LIHTC investments are provided in the Consolidated VIEs table and reflected in the “Other” business segment.

 

 

 

80


Table of Contents

For tax credit investments in which we do not have the right to make decisions that will most significantly impact the economic performance of the entity, we are not the primary beneficiary and thus they are not consolidated. These investments are disclosed in the Non-Consolidated VIEs table. The table also reflects our maximum exposure to loss. Our maximum exposure to loss is equal to our legally binding equity commitments adjusted for recorded impairment and partnership results. We use the equity method to account for our investment in these entities with the investments reflected in Equity investments on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. In addition, we increase our recognized investments and recognize a liability for all legally binding unfunded equity commitments. These liabilities are reflected in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIZATIONS

In connection with each Agency and Non-Agency securitization discussed above, we evaluate each SPE utilized in these transactions for consolidation. In performing these assessments, we evaluate our level of continuing involvement in these transactions as the nature of our involvement ultimately determines whether or not we hold a variable interest and/or are the primary beneficiary of the SPE. Factors we consider in our consolidation assessment include the significance of (1) our role as servicer, (2) our holdings of mortgage-backed securities issued by the securitization SPE, and (3) the rights of third-party variable interest holders.

Our first step in our assessment is to determine whether we hold a variable interest in the securitization SPE. We hold a variable interest in an Agency and Non-Agency securitization SPE through our holding of mortgage-backed securities issued by the SPE and/or our repurchase and recourse obligations. Each SPE in which we hold a variable interest is evaluated to determine whether we are the primary beneficiary of the entity. For Agency securitization transactions, our contractual role as servicer does not give us the power to direct the activities that most significantly affect the economic performance of the SPEs. Thus, we are not the primary beneficiary of these entities. For Non-Agency securitization transactions, we would be the primary beneficiary to the extent our servicing activities give us the power to direct the activities that most significantly affect the economic performance of the SPE and we hold a more than insignificant

variable interest in the entity. At September 30, 2011, our level of continuing involvement in Non-Agency securitization SPEs did not result in PNC being deemed the primary beneficiary of any of these entities. Details about the Agency and Non-Agency securitization SPEs where we hold a variable interest and are not the primary beneficiary are included in the table above. Our maximum exposure to loss as a result of our involvement with these SPEs is the carrying value of the mortgage-backed securities, servicing assets, servicing advances, and our liabilities associated with our repurchase and recourse obligations. Creditors of the securitization SPEs have no recourse to PNC’s assets or general credit.

NOTE 4 LOANS AND COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT

Loans outstanding were as follows:

Loans Outstanding

 

In millions   September 30
2011
    December 31
2010
 

Commercial lending

     

Commercial

  $ 62,250     $ 55,177  

Commercial real estate

    16,413       17,934  

Equipment lease financing

    6,186       6,393  

TOTAL COMMERCIAL LENDING

    84,849       79,504  

Consumer lending

     

Home equity

    33,163       34,226  

Residential real estate

    14,655       15,999  

Credit card

    3,785       3,920  

Other consumer

    18,091       16,946  

TOTAL CONSUMER LENDING

    69,694       71,091  

Total loans (a) (b)

  $ 154,543     $ 150,595  
(a) Net of unearned income, net deferred loan fees, unamortized discounts and premiums, and purchase discounts and premiums totaling $2.4 billion and $2.7 billion at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.
(b) Future accretable yield related to purchased impaired loans is not included in loans outstanding.

At September 30, 2011, we pledged $20.2 billion of commercial loans to the Federal Reserve Bank and $27.9 billion of residential real estate and other loans to the Federal Home Loan Bank as collateral for the contingent ability to borrow, if necessary. The comparable amounts at December 31, 2010 were $12.6 billion and $32.4 billion, respectively.

 

 

81


Table of Contents

Net Unfunded Credit Commitments

 

In millions    September 30
2011
     December 31
2010
 

Commercial and commercial real estate

   $ 65,497      $ 59,256  

Home equity lines of credit

     18,613        19,172  

Credit card

     15,699        14,725  

Other

     3,427        2,652  

Total (a)

   $ 103,236      $ 95,805  
(a) Excludes standby letters of credit. See Note 17 Commitments and Guarantees for additional information on standby letters of credit.

Commitments to extend credit represent arrangements to lend funds or provide liquidity subject to specified contractual conditions. At September 30, 2011, commercial commitments reported above exclude $19.7 billion of syndications, assignments and participations, primarily to financial institutions. The comparable amount at December 31, 2010 was $16.7 billion.

Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates, may require payment of a fee, and contain termination clauses in the event the customer’s credit quality deteriorates. Based on our historical experience, most commitments expire unfunded, and therefore cash requirements are substantially less than the total commitment.

 

NOTE 5 ASSET QUALITY AND ALLOWANCES FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES AND UNFUNDED LOAN COMMITMENTS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

Asset Quality

We closely monitor economic conditions and loan performance trends to manage and evaluate our exposure to credit risk. Trends in delinquency rates are a key indicator, among other considerations, of credit risk within the loan portfolios. The measurement of delinquency status is based on the contractual terms of each loan. Loans that are 30 days or more past due in terms of payment are considered delinquent.

Loan delinquencies exclude loans held for sale and purchased impaired loans.

The level of nonperforming assets represents another key indicator of the potential for future credit losses. Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans, TDRs, and other real estate owned (OREO) and foreclosed assets, but exclude government insured or guaranteed loans, loans held for sale, loans accounted for under the fair value option and purchased impaired loans. See Note 6 Purchased Impaired Loans for further information.

See Note 1 Accounting Policies for additional delinquency, nonperforming, and charge-off information.

 

 

82


Table of Contents

The following tables display the delinquency status of our loans and our nonperforming assets at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

Age Analysis of Past Due Accruing Loans

 

     Accruing                       
In millions    Current or Less
Than 30 Days
Past Due
    30-59 Days
Past Due
    60-89 Days
Past Due
    90 Days
Or More
Past Due
    Total Past
Due (a)
    Nonperforming
Loans
    Purchased
Impaired
    Total
Loans
 

September 30, 2011

                        

Commercial

   $ 60,843     $ 163     $ 54     $ 34     $ 251     $ 994     $ 162     $ 62,250  

Commercial real estate

     14,071       84       25       13       122       1,425       795       16,413  

Equipment lease financing

     6,141       9       4       2       15       30           6,186  

Residential real estate (b)

     8,128       319       191       2,135       2,645       722       3,160       14,655  

Home equity

     29,387       177       101       206       484       484       2,808       33,163  

Credit card

     3,668       39       26       45       110       7           3,785  

Other consumer (c)

     17,367       216       143       333       692       30       2       18,091  

Total

   $ 139,605     $ 1,007     $ 544     $ 2,768     $ 4,319     $ 3,692     $ 6,927     $ 154,543  

Percentage of total loans

     90.34     .65     .35     1.79     2.79     2.39     4.48     100.00

December 31, 2010

                        

Commercial

   $ 53,273     $ 251     $ 92     $ 59     $ 402     $ 1,253     $ 249     $ 55,177  

Commercial real estate

     14,713       128       62       43       233       1,835       1,153       17,934  

Equipment lease financing

     6,276       37       2       1       40       77           6,393  

Residential real estate (b)

     9,150       331       225       2,121       2,677       818       3,354       15,999  

Home equity

     30,334       159       91       174       424       448       3,020       34,226  

Credit card

     3,765       46       32       77       155               3,920  

Other consumer (c)

     16,312       260       101       234       595       35       4       16,946  

Total

   $ 133,823     $ 1,212     $ 605     $ 2,709     $ 4,526     $ 4,466     $ 7,780     $ 150,595  

Percentage of total loans

     88.86     .81     .40     1.80     3.01     2.97     5.16     100.00
(a) Past due loan amounts exclude purchased impaired loans as they are considered current loans due to the accretion of interest income.
(b) Past due loan amounts at September 30, 2011, include government insured or guaranteed residential real estate mortgages, totaling $.1 billion for 30 to 59 days past due, $.1 billion for 60 to 89 days past due and $2.0 billion for 90 days or more past due. Past due loan amounts at December 31, 2010, include government insured or guaranteed residential real estate mortgages, totaling $.1 billion for 30 to 59 days past due, $.1 billion for 60 to 89 days past due and $2.0 billion for 90 days or more past due.
(c) Past due loan amounts at September 30, 2011, include government insured or guaranteed other consumer loans, totaling $.2 billion for 30 to 59 days past due, $.1 billion for 60 to 89 days past due and $.3 billion for 90 days or more past due. Past due loan amounts at December 31, 2010, include government insured or guaranteed other consumer loans, totaling $.2 billion for 30 to 59 days past due, $.1 billion for 60 to 89 days past due and $.2 billion for 90 days or more past due.

Nonperforming Assets

 

Dollars in millions    September 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  

Nonperforming loans

      

Commercial

   $ 994     $ 1,253  

Commercial real estate

     1,425       1,835  

Equipment lease financing

     30       77  

TOTAL COMMERCIAL LENDING

     2,449       3,165  

Consumer (a)

      

Home equity

     484       448  

Residential real estate (b)

     722       818  

Credit card (c)

     7      

Other consumer

     30       35  

TOTAL CONSUMER LENDING

     1,243       1,301  

Total nonperforming loans (d)

     3,692       4,466  

OREO and foreclosed assets

      

Other real estate owned (OREO) (e)

     553       589  

Foreclosed and other assets

     53       68  

TOTAL FORECLOSED AND OTHER ASSETS

     606       657  

Total nonperforming assets

   $ 4,298     $ 5,123  

Nonperforming loans to total loans

     2.39     2.97

Nonperforming assets to total loans, OREO and foreclosed assets

     2.77       3.39  

Nonperforming assets to total assets

     1.59       1.94  

 

83


Table of Contents
(a) Excludes most consumer loans and lines of credit, not secured by residential real estate, which are charged off after 120 to 180 days past due and are not placed on nonperforming status.
(b) Effective in 2011, nonperforming residential real estate excludes loans of $68 million accounted for under the fair value option as of September 30, 2011. The comparable balance at December 31, 2010 was not material.
(c) Effective in the second quarter 2011, the commercial nonaccrual policy was applied to certain small business credit card balances. This change resulted in loans being placed on nonaccrual status when they become 90 days or more past due, rather than being excluded and charged off at 180 days past due.
(d) Nonperforming loans do not include government insured or guaranteed loans, loans held for sale, loans accounted for under the fair value option and purchased impaired loans.
(e) Other real estate owned excludes $256 million and $178 million at September 30, 2011, and December 31, 2010, respectively, related to serviced loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA).

 

Nonperforming loans also include loans whose terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties. In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, these loans are considered TDRs. See Note 1 Accounting Policies and the TDR section of this Note 5 for additional information. Consumer government insured or guaranteed loans, held for sale loans, loans accounted for under the fair value option and pooled purchased impaired loans are not classified as TDRs and totaled $1.4 billion at September 30, 2011.

Total nonperforming loans in the nonperforming assets table above include TDRs of $1.1 billion at September 30, 2011 and $784 million at December 31, 2010. TDRs returned to performing (accruing) status totaled $780 million and $543 million at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, and are excluded from nonperforming loans. These loans have demonstrated a period of at least six months of consecutive performance under the restructured terms. At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, remaining commitments to lend additional funds to debtors in a commercial or consumer TDR were immaterial.

Additional Asset Quality Indicators

We have two overall portfolio segments – Commercial Lending and Consumer Lending. Each of these two segments is comprised of one or more loan classes. Classes are characterized by similarities in initial measurement, risk attributes and the manner in which we monitor and assess credit risk. The commercial segment is comprised of the commercial, commercial real estate, equipment lease financing, and commercial purchased impaired loan classes. The consumer segment is comprised of the residential real estate, home equity, credit card, other consumer, and consumer purchased impaired loan classes. Asset quality indicators for each of these loan classes are discussed in more detail below.

Commercial Loan Class

For commercial loans, we monitor the performance of the borrower in a disciplined and regular manner based upon the level of credit risk inherent in the loan. To evaluate the level of credit risk, we assign an internal risk rating reflecting the borrower’s PD and LGD. This two-dimensional credit risk rating methodology provides risk granularity in the monitoring process on an ongoing basis. We adjust our risk-rating process through updates based on actual experience. The combination of the PD and LGD ratings assigned to a commercial loan, capturing both the combination of expectations of default and

loss severity, reflects the relative estimated likelihood of loss for that loan at the reporting date. Loans with low PD and LGD have the lowest likelihood of loss. Conversely, loans with high PD and LGD have the highest likelihood of loss.

Based upon the amount of the lending arrangement and of the credit risk described above, we follow a formal schedule of periodic review. Generally, for higher risk loans this occurs on a quarterly basis, although we have established practices to review such credit risk more frequently, if circumstances warrant.

Commercial Real Estate Loan Class

We manage credit risk associated with our commercial real estate projects and commercial mortgage activities similar to commercial loans by analyzing PD and LGD. However, due to the nature of the collateral, for commercial real estate projects and commercial mortgages, the LGDs tend to be significantly lower than those seen in the commercial class. Additionally, risks connected with commercial real estate projects and commercial mortgage activities tend to be correlated to the loan structure and collateral location, project progress and business environment. As a result, these attributes are also monitored and utilized in assessing credit risk.

As with the commercial class, a formal schedule of periodic review is performed to assess geographic, product and loan type concentrations, in addition to industry risk and market and economic concerns. Often as a result of these overviews, more in-depth reviews and increased scrutiny is placed on areas of higher risk, adverse changes in risk ratings, deteriorating operating trends, and/or areas that concern management. The goal of these reviews is to assess risk and take actions to mitigate our exposure to such risks.

Equipment Lease Financing Loan Class

Similar to the other classes of loans within Commercial Lending, loans within the equipment lease financing class undergo a rigorous underwriting process. During this process, a PD and LGD are assigned based on the credit risk.

Based upon the dollar amount of the lease and of the level of credit risk, we follow a formal schedule of periodic review. Generally, this occurs on a quarterly basis, although we have established practices to review such credit risk more frequently, if circumstances warrant. Our review process entails analysis of the following factors: equipment value/residual value, exposure levels, jurisdiction risk, industry risk, guarantor requirements, and regulatory compliance.

 

 

84


Table of Contents

Commercial Purchased Impaired Loans Class

The credit impacts of purchased impaired loans are primarily determined through the estimation of expected cash flows. Commercial cash flow estimates are influenced by a number of credit related items, which include but are not limited to: changes in estimated collateral value, receipt of additional collateral, secondary trading prices, circumstances of possible and/or ongoing liquidation, capital availability, business operations and payment patterns.

 

We attempt to proactively manage these factors by using various procedures that are customized to the risk of a given loan. These procedures include a review by our Special Asset Committee (SAC), ongoing outreach, contact, and assessment of obligor financial conditions, collateral inspection and appraisal.

See Note 6 Purchased Impaired Loans for additional information.

 

 

Commercial Lending Asset Quality Indicators

 

 
             Criticized Commercial Loans          
In millions    Pass
Rated (a)
     Special
Mention (b)
     Substandard (c)      Doubtful (d)      Total
Loans
 

September 30, 2011

                

Commercial

   $ 56,815      $ 1,712      $ 3,279      $ 282      $ 62,088  

Commercial real estate

     11,179        913        3,189        337        15,618  

Equipment lease financing

     5,945        65        163        13        6,186  

Purchased impaired loans

     109        37        603        208        957  

Total commercial lending (e)

   $ 74,048      $ 2,727      $ 7,234      $ 840      $ 84,849  

December 31, 2010

                

Commercial

   $ 48,556      $ 1,926      $ 3,883      $ 563      $ 54,928  

Commercial real estate

     11,014        1,289        3,914        564        16,781  

Equipment lease financing

     6,121        64        162        46        6,393  

Purchased impaired loans

     106        35        883        378        1,402  

Total commercial lending (e)

   $ 65,797      $ 3,314      $ 8,842      $ 1,551      $ 79,504  
(a) Pass Rated loans include loans not classified as “Special Mention”, “Substandard”, or “Doubtful”.
(b) Special Mention rated loans have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of repayment prospects at some future date. These loans do not expose us to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification at this time.
(c) Substandard rated loans have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the collection or liquidation of debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.
(d) Doubtful rated loans possess all the inherent weaknesses of a Substandard loan with the additional characteristics that the weakness makes collection or liquidation in full improbable due to existing facts, conditions, and values.
(e) Loans are included above based on their contractual terms as “Pass”, “Special Mention”, “Substandard” or “Doubtful”.

 

Residential Real Estate and Home Equity Loan Classes

We use several credit quality indicators, including credit scores, LTV ratios, delinquency rates, loan types and geography, to monitor and manage credit risk within the residential real estate and home equity classes. We evaluate mortgage loan performance by source originators and loan servicers. A summary of asset quality indicators follows:

Credit Scores: We use a national third-party provider to update FICO credit scores for residential real estate and home equity loans on at least an annual basis. The updated scores are incorporated into a series of credit monitoring reports and the statistical models that estimate the individual loan risk values.

LTV: We regularly update the property values of real estate collateral and calculate a LTV ratio. This ratio updates our statistical models that estimate individual and class/segment level risk. The LTV ratio tends to indicate potential loss on a given loan and the borrower’s likelihood to make payment according to the contractual obligations.

At least annually, we obtain updated property valuations on the real estate secured loans. For open credit lines secured by real estate or facilities in regions experiencing significant declines in property values, more frequent valuations may occur. The property values are monitored to determine LTV migration and those LTV migrations are stratified within various markets. We continue to enhance our capabilities in this area, which may result in more frequent valuations and analysis.

Delinquency Rates: We monitor levels of delinquency rates for residential real estate and home equity loans.

Geography: Geographic concentrations are monitored to evaluate and manage exposures. Loan purchase programs are sensitive to, and focused within, certain regions to manage geographic exposures and associated risks.

 

 

85


Table of Contents

A combination of FICO scores, LTV ratios and geographic location assigned to residential real estate and home equity loans are used to estimate the likelihood of loss for that loan at the reporting date. Loans with higher FICO scores and lower LTVs tend to have the lower likelihood of loss. Conversely,

loans with lower FICO scores, higher LTVs, and in certain geographic locations tend to have a higher likelihood of loss. Certain geographic distribution information of our higher risk real estate secured portfolio is presented in the footnotes to the table below.

 

 

Consumer Higher Risk Real Estate Secured Asset Quality Indicators

 

     Higher Risk Loans (a)     All Other Loans     Home Equity and
Residential Real  Estate
Loans
 
Dollars in millions    Amount      % of
Total
Loans
    Amount      % of
Total
Loans
    Amount  

September 30, 2011

                  

Home equity (b)

   $ 961        3   $ 32,202        97   $ 33,163  

Residential real estate (c)

     553        4     14,102        96     14,655  

Total (d)

   $ 1,514        3   $ 46,304        97   $ 47,818  

December 31, 2010

                  

Home equity (b)

   $ 1,203        4   $ 33,023        96   $ 34,226  

Residential real estate (c)

     671        4     15,328        96     15,999  

Total (d)

   $ 1,874        4   $ 48,351        96   $ 50,225  
(a) Higher risk loans are defined as loans with both a recent FICO credit score of less than or equal to 660 and a LTV ratio greater than or equal to 90%. Higher risk loans exclude loans held for sale and government insured or guaranteed loans.
(b) Within the higher risk home equity class at September 30, 2011, approximately 13% were in some stage of delinquency and 8% were in late stage (90+ days) delinquency status. The majority of the September 30, 2011 balance related to higher risk home equity loans is geographically distributed throughout the following areas: Pennsylvania 30%, Ohio 14%, New Jersey 11%, Illinois 7%, and Michigan 6%. All other states, none of which comprise more than 4%, make up the remainder of the balance. At December 31, 2010, approximately 10% were in some stage of delinquency and 6% were in late stage (90+ days) delinquency status. The majority of the December 31, 2010 balance related to higher risk home equity loans is geographically distributed throughout the following areas: Pennsylvania 28%, Ohio 13%, New Jersey 11%, Illinois 7%, Michigan 6%, and Kentucky 5%. All other states, none of which comprise more than 4% make up the remainder of the balance.
(c) Within the higher risk residential real estate class at September 30, 2011, approximately 41% were in some stage of delinquency and 31% were in late stage (90+ days) delinquency status. The majority of the September 30, 2011 balance related to higher risk residential real estate loans is geographically distributed throughout the following areas: California 22%, Illinois 13%, Florida 10%, Maryland 7%, Pennsylvania 5%, and Ohio 5%. All other states, none of which comprise more than 4%, make up the remainder of the balance. At December 31, 2010, approximately 49% were in some stage of delinquency and 38% were in late stage (90+ days) delinquency status. The majority of the December 31, 2010 balance related to higher risk residential real estate loans is geographically distributed throughout the following areas: California 23%, Florida 11%, Illinois 11%, and Maryland 8%. All other states, none of which comprise more than 5%, make up the remainder of the balance.
(d) Total loans include purchased impaired loans of $6.0 billion at September 30, 2011 and $6.4 billion at December 31, 2010.

 

In addition to the higher risk asset quality indicators above, we regularly monitor the portions of the real estate secured portfolio where LTVs are greater than 100%. The following table presents these balances, as well as the percentage of the applicable home equity or residential real estate loan classes.

Consumer Real Estate Secured High LTVs

 

     Loans with LTV > 100%  
Dollars in millions    Amount      % of Total
Loan Class
 

September 30, 2011

       

Home equity

   $ 252        1

Residential real estate

     1,014        7

Total

   $ 1,266        3

December 31, 2010

       

Home equity

   $ 285        1

Residential real estate

     1,331        8

Total

   $ 1,616        3

Credit Card and Other Consumer Loan Classes

We monitor a variety of asset quality information in the management of the credit card and other consumer loan classes. Other consumer loan classes include education,

automobile, and other secured and unsecured lines and loans. Along with the trending of delinquencies and losses for each class, FICO credit score updates are obtained at least annually, as well as a variety of credit bureau attributes.

The combination of FICO scores and delinquency status are used to estimate the likelihood of loss for consumer exposure at the reporting date. Loans with high FICO scores tend to have a lower likelihood of loss. Conversely, loans with low FICO scores tend to have a higher likelihood of loss.

Consumer Purchased Impaired Loans Class

Estimates of the expected cash flows primarily determine the credit impacts of consumer purchased impaired loans. Consumer cash flow estimates are influenced by a number of credit related items, which include, but are not limited to, estimated real estate values, payment patterns, FICO scores, economic environment, LTV ratios and the date of origination. These key factors are monitored regularly to help ensure that concentrations of risk are mitigated and cash flows are maximized.

See Note 6 Purchased Impaired Loans for additional information.

 

 

86


Table of Contents

Credit Card and Other Consumer Loan Classes Asset Quality Indicators

 

     Credit Card (a)     Other Consumer (b)  
Dollars in millions    Amount      % of Total Loans
Using FICO
Credit Metric
    Amount      % of Total Loans
Using FICO
Credit Metric
 

September 30, 2011

              

FICO score greater than 719

   $ 1,929        51   $ 5,284        62

650 to 719

     1,079        28       2,079        24  

620 to 649

     186        5       325        4  

Less than 620

     297        8       470        6  

No FICO score available or required (c)

     294        8       337        4  

Total loans using FICO credit metric

     3,785        100     8,495        100

Consumer loans using other internal credit metrics (b)

                      9,596           

Total loan balance

   $ 3,785              $ 18,091           

Weighted-average current FICO score (d)

              721                735  

December 31, 2010

              

FICO score greater than 719

   $ 1,895        48   $ 4,135        58

650 to 719

     1,149        29       1,984        28  

620 to 649

     183        5       295        4  

Less than 620

     424        11       652        9  

No FICO score available or required (c)

     269        7       81        1  

Total loans using FICO credit metric

     3,920        100     7,147        100

Consumer loans using other internal credit metrics (b)

                      9,799           

Total loan balance

   $ 3,920              $ 16,946           

Weighted-average current FICO score (d)

              709                713  
(a) At September 30, 2011, we had $47 million of credit card loans that are higher risk (i.e., loans with both FICO scores less than 660 and in late stage (90+ days) delinquency status). The majority of the September 30, 2011 balance related to higher risk credit card loans is geographically distributed throughout the following areas: Ohio 20%, Pennsylvania 14%, Michigan 14%, Illinois 8%, and Indiana 7%. All other states, none of which comprise more than 6%, make up the remainder of the balance. At December 31, 2010, we had $70 million of credit card loans that are higher risk. The majority of the December 31, 2010 balance related to higher risk credit card loans is geographically distributed throughout the following areas: Ohio 20%, Michigan 14%, Pennsylvania 14%, Illinois 8%, and Indiana 7%. All other states, none of which comprise more than 5%, make up the remainder of the balance.
(b) Other consumer loans for which FICO scores are used as an asset quality indicator include non-government guaranteed or insured education loans, automobile loans and other secured and unsecured lines and loans. Other consumer loans for which other internal credit metrics are used as an asset quality indicator include primarily government guaranteed or insured education loans, as well as consumer loans to high net worth individuals. Other internal credit metrics may include delinquency status, geography or other factors.
(c) Credit card loans and other consumer loans with no FICO score available or required refers to new accounts issued to borrowers with limited credit history, accounts for which we cannot obtain an updated FICO (e.g., recent profile changes), cards issued with a business name, and/or cards secured by collateral. Management proactively assesses the risk and size of this loan portfolio and, when necessary, takes actions to mitigate the credit risk.
(d) Weighted-average current FICO score excludes accounts with no FICO score available or required.

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDRs)

A TDR is a loan whose terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties. TDRs typically result from our loss mitigation activities and include rate reductions, principal forgiveness, postponement/reduction of scheduled amortization, and extensions, which are intended to minimize economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. In those situations where principal is forgiven, the amount of such principal forgiveness is immediately charged off.

Some TDRs may not ultimately result in the full collection of principal and interest, as restructured, and result in potential incremental losses. These potential incremental losses have been factored into our overall ALLL estimate. The level of any subsequent defaults will likely be affected by future economic conditions. Once a loan becomes a TDR, it will continue to be reported as a TDR until it is ultimately repaid in full, the collateral is foreclosed upon, or it is fully charged off. We held specific reserves in the ALLL of $539 million

and $509 million at September 30, 2011, and December 31, 2010, respectively, for the total TDR portfolio.

Summary of Troubled Debt Restructurings

 

In millions    Sept. 30
2011
     Dec. 31
2010
 

Total consumer lending

   $ 1,751      $ 1,422  

Total commercial lending

     396        236  

Total TDRs

   $ 2,147      $ 1,658  

Nonperforming

   $ 1,062      $ 784  

Accruing (a)

     780        543  

Credit card (b)

     305        331  

Total TDRs

   $ 2,147      $ 1,658  
(a) Accruing loans have demonstrated a period of at least six months of performance under the restructured terms and are excluded from nonperforming loans.
(b) Includes credit cards and certain small business and consumer credit agreements whose terms have been restructured and are TDRs. However, since our policy is to exempt these loans from being placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance as generally these loans are directly charged off in the period that they become 180 days past due, these loans are excluded from nonperforming loans.
 

 

87


Table of Contents

The table below quantifies the number of loans that were classified as TDRs during the three months ended and nine months ended September 30, 2011. The change in the recorded investments as a result of the TDR is also provided below. The disclosed pre-TDR recorded investment column represents the recorded investment of the loans as of the

quarter end prior to the TDR designation. The disclosed post-TDR recorded investment column represents the recorded investment of the TDRs as of the quarter end the TDR occurs. Both recorded investment columns exclude immaterial amounts of accrued interest receivable.

 

 

Financial Impact of TDRs (a)

 

Three months ended September 30, 2011

Dollars in millions

   Number of Loans      Pre-TDR Recorded
Investment
     Post-TDR Recorded
Investment
 

Commercial lending

          

Commercial

     168      $ 45      $ 38  

Commercial real estate

     16        88        70  

Equipment lease financing (b)

     2                    

TOTAL COMMERCIAL LENDING

     186        133        108  

Consumer lending

          

Home equity

     817        64        63  

Residential real estate

     399        116        112  

Credit card

     4,305        30        30  

Other consumer

     129        3        3  

TOTAL CONSUMER LENDING

     5,650        213        208  

Total TDRs

     5,836      $ 346      $ 316  
 

Nine months ended September 30, 2011

Dollars in millions

   Number of Loans      Pre-TDR Recorded
Investment
     Post-TDR Recorded
Investment
 

Commercial lending

          

Commercial

     486      $ 101      $ 82  

Commercial real estate

     57        233        198  

Equipment lease financing (b)

     2                    

TOTAL COMMERCIAL LENDING

     545        334        280  

Consumer lending

          

Home equity

     3,259        264        263  

Residential real estate

     1,298        316        293  

Credit card

     15,943        105        105  

Other consumer

     303        8        8  

TOTAL CONSUMER LENDING

     20,803        693        669  

Total TDRs

     21,348      $ 1,207      $ 949  
(a) Impact of partial change offs at TDR date are included in this table.
(b) Pre-TDR and Post-TDR amounts each total less than $1 million.

 

TDRs may result in charge-offs and interest income not being recognized. There was 1 loan charged off totaling approximately $1 million and 3 loans charged off totaling approximately $5 million related to commercial and commercial real estate, respectively, for the three

months ended September 30, 2011, as well as 10 loans charged off totaling approximately $25 million and 14 loans charged off totaling approximately $19 million related to commercial and commercial real estate, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. For home equity, 104 loans and approximately $5 million in recorded investment were charged off during the three months ended September 30, 2011, while 173 loans and approximately $10 million in recorded investment were charged off during the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Within credit card, there were 102 loans and approximately $1 million in recorded investment charged off during the three months

ended September 30, 2011, and 1,223 loans and approximately $9 million in recorded investment charged off during the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Charge offs related to residential real estate and other consumer were immaterial for both periods.

A financial effect of rate reduction TDRs is interest income not recognized. Interest income not recognized that otherwise would have been earned in the three months ended and nine months ended September 30, 2011 related to both commercial TDRs and consumer TDRs is not material.

The table below provides additional TDR information. The Principal Forgiveness category includes principal forgiveness and accrued interest forgiveness. These types of TDRs result in a write down of the recorded investment and a charge-off if such action has not already taken place. The Rate Reduction

 

 

88


Table of Contents

TDRs category includes reduced interest rate and interest deferral. The TDRs within this category would result in reductions to future interest income. The Other TDR category primarily includes postponement/reduction of scheduled amortization, as well as contractual extensions.

In some cases, there have been multiple concessions granted on one loan. When there have been multiple concessions granted, the principal forgiveness TDR was prioritized for

purposes of determining the inclusion in the table below. For example, if there is principal forgiveness in conjunction with lower interest rate and postponement of amortization, the type of concession will be reported as Principal Forgiveness. Second in priority would be rate reduction. For example, if there is an interest rate reduction in conjunction with postponement of amortization, the type of concession will be reported as a Rate Reduction.

 

 

TDRs by Type

 

Three months ended September 30, 2011

Dollars in millions

   Post-TDR Recorded Investment  
   Principal Forgiveness      Rate Reduction      Other      Total  

Commercial lending

             

Commercial

   $ 1      $ 14      $ 23      $ 38  

Commercial real estate

     29        26        15        70  

TOTAL COMMERCIAL LENDING (a)

     30        40        38        108  

Consumer lending

             

Home equity

        52         11        63   

Residential real estate

        70        42        112  

Credit card

        30           30  

Other consumer

                       3        3  

TOTAL CONSUMER LENDING

              152         56        208   

Total TDRs

   $ 30      $ 192      $ 94      $ 316  

 

Nine months ended September 30, 2011

Dollars in millions

   Post-TDR Recorded Investment  
   Principal Forgiveness      Rate Reduction      Other      Total  

Commercial lending

             

Commercial

   $ 11      $ 24      $ 47      $ 82  

Commercial real estate

     64        97        37        198  

TOTAL COMMERCIAL LENDING (a)

     75        121        84        280  

Consumer lending

             

Home equity

        240         23        263  

Residential real estate

        210        83        293  

Credit card

        105           105  

Other consumer

              1         7        8   

TOTAL CONSUMER LENDING

              556        113        669  

Total TDRs

   $ 75      $ 667      $ 197      $ 949  
(a) Excludes less than $1 million of Equipment lease financing in Other TDRs.

 

89


Table of Contents

After a loan is determined to be a TDR, we continue to track its performance under its restructured terms. In the table below, we consider a TDR to have subsequently defaulted when it becomes 60 days past due after the date the loan was restructured. The following table presents the recorded

investment of loans that were classified as TDRs during the preceding 12-month period and experienced a payment default during the three and/or nine months ended September 30, 2011.

 

 

TDRs which have Subsequently Defaulted

 

Three months ended September 30, 2011

Dollars in millions

   Number of Contracts      Recorded Investment  

Commercial lending

       

Commercial

     20      $ 16  

Commercial real estate

     10        60  

TOTAL COMMERCIAL LENDING

     30        76  

Consumer lending

       

Home equity

     291        23  

Residential real estate

     141        32  

Credit card

     26,473        19  

Other consumer (a)

     14           

TOTAL CONSUMER LENDING

     26,919        74  

Total TDRs

     26,949      $ 150  
 

Nine months ended September 30, 2011

Dollars in millions

   Number of Contracts      Recorded Investment  

Commercial lending

       

Commercial

     30      $ 39  

Commercial real estate

     29        111  

TOTAL COMMERCIAL LENDING

     59        150  

Consumer lending

       

Home equity

     884        66  

Residential real estate

     246        60  

Credit card

     37,852        27  

Other consumer (a)

     17           

TOTAL CONSUMER LENDING

     38,999        153  

Total TDRs

     39,058      $ 303  
(a) Excludes less than $1 million of recorded investment.

 

The impact to the ALLL for commercial loan TDRs is the effect of moving to the specific reserve methodology from the general reserve methodology for those loans that were not already put on nonaccrual status. There is an impact to the ALLL as a result of the concession made, which generally results in the expectation of fewer future cash flows. The decline in expected cash flows, as well as the application of a present value discount rate, when compared to the recorded investment, results in a charge-off or increased ALLL. Subsequent defaults of commercial loan TDRs do not have a significant impact on the ALLL as these TDRs are individually evaluated under the specific reserve methodology.

For consumer TDRs the ALLL is calculated using a discounted cash flow model, which leverages subsequent default, prepayment, and severity rate assumptions based upon historically observed data. Similar to the commercial loan specific reserve methodology, the reduced expected cash flows resulting from the concessions granted impact the consumer ALLL. The decline in expected cash flows, as well

as the application of a present value discount rate, when compared to the recorded investment, results in a charge-off or increased ALLL.

Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit

We maintain the ALLL and the Allowance for Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit at levels that we believe to be appropriate to absorb estimated probable credit losses incurred in the portfolios as of the balance sheet date. We use the two main portfolio segments – Commercial Lending and Consumer Lending – and we develop and document the ALLL under separate methodologies for each of these segments as further discussed and presented below.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses Components

For all loans, except purchased impaired loans, the ALLL is the sum of three components: (1) asset specific/individual impaired reserves, (2) quantitative (formulaic or pooled) reserves, and (3) qualitative (judgmental) reserves. See Note 6

 

 

90


Table of Contents

Purchased Impaired Loans for additional ALLL information. While we make allocations to specific loans and pools of loans, the total reserve is available for all loan and lease losses. Although quantitative modeling factors as discussed below are constantly changing as the financial strength of the borrower and overall economic conditions change, there were no significant changes to our ALLL methodology during the first nine months of 2011.

Asset Specific/Individual Component

Commercial nonperforming loans and all TDRs are considered impaired and are allocated a specific reserve. See Note 1 Accounting Policies for additional information.

Commercial Lending Quantitative Component

The estimates of the quantitative component of ALLL for incurred losses within the commercial lending portfolio segment are determined through a statistical loss model utilizing PD, LGD, and EAD. Based upon loan risk ratings we assign PDs and LGDs. Each of these statistical parameters is determined based on historical data and observable factors including those pertaining to specific borrowers that have proven to be statistically significant in the estimation of incurred losses. PD is influenced by such factors as liquidity, industry, obligor financial structure, access to capital, and cash flow. LGD is influenced by collateral type, LTV, and guarantees by related parties.

Consumer Lending Quantitative Component

Quantitative estimates within the consumer lending portfolio segment are calculated using a roll-rate model based on statistical relationships, calculated from historical data that estimate the movement of loan outstandings through the various stages of delinquency and ultimately charge-off. In general, the estimated rates at which loan outstandings roll from one stage of delinquency to another are dependent on various factors such as FICO scores, LTV ratios, the current economic environment, and geography.

Qualitative Component

While our reserve methodologies strive to reflect all relevant risk factors, there continues to be uncertainty associated with, but not limited to, potential imprecision in the estimation process due to the inherent time lag of obtaining information and normal variations between estimates and actual outcomes. We provide additional reserves that are designed to provide coverage for losses attributable to such risks. The ALLL also includes factors which may not be directly measured in the determination of specific or pooled reserves. Such qualitative factors include:

   

Industry concentrations and conditions,

   

Recent credit quality trends,

   

Recent loss experience in particular portfolios,

   

Recent macro economic factors,

   

Changes in risk selection and underwriting standards, and

   

Timing of available information.

 

 

91


Table of Contents

Rollforward of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Associated Loan Data

 

In millions    Commercial
Lending
    Consumer
Lending
    Total  

September 30, 2011

        

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES

        

January 1

   $ 2,567     $ 2,320     $ 4,887  

Charge-offs

     (959     (823     (1,782

Recoveries

     358       112       470  

Net charge-offs

     (601     (711     (1,312

Provision for credit losses

     268       694       962  

Net change in allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

     (13     (16     (29

Other

     (1             (1

September 30

   $ 2,220     $ 2,287     $ 4,507  

TDRs individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 28     $ 511      $ 539   

Other loans individually evaluated for impairment

     583         583  

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

     1,366       1,033        2,399   

Purchased impaired loans

     243       743       986  

September 30

   $ 2,220     $ 2,287     $ 4,507  

LOAN PORTFOLIO

        

TDRs individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 396     $ 1,751     $ 2,147  

Other loans individually evaluated for impairment

     2,076         2,076  

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

     81,420       61,973       143,393  

Purchased impaired loans

     957       5,970       6,927  

September 30

   $ 84,849     $ 69,694     $ 154,543  

Segment ALLL as a percentage of total ALLL

     49.26     50.74     100.00

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans

     2.62     3.28     2.92

September 30, 2010

        

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES

        

January 1

   $ 3,345     $ 1,727     $ 5,072  

Charge-offs

     (1,476     (1,092     (2,568

Recoveries

     318       105       423  

Net charge-offs

     (1,158     (987     (2,145

Provision for credit losses

     660       1,400       2,060  

Adoption of ASU 2009-17, Consolidations

       141       141  

Net change in allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

     103               103  

September 30

   $ 2,950     $ 2,281     $ 5,231  

TDRs individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 16     $ 425     $ 441  

Other loans individually evaluated for impairment

     959         959  

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

     1,627       1,298       2,925  

Purchased impaired loans

     348       558       906  

September 30

   $ 2,950     $ 2,281     $ 5,231  

LOAN PORTFOLIO

        

TDRs individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 108     $ 1,226     $ 1,334  

Other loans individually evaluated for impairment

     3,446         3,446  

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

     73,574       63,643       137,217  

Purchased impaired loans

     1,559       6,571       8,130  

September 30

   $ 78,687     $ 71,440     $ 150,127  

Segment ALLL as a percentage of total ALLL

     56.39     43.61     100.00

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans

     3.75     3.19     3.48

 

92


Table of Contents

Impaired Loans

Impaired loans include commercial nonperforming loans and consumer and commercial TDRs, regardless of nonperforming status. Excluded from impaired loans are nonperforming leases, loans held for sale, smaller balance homogeneous type loans and purchased impaired loans. See Note 6 Purchased Impaired Loans for additional information. Nonperforming equipment lease financing loans of $30 million and $77 million at September 30, 2011, and December 31, 2010, respectively, are excluded from impaired loans pursuant to authoritative lease accounting guidance. We did not recognize any interest income on impaired loans that have not returned to performing status, while they were impaired during the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010. The following table provides further detail on impaired loans individually evaluated for reserves and the associated ALLL. Certain commercial impaired loans do not have a related allowance as the valuation of these impaired loans exceeded the recorded investment.

Impaired Loans

 

In millions    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Recorded
Investment (a)
     Associated
Allowance (b)
    Average
Recorded
Investment (a)
 

September 30, 2011

            

Impaired loans with an associated allowance

            

Commercial

   $ 1,264      $ 872      $ 274     $ 1,027  

Commercial real estate

     1,504        1,032        337       1,298  

Residential real estate

     823        694        172       578  

Home equity

     755        741        266       687  

Credit card

     272        272        68       287  

Other consumer

     44        44        5       37  

Total impaired loans with an associated allowance

   $ 4,662      $ 3,655      $ 1,122     $ 3,914  

Impaired loans without an associated allowance

            

Commercial

   $ 368      $ 128        $ 99  

Commercial real estate

     674        440                431  

Total impaired loans without an associated allowance

   $ 1,042      $ 568              $ 530  

Total impaired loans

   $ 5,704      $ 4,223      $ 1,122     $ 4,444  

December 31, 2010

            

Impaired loans with an associated allowance

            

Commercial

   $ 1,769      $ 1,178      $ 410     $ 1,533  

Commercial real estate

     1,927        1,446        449       1,732  

Residential real estate

     521        465        122       309  

Home equity

     622        622        207       448  

Credit card

     301        301        149       275  

Other consumer

     34        34        7       30  

Total impaired loans with an associated allowance

   $ 5,174      $ 4,046      $ 1,344     $ 4,327  

Impaired loans without an associated allowance

            

Commercial

   $ 87      $ 75        $ 90  

Commercial real estate

     525        389                320  

Total impaired loans without an associated allowance

   $ 612      $ 464              $ 410  

Total impaired loans

   $ 5,786      $ 4,510      $ 1,344     $ 4,737  
(a) Recorded investment in a loan includes the unpaid principal balance plus accrued interest and net accounting adjustments, less any charge-offs. Recorded investment does not include any associated valuation allowance. Average recorded investment is for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, and year ended December 31, 2010.
(b) Associated allowance amounts include $539 million and $509 million for TDRs at September 30, 2011, and December 31, 2010, respectively.

 

Allowance for Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit

We maintain the allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit at a level we believe is appropriate to absorb estimated probable credit losses on these unfunded credit facilities. See Note 1 Accounting Policies for additional information.

Rollforward of Allowance for Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit

 

In millions    2011     2010  

January 1

   $ 188     $ 296  

Net change in allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

     29       (103

September 30

   $ 217     $ 193  
 

 

93


Table of Contents

NOTE 6 PURCHASED IMPAIRED LOANS

As further described in Note 6 of the 2010 Form 10-K, at December 31, 2008, we identified certain loans related to the National City acquisition, for which there was evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination and it was probable that we would be unable to collect all contractually required principal and interest payments. GAAP requires these loans to be recorded at fair value at acquisition date and prohibits the “carrying over” or the creation of valuation allowances in the initial accounting for such loans acquired in a transfer.

Purchased Impaired Loans

 

     September 30, 2011      December 31, 2010  
In millions    Recorded
Investment
     Outstanding
Balance
     Recorded
Investment
     Outstanding
Balance
 

Commercial

   $ 162      $ 282      $ 249      $ 408  

Commercial real estate

     795        869        1,153        1,391  

Consumer

     2,810        3,568        3,024        4,121  

Residential real estate

     3,160        3,228        3,354        3,803  

Total

   $ 6,927      $ 7,947      $ 7,780      $ 9,723  

The excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized in interest income over the remaining life of the loan using the constant effective yield method. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the nonaccretable difference. Changes in the expected cash flows of individual or pooled purchased impaired loans from the date of acquisition will either impact the accretable yield or result in an impairment charge to the provision for credit losses in the period in which the changes become probable.

Subsequent decreases to the net present value of expected cash flows will generally result in an impairment charge to the provision for credit losses, resulting in an increase to the allowance for loan and lease losses, and a reclassification from accretable yield to nonaccretable difference. Subsequent increases to the net present value of expected cash flows will generally result in a recapture of any previously recorded allowance for loan and lease losses, to the extent applicable, and/or a reclassification from nonaccretable difference to accretable yield, which is recognized prospectively. Other items affecting the accretable yield may include adjustments to the expected cash flows to be collected from contractual interest rate changes on variable rate notes, and changes in prepayment assumptions. Disposals of loans, which may include sales of loans or foreclosures, result in removal of the loan from the purchased impaired loan portfolio at its carrying amount.

During the first nine months of 2011, $216 million of provision and $127 million of charge-offs were recorded on purchased impaired loans. As of September 30, 2011, decreases in the net present value of expected cash flows from the date of acquisition of purchased impaired loans resulted in an allowance for loan and lease losses of $986 million on $6.6 billion of the impaired loans while the remaining $.3 billion of impaired loans required no allowance as net present value of expected cash flows improved or remained the same.

Activity for the accretable yield for the first nine months of 2011 follows.

Accretable Yield

 

In millions    2011  

January 1

   $ 2,185  

Accretion (including excess cash recoveries)

     (705

Net reclassifications to accretable from non-accretable

     849  

Disposals

     (54

September 30

   $ 2,275  
 

 

94


Table of Contents

NOTE 7 INVESTMENT SECURITIES

Investment Securities Summary

 

     Amortized      Unrealized     Fair  
In millions    Cost      Gains      Losses     Value  

September 30, 2011

            

Securities Available for Sale

            

Debt securities

            

US Treasury and government agencies

   $ 3,397      $ 354        $ 3,751  

Residential mortgage-backed

            

Agency

     26,963        799      $ (79     27,683  

Non-agency

     6,949        187        (1,148     5,988  

Commercial mortgage-backed

            

Agency

     956        35          991  

Non-agency

     2,646        53        (53     2,646  

Asset-backed

     3,914        32        (195     3,751  

State and municipal

     1,714        65        (51     1,728  

Other debt

     2,741        96        (12     2,825  

Total debt securities

     49,280        1,621        (1,538     49,363  

Corporate stocks and other

     352                         352  

Total securities available for sale

   $ 49,632      $ 1,621      $ (1,538   $ 49,715  

Securities Held to Maturity

            

Debt securities

            

US Treasury and government agencies

   $ 219      $ 37        $ 256  

Residential mortgage-backed (agency)

     4,588        104          4,692  

Commercial mortgage-backed

            

Agency

     1,290        41          1,331  

Non-agency

     3,770        106      $ (5     3,871  

Asset-backed

     1,489        22        (3     1,508  

State and municipal

     670        19          689  

Other debt

     364        13                377  

Total securities held to maturity

   $ 12,390      $ 342      $ (8   $ 12,724  
 

December 31, 2010

            
 

Securities Available for Sale

            

Debt securities

            

US Treasury and government agencies

   $ 5,575      $ 157      $ (22   $ 5,710  

Residential mortgage-backed

            

Agency

     31,697        443        (420     31,720  

Non-agency

     8,193        230        (1,190     7,233  

Commercial mortgage-backed

            

Agency

     1,763        40        (6     1,797  

Non-agency

     1,794        73        (11     1,856  

Asset-backed

     2,780        40        (238     2,582  

State and municipal

     1,999        30        (72     1,957  

Other debt

     3,992        102        (17     4,077  

Total debt securities

     57,793        1,115        (1,976     56,932  

Corporate stocks and other

     378                         378  

Total securities available for sale

   $ 58,171      $ 1,115      $ (1,976   $ 57,310  

Securities Held to Maturity

            

Debt securities

            

Commercial mortgage-backed (non-agency)

   $ 4,316      $ 178      $ (4   $ 4,490  

Asset-backed

     2,626        51        (1     2,676  

Other debt

     10        1                11  

Total securities held to maturity

   $ 6,952      $ 230      $ (5   $ 7,177  

 

95


Table of Contents

The fair value of investment securities is impacted by interest rates, credit spreads, market volatility and liquidity conditions. Net unrealized gains and losses in the securities available for sale portfolio are included in shareholders’ equity as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax, unless credit-related.

The gross unrealized loss on debt securities held to maturity was $8 million at September 30, 2011 and $5 million at December 31, 2010, with $.6 billion and $.7 billion of positions in a continuous loss position for less than 12 months at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The gross unrealized loss and fair value on debt securities held to maturity that were in a continuous loss position for 12 months or more were not significant at both September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010. The unrealized loss at September 30, 2011 relates primarily to non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities.

During the third quarter of 2011, we transferred securities with a fair value of $2.9 billion from available for sale to held to maturity. The securities transferred included $1.9 billion of agency residential mortgage-backed securities, $323 million of agency commercial mortgage-backed securities, and $662 million of state and municipal debt securities and was a non-cash transaction. We changed our intent and committed to hold these high-quality securities to maturity. The reclassification was made at fair value at the date of transfer,

resulting in no impact on net income. Net pretax unrealized gains in accumulated other comprehensive income totaled $143 million at the transfer date and will be accreted over the remaining life of the related securities as an adjustment of yield in a manner consistent with the amortization of the premium on the same transferred securities, resulting in no impact on net income.

In the second quarter of 2011, we transferred available for sale securities with a fair value of $3.4 billion to the held to maturity portfolio. The reclassification was made at fair value at the date of transfer and was a non-cash transaction. Net pretax unrealized gains in accumulated other comprehensive income totaled $40 million at the transfer date and will be accreted over the remaining life of the related securities as an adjustment of yield in a manner consistent with the amortization of the premium on the same transferred securities, resulting in no impact on net income.

The following table presents gross unrealized loss and fair value of securities available for sale at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010. The securities are segregated between investments that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months and twelve months or more based on the point in time the fair value declined below the amortized cost basis. The table includes debt securities where a portion of other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) has been recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss.

 

 

96


Table of Contents

Gross Unrealized Loss and Fair Value of Securities Available for Sale

 

In millions    Unrealized loss position less
than 12 months
     Unrealized loss position 12
months or more
     Total  
      Unrealized
Loss
    Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Loss
    Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Loss
    Fair
Value
 

September 30, 2011

                

Debt securities

                

US Treasury and government agencies

                

Residential mortgage-backed

                

Agency

   $ (45   $ 3,223      $ (34   $ 828      $ (79   $ 4,051  

Non-agency

     (21     372        (1,127     4,645        (1,148     5,017  

Commercial mortgage-backed

                

Agency

                

Non-agency

     (53     1,134             (53     1,134  

Asset-backed

     (7     1,372        (188     757        (195     2,129  

State and municipal

     (5     347        (46     257        (51     604  

Other debt

     (9     560        (3     37        (12     597  

Total

   $ (140   $ 7,008      $ (1,398   $ 6,524      $ (1,538   $ 13,532  

December 31, 2010

                

Debt securities

                

US Treasury and government agencies

   $ (22   $ 398           $ (22   $ 398  

Residential mortgage-backed

                

Agency

     (406     17,040      $ (14   $ 186        (420     17,226  

Non-agency

     (17     345        (1,173     5,707        (1,190     6,052  

Commercial mortgage-backed

                

Agency

     (6     344             (6     344  

Non-agency

     (8     184        (3     84        (11     268  

Asset-backed

     (5     441        (233     776        (238     1,217  

State and municipal

     (22     931        (50     247        (72     1,178  

Other debt

     (14     701        (3     13        (17     714  

Total

   $ (500   $ 20,384      $ (1,476   $ 7,013      $ (1,976   $ 27,397  

 

97


Table of Contents

Evaluating Investment Securities for Other-than-Temporary Impairments

For the securities in the preceding table, as of September 30, 2011 we do not intend to sell and believe we will not be required to sell the securities prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis.

On at least a quarterly basis, we conduct a comprehensive security-level assessment on all securities in an unrealized loss position to determine if OTTI exists. An unrealized loss exists when the current fair value of an individual security is less than its amortized cost basis. An OTTI loss must be recognized for a debt security in an unrealized loss position if we intend to sell the security or it is more likely than not we will be required to sell the security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis. In this situation, the amount of loss recognized in income is equal to the difference between the fair value and the amortized cost basis of the security. Even if we do not expect to sell the security, we must evaluate the expected cash flows to be received to determine if we believe a credit loss has occurred. In the event of a credit loss, only the amount of impairment associated with the credit loss is recognized in income. The portion of the unrealized loss relating to other factors, such as liquidity conditions in the market or changes in market interest rates, is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss.

Equity securities are also evaluated to determine whether the unrealized loss is expected to be recoverable based on whether evidence exists to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the cost basis. If it is probable that we will not recover the amortized cost basis, taking into consideration the estimated recovery period and our ability to hold the equity security until recovery, OTTI is recognized in earnings equal to the difference between the fair value and the amortized cost basis of the security.

The security-level assessment is performed on each security, regardless of the classification of the security as available for sale or held to maturity. Our assessment considers the security structure, recent security collateral performance metrics if

applicable, external credit ratings, failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments, our judgment and expectations of future performance, and relevant independent industry research, analysis and forecasts. We also consider the severity of the impairment and the length of time the security has been impaired in our assessment. Results of the periodic assessment are reviewed by a cross-functional senior management team representing Asset & Liability Management, Finance, and Market Risk Management. The senior management team considers the results of the assessments, as well as other factors, in determining whether the impairment is other-than-temporary.

For debt securities, a critical component of the evaluation for OTTI is the identification of credit-impaired securities, where management does not expect to receive cash flows sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. The paragraphs below describe our process for identifying credit impairment for our most significant categories of securities not backed by the US government or its agencies.

Non-Agency Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities and Asset-Backed Securities Collateralized by First-Lien and Second-Lien Residential Mortgage Loans

Potential credit losses on these securities are evaluated on a security by security basis. Collateral performance assumptions are developed for each security after reviewing collateral composition and collateral performance statistics. This includes analyzing recent delinquency roll rates, loss severities, voluntary prepayments, and various other collateral and performance metrics. This information is then combined with general expectations on the housing market and other economic factors to develop estimates of future performance.

Security level assumptions for prepayments, loan defaults, and loss given default are applied to every security using a third-party cash flow model. The third-party cash flow model then generates projected cash flows according to the structure of each security. Based on the results of the cash flow analysis, we determine whether we will recover the amortized cost basis of our security.

 

 

98


Table of Contents

Credit Impairment Assessment Assumptions – Non-Agency Residential Mortgage-Backed and Asset-Backed Securities (a)

 

September 30, 2011    Range     Weighted-
average (b)
 

Long-term prepayment rate (annual CPR)

      

Prime

     7-20     14

Alt-A

     3-12        5  

Remaining collateral expected to default

      

Prime

     0-56     20

Alt-A

     0-83        43  

Loss severity

      

Prime

     20-65     47

Alt-A

     30-85        61  
(a) Collateralized by first and second-lien non-agency residential mortgage loans.
(b) Calculated by weighting the relevant assumption for each individual security by the current outstanding cost basis of the security.

Non-Agency Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities

Credit losses on these securities are measured using property-level cash flow projections and forward-looking property valuations. Cash flows are projected using a detailed analysis of net operating income (NOI) by property type which, in turn, is based on the analysis of NOI performance over the past several business cycles combined with PNC’s economic outlook for the current cycle. Loss severities are based on property price projections, which are calculated using capitalization rate projections. The capitalization rate projections are based on a combination of historical capitalization rates and expected capitalization rates implied by current market activity, our outlook and relevant independent industry research, analysis and forecasts. Securities exhibiting weaker performance within the model are subject to further analysis. This analysis is performed at the loan level, and includes assessing local market conditions, reserves, occupancy, rent rolls and master/special servicer details.

During the third quarter and first nine months of 2011 and 2010, the OTTI credit losses recognized in noninterest income related to estimated credit losses on securities that we do not expect to sell were as follows:

Summary of OTTI Credit Losses Recognized in Earnings

 

     Three months ended
September 30
     Nine months ended
September 30
 
In millions    2011     2010      2011     2010  

Available for sale securities:

           

Non-agency residential mortgage-backed

   $ (30   $ (57    $ (93   $ (211

Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed

            (3

Asset-backed

     (5     (14      (14     (67

Other debt

                      (1        

Total

   $ (35   $ (71    $ (108   $ (281

Summary of OTTI Noncredit Losses Included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

 

     Three months
ended
September 30
     Nine months
ended
September 30
 
In millions    2011     2010      2011     2010  

Total

   $ (87   $ (46    $ (117   $ (194

 

99


Table of Contents

The following table presents a rollforward of the cumulative OTTI credit losses recognized in earnings for all debt securities for which a portion of an OTTI loss was recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss:

Rollforward of Cumulative OTTI Credit Losses Recognized in Earnings

 

In millions    Non-agency
residential
mortgage-backed
    Non-agency
commercial
mortgage-backed
    Asset-backed     Other debt     Total  

For the three months ended September 30, 2011

            

June 30, 2011

   $ (761   $ (6   $ (232   $ (13   $ (1,012

Loss where impairment was not previously recognized

     (2           (2

Additional loss where credit impairment was previously recognized

     (28             (5             (33

September 30, 2011

   $ (791   $ (6   $ (237   $ (13   $ (1,047

 

In millions    Non-agency
residential
mortgage-backed
    Non-agency
commercial
mortgage-backed
    Asset-backed     Other debt     Total  

For the three months ended September 30, 2010

            

June 30, 2010

   $ (621   $ (9   $ (198   $ (12   $ (840

Loss where impairment was not previously recognized

     (15           (15

Additional loss where credit impairment was previously recognized

     (42             (14             (56

September 30, 2010

   $ (678   $ (9   $ (212   $ (12   $ (911

 

In millions    Non-agency
residential
mortgage-backed
    Non-agency
commercial
mortgage-backed
    Asset-backed     Other debt     Total  

For the nine months ended September 30, 2011

            

December 31, 2010

   $ (709   $ (11   $ (223   $ (12   $ (955

Loss where impairment was not previously recognized

     (5       (3     (1     (9

Additional loss where credit impairment was previously recognized

     (88       (11       (99

Reduction due to credit impaired securities sold

     11       5                       16  

September 30, 2011

   $ (791   $ (6   $ (237   $ (13   $ (1,047

 

In millions    Non-agency
residential
mortgage-backed
    Non-agency
commercial
mortgage-backed
    Asset-backed     Other debt     Total  

For the nine months ended September 30, 2010

            

December 31, 2009

   $ (479   $ (6   $ (145   $ (12   $ (642

Loss where impairment was not previously recognized

     (41     (3     (11       (55

Additional loss where credit impairment was previously recognized

     (170       (56       (226

Reduction due to credit impaired securities sold

     12                               12  

September 30, 2010

   $ (678   $ (9   $ (212   $ (12   $ (911

Information relating to gross realized securities gains and losses from the sales of securities is set forth in the following table.

Gains (Losses) on Sales of Securities Available for Sale

 

In millions    Proceeds      Gross
Gains
     Gross
Losses
    Net
Gains
    Tax
Expense
 

For the nine months ended September 30

              

2011

   $ 17,564      $ 336      $ (149   $ 187     $ 66  

2010

     18,285        421        (63     358       125  

 

100


Table of Contents

The following table presents, by remaining contractual maturity, the amortized cost, fair value and weighted-average yield of debt securities at September 30, 2011.

Contractual Maturity of Debt Securities

 

September 30, 2011

Dollars in millions

   1 Year or
Less
    After 1 Year
through 5 Years
    After 5 Years
through 10 Years
    After 10
Years
    Total  

Securities Available for Sale

            

US Treasury and government agencies

     $ 2,054     $ 910     $ 433     $ 3,397  

Residential mortgage-backed

            

Agency

       6       947       26,010       26,963  

Non-agency

         28       6,921       6,949  

Commercial mortgage-backed

            

Agency

       764       192         956  

Non-agency

   $ 28       185       49       2,384       2,646  

Asset-backed

     68       887       451       2,508       3,914  

State and municipal

     20       72       278       1,344       1,714  

Other debt

     134       1,507       606       494       2,741  

Total debt securities available for sale

   $ 250     $ 5,475     $ 3,461     $ 40,094     $ 49,280  

Fair value

   $ 252     $ 5,634     $ 3,683     $ 39,794     $ 49,363  

Weighted-average yield, GAAP basis

     2.99     2.77     3.48     3.71     3.58

Securities Held to Maturity

            

US Treasury and government agencies

         $ 219     $ 219  

Residential mortgage-backed (agency)

           4,588       4,588  

Commercial mortgage-backed

            

Agency

     $ 16     $ 1,269       5       1,290  

Non-agency

   $ 129       39       58       3,544       3,770  

Asset-backed

     8       1,011       105       365       1,489  

State and municipal

       54       71       545       670  

Other debt

             1       363               364  

Total debt securities held to maturity

   $ 137     $ 1,121     $ 1,866     $ 9,266     $ 12,390  

Fair value

   $ 137     $ 1,142     $ 1,923     $ 9,522     $ 12,724  

Weighted-average yield, GAAP basis

     5.25     2.05     3.35     4.45     4.08

Based on current interest rates and expected prepayment speeds, the weighted-average expected maturity of mortgage and other asset-backed debt securities were as follows as of September 30, 2011:

Weighted-Average Expected Maturity of Mortgage and Other Asset-Backed Debt Securities

 

      September 30, 2011  

Agency residential mortgage-backed securities

     3.5 years   

Non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities

     4.5 years   

Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities

     5.4 years   

Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities

     2.7 years   

Asset-backed securities

     3.4 years   

Weighted-average yields are based on historical cost with effective yields weighted for the contractual maturity of each security.

The following table presents the fair value of securities that have been either pledged to or accepted from others to collateralize outstanding borrowings.

Fair Value of Securities Pledged and Accepted as Collateral

 

In millions    September 30,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 

Pledged to others

   $ 22,574      $ 27,985  

Accepted from others:

       

Permitted by contract or custom to sell or repledge

     1,674        3,529  

Permitted amount repledged to others

     761        1,971  

 

101


Table of Contents

The securities pledged to others include positions held in our portfolio of investment securities, trading securities, and securities accepted as collateral from others that we are permitted by contract or custom to sell or repledge, and were used to secure public and trust deposits, repurchase agreements, and for other purposes. The securities accepted from others that we are permitted by contract or custom to sell or repledge are a component of Federal funds sold and resale agreements on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

NOTE 8 FAIR VALUE

Fair Value Measurement

Fair value is defined in GAAP as the price that would be received to sell an asset or the price paid to transfer a liability on the measurement date. The standard focuses on the exit price in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. GAAP establishes a fair value reporting hierarchy to maximize the use of observable inputs when measuring fair value and defines the three levels of inputs as noted below.

Level 1

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 1 assets and liabilities may include debt securities, equity securities and listed derivative contracts that are traded in an active exchange market and certain US Treasury securities that are actively traded in over-the-counter markets.

Level 2

Observable inputs other than Level 1 such as: quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated to observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Level 2 assets and liabilities may include debt securities, equity securities and listed derivative contracts with quoted prices that are traded in markets that are not active, and certain debt and equity securities and over-the-counter derivative contracts whose fair value is determined using a pricing model without significant unobservable inputs. This category generally includes US government agency debt securities, agency residential and commercial mortgage-backed debt securities, asset-backed debt securities, corporate debt securities, residential mortgage loans held for sale, and derivative contracts.

Level 3

Unobservable inputs that are supported by minimal or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities may include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models with internally developed assumptions, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. This category generally includes certain available for sale and trading securities, commercial mortgage loans held for sale, private equity investments, residential mortgage servicing rights, BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock and certain financial

derivative contracts. The available for sale and trading securities within Level 3 include non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities, auction rate securities, certain private-issuer asset-backed securities and corporate debt securities. Nonrecurring items, primarily certain nonaccrual and other loans held for sale, commercial mortgage servicing rights, equity investments and other assets are also included in this category.

We characterize active markets as those where transaction volumes are sufficient to provide objective pricing information, with reasonably narrow bid/ask spreads and where dealer quotes received do not vary widely and are based on current information. Inactive markets are typically characterized by low transaction volumes, price quotations that vary substantially among market participants or are not based on current information, wide bid/ask spreads, a significant increase in implied liquidity risk premiums, yields, or performance indicators for observed transactions or quoted prices compared to historical periods, a significant decline or absence of a market for new issuance, or any combination of the above factors. We also consider nonperformance risks including credit risk as part of our valuation methodology for all assets and liabilities measured at fair value.

Any models used to determine fair values or to validate dealer quotes based on the descriptions below are subject to review and independent testing as part of our model validation and internal control testing processes. Our Model Validation Committee tests significant models on at least an annual basis. In addition, we have teams, independent of the traders, verify marks and assumptions used for valuations at each period end.

Financial Instruments Accounted For at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

Securities Available for Sale and Trading Securities

Securities accounted for at fair value include both the available for sale and trading portfolios. We use prices obtained from pricing services, dealer quotes or recent trades to determine the fair value of securities. For 70% of our positions, we use prices obtained from pricing services provided by third party vendors. For an additional 10% of our positions, we use prices obtained from the pricing services as the primary input into the valuation process. One of the vendor’s prices are set with reference to market activity for highly liquid assets such as agency mortgage-backed securities, and matrix pricing for other assets, such as CMBS and asset-backed securities. Another vendor primarily uses pricing models considering adjustments for ratings, spreads, matrix pricing and prepayments for the instruments we value using this service, such as non-agency residential mortgage-

 

 

102


Table of Contents

backed securities, agency adjustable rate mortgage securities, agency CMOs and municipal bonds. Management uses various methods and techniques to corroborate prices obtained from pricing services and dealers, including reference to other dealer or market quotes, by reviewing valuations of comparable instruments, or by comparison to internal valuations. Dealer quotes received are typically non-binding. In circumstances where relevant market prices are limited or unavailable, valuations may require significant management judgments or adjustments to determine fair value. In these cases, the securities are classified as Level 3.

The valuation techniques used for securities classified as Level 3 include using a discounted cash flow approach or, in certain instances, identifying a proxy security, market transaction or index. For certain security types, primarily non-agency residential securities, the fair value methodology incorporates values obtained from a discounted cash flow model. The modeling process incorporates assumptions management believes market participants would use to value the security under current market conditions. The assumptions used include prepayment projections, credit loss assumptions, and discount rates, which include a risk premium due to liquidity and uncertainty that are based on both observable and unobservable inputs. We use the discounted cash flow analysis, in conjunction with other relevant pricing information obtained from either pricing services or broker quotes to establish the fair value that management believes is representative under current market conditions. For purposes of determining fair value at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the relevant pricing service information was the predominant input.

In the proxy approach, the proxy selected has similar credit, tenor, duration, pricing and structuring attributes to the PNC position. The price, market spread, or yield on the proxy is then used to calculate an indicative market price for the security. Depending on the nature of the PNC position and its attributes relative to the proxy, management may make additional adjustments to account for market conditions, liquidity, and nonperformance risk, based on various inputs including recent trades of similar securities, single dealer quotes, and/or other observable and unobservable inputs.

Financial Derivatives

Exchange-traded derivatives are valued using quoted market prices and are classified as Level 1. However, the majority of derivatives that we enter into are executed over-the-counter and are valued using internal models. Readily observable market inputs to these models can be validated to external sources, including industry pricing services, or corroborated through recent trades, dealer quotes, yield curves, implied volatility or other market-related data. Certain derivatives, such as total rate of return swaps, are corroborated to the CMBX index. These derivatives are classified as Level 2. Derivatives priced using significant management judgment or assumptions are classified as Level 3.

The fair values of our derivatives are adjusted for nonperformance risk including credit risk as appropriate. Our nonperformance risk adjustment is computed using new loan pricing and considers externally available bond spreads, in conjunction with internal historical recovery observations. The credit risk adjustment is not currently material to the overall derivatives valuation.

Residential Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

We have elected to account for certain residential mortgage loans originated for sale on a recurring basis at fair value. Residential mortgage loans are valued based on quoted market prices, where available, prices for other traded mortgage loans with similar characteristics, and purchase commitments and bid information received from market participants. These loans are regularly traded in active markets and observable pricing information is available from market participants. The prices are adjusted as necessary to include the embedded servicing value in the loans and to take into consideration the specific characteristics of certain loans that are priced based on the pricing of similar loans. These adjustments represent unobservable inputs to the valuation but are not considered significant to the fair value of the loans. Accordingly, residential mortgage loans held for sale are classified as Level 2.

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights

Residential mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) are carried at fair value on a recurring basis. Currently, these residential MSRs do not trade in an active open market with readily observable prices. Although sales of servicing assets do occur, the precise terms and conditions typically would not be available. Accordingly, management determines the fair value of its residential MSRs using a discounted cash flow model incorporating assumptions about loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and other economic factors. As part of the pricing process, management compares its fair value estimates to third-party opinions of value on a quarterly basis to assess the reasonableness of the fair values calculated by its internal valuation models. Due to the nature of the valuation inputs, residential MSRs are classified as Level 3.

Commercial Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

We account for certain commercial mortgage loans classified as held for sale at fair value. The election of the fair value option aligns the accounting for the commercial mortgages with the related hedges.

We determine the fair value of commercial mortgage loans held for sale by using a whole loan methodology. Fair value is determined using sale valuation assumptions that management believes a market participant would use in pricing the loans. When available, valuation assumptions included observable inputs based on whole loan sales. Adjustments are made to these assumptions to account for situations when uncertainties exist, including market conditions and liquidity. Credit risk is

 

 

103


Table of Contents

included as part of our valuation process for these loans by considering expected rates of return for market participants for similar loans in the marketplace. Based on the significance of unobservable inputs, we classified this portfolio as Level 3.

Equity Investments

The valuation of direct and indirect private equity investments requires significant management judgment due to the absence of quoted market prices, inherent lack of liquidity and the long-term nature of such investments. The carrying values of direct and affiliated partnership interests reflect the expected exit price and are based on various techniques including multiples of adjusted earnings of the entity, independent appraisals, anticipated financing and sale transactions with third parties, or the pricing used to value the entity in a recent financing transaction. We value indirect investments in private equity funds based on net asset value as provided in the financial statements that we receive from their managers. Due to the time lag in our receipt of the financial information and based on a review of investments and valuation techniques applied, adjustments to the manager-provided value are made when available recent portfolio company information or market information indicates a significant change in value from that provided by the manager of the fund. These investments are classified as Level 3.

Customer Resale Agreements

We have elected to account for structured resale agreements, which are economically hedged using free-standing financial derivatives, at fair value. The fair value for structured resale agreements is determined using a model that includes observable market data such as interest rates as inputs. Readily observable market inputs to this model can be validated to external sources, including yield curves, implied volatility or other market-related data. These instruments are classified as Level 2.

BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock

We have elected to account for the shares of BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock received in a stock exchange with BlackRock at fair value. We own approximately 1.5 million of these shares after delivery of approximately 1.3 million shares in September 2011 pursuant to our obligation to partially fund a portion of certain BlackRock LTIP programs. The Series C Preferred Stock economically hedges the BlackRock LTIP liability that is accounted for as a derivative. The fair value of the Series C Preferred Stock is determined using a third-party modeling approach, which includes both observable and unobservable inputs. This approach considers expectations of a default/liquidation event and the use of liquidity discounts based on our inability to sell the security at a fair, open market price in a timely manner. Although dividends are equal to common shares and other preferred series, significant transfer restrictions exist on our Series C shares for any purpose other than to satisfy the LTIP obligation. Due to the significance of unobservable inputs, this security is classified as Level 3.

 

 

104


Table of Contents

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including instruments for which PNC has elected the fair value option, follow.

Fair Value Measurements – Summary

 

     September 30, 2011      December 31, 2010  
In millions    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total Fair
Value
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total Fair
Value
 

Assets

                           

Securities available for sale

                           

US Treasury and government agencies

   $ 1,687      $ 2,064         $ 3,751      $ 5,289      $ 421         $ 5,710  

Residential mortgage-backed

                           

Agency

        27,683           27,683           31,720           31,720  

Non-agency

         $ 5,988        5,988            $ 7,233        7,233  

Commercial mortgage-backed

                           

Agency

        991           991           1,797           1,797  

Non-agency

        2,646           2,646           1,856           1,856  

Asset-backed

        2,855        896        3,751           1,537        1,045        2,582  

State and municipal

        1,396        332        1,728           1,729        228        1,957  

Other debt

              2,773        52        2,825                 4,004        73        4,077  

Total debt securities

     1,687        40,408        7,268        49,363        5,289        43,064        8,579        56,932  

Corporate stocks and other

     352                          352        307        67        4        378  

Total securities available for sale

     2,039        40,408        7,268        49,715        5,596        43,131        8,583        57,310  

Financial derivatives (a) (b)

                           

Interest rate contracts

     6        9,199        81        9,286           5,502        68        5,570  

Other contracts

              315        7        322                 178        9        187  

Total financial derivatives

     6        9,514        88        9,608                 5,680        77        5,757  

Residential mortgage loans held for sale (c)

        1,353           1,353           1,878           1,878  

Trading securities (d)

                           

Debt (e) (f)

     1,249        1,620        47        2,916        1,348        367        69        1,784  

Equity

     44                          44        42                          42  

Total trading securities

     1,293        1,620        47        2,960        1,390        367        69        1,826  

Residential mortgage servicing rights (g)

           684        684              1,033        1,033  

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale (c)

           831        831              877        877  

Equity investments

                           

Direct investments

           861        861              749        749  

Indirect investments (h)

                       659        659                          635        635  

Total equity investments

                       1,520        1,520                          1,384        1,384  

Customer resale agreements (i)

        802           802           866           866  

Loans (j)

        222        4        226           114        2        116  

Other assets

                           

BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock (k)

           174        174              396        396  

Other

              441        7        448                 450        7        457  

Total other assets

              441        181        622                 450        403        853  

Total assets

   $ 3,338      $ 54,360      $ 10,623      $ 68,321      $ 6,986      $ 52,486      $ 12,428      $ 71,900  

Liabilities

                           

Financial derivatives (b) (l)

                           

Interest rate contracts

   $ 4      $ 7,008      $ 13      $ 7,025         $ 4,302      $ 56      $ 4,358  

BlackRock LTIP

           174        174              396        396  

Other contracts

              225        5        230                 173        8        181  

Total financial derivatives

     4        7,233        192        7,429                 4,475        460        4,935  

Trading securities sold short (m)

                           

Debt (e)

     773        23                 796      $ 2,514        16                 2,530  

Total trading securities sold short

     773        23                 796        2,514        16                 2,530  

Other liabilities

              5                 5                 6                 6  

Total liabilities

   $ 777      $ 7,261      $ 192      $ 8,230      $ 2,514      $ 4,497      $ 460      $ 7,471  
(a) Included in Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

105


Table of Contents
(b) Amounts at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 are presented gross and are not reduced by the impact of legally enforceable master netting agreements that allow PNC to net positive and negative positions and cash collateral held or placed with the same counterparty. At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, the net asset amounts were $3.1 billion and $1.9 billion and the net liability amounts were $1.0 billion and $1.1 billion.
(c) Included in Loans held for sale on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. PNC has elected the fair value option for certain commercial and residential mortgage loans held for sale.
(d) Fair value includes net unrealized gains of $71 million at September 30, 2011 compared with net unrealized losses of $17 million at December 31, 2010.
(e) Approximately 49% of these securities are residential mortgage-backed securities and 43% are US Treasury and government agencies securities at September 30, 2011.
(f) At September 30, 2011, $1.1 billion of residential mortgage-backed agency hybrid securities are carried in Trading securities.
(g) Included in Other intangible assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(h) The indirect equity funds are not redeemable, but PNC receives distributions over the life of the partnership from liquidation of the underlying investments by the investee.
(i) Included in Federal funds sold and resale agreements on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. PNC has elected the fair value option for these items.
(j) Included in Loans on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(k) PNC has elected the fair value option for these shares.
(l) Included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(m) Included in Other borrowed funds on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Reconciliations of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 3 inputs for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 follow.

Three Months Ended September 30, 2011

 

Level 3 Instruments Only

In millions

         Total realized / unrealized
gains or losses for the period (a)
                                             

(*) Unrealized

gains or losses

on assets and

liabilities held on

Consolidated
Balance Sheet at
September 30,

2011

 
  Fair Value
June 30,
2011
   

Included in

Earnings (*)

   

Included in

other
comprehensive
income

    Purchases     Sales     Issuances     Settlements     Transfers
out of
Level 3 (b)
   

Fair Value

September 30,
2011

   

Assets

                     

Securities available for sale

                     

Residential mortgage- backed non-agency

  $ 6,454     $ (7   $ (183         $ (276     $ 5,988     $ (30

Asset-backed

    951       (2     (8   $ 48           (93       896       (5

State and municipal

    341                 (9       332      

Other debt

    75               2       1                             $ (26     52          

Total securities available for sale

    7,821       (9     (189     49                       (378     (26     7,268       (35

Financial derivatives

    60       89         1           (62       88       84  

Trading securities - Debt

    56       1               (6     (4     47      

Residential mortgage servicing rights

    996       (298         $ 24       (38       684       (294

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale

    856       4               (29       831       4  

Equity investments

                     

Direct investments

    849       39         40     $ (67           861       29  

Indirect investments

    664       26               15       (46                             659       27  

Total equity investments

    1,513       65               55       (113                             1,520       56  

Loans

    4                     4      

Other assets

                     

BlackRock Series C

                     

Preferred Stock

    426       (80             (172       174       (80

Other

    8                                               (1             7          

Total other assets

    434       (80                                     (173             181       (80

Total assets

  $ 11,740     $ (228   $ (189   $ 105     $ (113   $ 24     $ (686   $ (30   $ 10,623     $ (265

Total liabilities (c)

  $ 444     $ (86                   $ 1             $ (167           $ 192     $ (76

 

106


Table of Contents

Three Months Ended September 30, 2010

 

           Total realized / unrealized
gains or losses for the period (a)
                 

(*) Unrealized
gains or losses
on assets and

liabilities held on
Consolidated
Balance Sheet at
September 30,

2010

 

Level 3 Instruments Only

In millions

  Fair Value
June 30,
2010
    Included in
Earnings (*)
   

Included in

other
comprehensive
income

    Purchases,
issuances,
and
settlements,
net
    Fair Value
September 30,
2010
   

Assets

               

Securities available for sale

               

Residential mortgage- backed non-agency

  $ 7,635      $ (17   $ 269     $ (306   $ 7,581     $ (57

Asset-backed

    1,150        (14     62       (73     1,125       (14

State and municipal

    237          (4       233      

Other debt

    82          2       (12     72      

Corporate stocks and other

    47                        (34     13          

Total securities available for sale

    9,151        (31     329       (425     9,024       (71

Financial derivatives

    85        45         (10     120       42  

Trading securities - Debt

    73        1         (3     71      

Residential mortgage servicing rights

    963        (149       (26     788       (153

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale

    1,036        11         (19     1,028       17  

Equity investments

               

Direct investments

    650        47         43       740       42  

Indirect investments

    618        26               (9     635       22  

Total equity investments

    1,268        73               34       1,375       64  

Other assets

               

BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock

    298        56           354       56  

Other

    7                                7          

Total other assets

    305        56                       361       56  

Total assets

  $ 12,881      $ 6     $ 329     $ (449   $ 12,767     $ (45

Total liabilities (c)

  $ 355      $ 52             $ (4   $ 403     $ 50  
(a) Losses for assets are bracketed while losses for liabilities are not.
(b) PNC’s policy is to recognize transfers in and transfers out as of the end of the reporting period.
(c) Financial derivatives.

 

107


Table of Contents

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

 

           Total realized / unrealized
gains or losses for the period (a)
                                             

(*) Unrealized
gains or losses
on assets and
liabilities held on

Consolidated
Balance Sheet at
September 30,
2011

 

Level 3 Instruments Only

In millions

  Fair
Value
Dec. 31,
2010
    Included in
Earnings (*)
    Included in
other
comprehensive
income
    Purchases     Sales     Issuances     Settlements     Transfers
out of
Level 3 (b)
    Fair Value
September 30,
2011
   

Assets

                     

Securities available for sale

                     

Residential mortgage- backed non-agency

  $ 7,233     $ (71   $ (1   $ 45     $ (280     $ (938     $ 5,988     $ (93

Asset-backed

    1,045       (5     35       48           (227       896       (14

State and municipal

    228         3       121           (20       332      

Other debt

    73       (2     6       3       (3       1     $ (26     52       (1

Corporate stocks and other

    4                                               (4                        

Total securities available for sale

    8,583       (78     43       217       (283             (1,188     (26     7,268       (108

Financial derivatives

    77       195         4           (188       88       153  

Trading securities - Debt

    69       (2             (16     (4     47       (5

Residential mortgage servicing rights

    1,033       (369       48       $ 94       (122       684       (360

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale

    877       4           (13       (37       831       3  

Equity investments

                     

Direct investments

    749       73         142       (103           861       60  

Indirect investments

    635       96               40       (112                             659       98  

Total equity investments

    1,384       169               182       (215                             1,520       158  

Loans

    2           2               4      

Other assets

                     

BlackRock Series C

                     

Preferred Stock

    396       (50             (172       174       (50

Other

    7                       1                       (1             7          

Total other assets

    403       (50             1                       (173             181       (50

Total assets

  $ 12,428     $ (131   $ 43     $ 454     $ (511   $ 94     $ (1,724   $ (30   $ 10,623     $ (209

Total liabilities (c)

  $ 460     $ (36                   $ 9             $ (241           $ 192     $ (47

 

108


Table of Contents

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010

 

             Total realized/unrealized
gains or losses for the period (a)
                                 

(*) Unrealized

gains or losses
on assets and

liabilities held on
Consolidated
Balance Sheet at
September 30,
2010

 

Level 3 Instruments Only

In millions

   Fair Value
December 31,
2009
     Included in
Earnings (*)
    Included in
other
comprehensive
income
    Purchases,
issuances,
and
settlements,
net
    Transfers
into
Level 3
(b)
     Transfers
out of
Level 3
(b)
    Fair Value
September 30,
2010
    

Assets

                     

Securities available for sale

                     

Residential mortgage- backed agency

   $ 5          $ (5            

Residential mortgage- backed non-agency

     8,302      $ (132   $ 949       (1,536      $ (2   $ 7,581      $ (211

Commercial mortgage- backed non-agency

     6            $ 2        (8       

Asset-backed

     1,254        (67     180       (242          1,125        (67

State and municipal

     266        5       (21     (18     1          233       

Other debt

     53          6       (16     29          72       

Corporate stocks and other

     47                (1     (33                      13           

Total securities available for sale

     9,933        (194     1,113       (1,850     32        (10     9,024        (278

Financial derivatives

     50        87         (17          120        86  

Trading securities - Debt

     89        (2       (16          71        (4

Residential mortgage servicing rights

     1,332        (472       (72          788        (464

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale

     1,050        33         (55          1,028        42  

Equity investments

                     

Direct investments

     595        135         10            740        112  

Indirect investments

     593        67               (25                      635        54  

Total equity investments

     1,188        202               (15                      1,375        166  

Other assets

                     

BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock

     486        (128       (4          354        (128

Other

     23                (4     (12                      7           

Total other assets

     509        (128     (4     (16                      361        (128

Total assets

   $ 14,151      $ (474   $ 1,109     $ (2,041   $ 32      $ (10   $ 12,767      $ (580

Total liabilities (c)

   $ 506      $ (121           $ 17     $ 1              $ 403      $ (122
(a) Losses for assets are bracketed while losses for liabilities are not.
(b) PNC’s policy is to recognize transfers in and transfers out as of the end of the reporting period.
(c) Financial derivatives.

 

Net losses (realized and unrealized) included in earnings relating to Level 3 assets and liabilities were $95 million for the first nine months of 2011 compared with net losses of $353 million for the first nine months of 2010. The net losses (realized and unrealized) for the third quarter of 2011 were $142 million compared with net losses of $46 million for the third quarter of 2010. These amounts included net unrealized losses of $162 million for the first nine months of 2011 compared with net unrealized losses of $458 million for the first nine months of 2010 and net unrealized losses of $189 million and $95 million for the third quarters of 2011 and 2010, respectively. These net losses were included in

noninterest income on the Consolidated Income Statement. These amounts also included amortization and accretion of $81 million for the first nine months of 2011 compared with $107 million for the first nine months of 2010. The third quarter amounts for 2011 and 2010 were $26 million and $40 million, respectively. The amortization and accretion amounts were included in Interest income on the Consolidated Income Statement.

During the first nine months of 2011 and 2010, no material transfers of assets or liabilities between the hierarchy levels occurred.

 

 

109


Table of Contents

OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS ACCOUNTED FOR AT FAIR VALUE ON A NONRECURRING BASIS

We may be required to measure certain other financial assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These adjustments to fair value usually result from the application of lower-of-cost-or-fair value accounting or write-downs of individual assets due to impairment. The amounts below for nonaccrual loans represent the carrying value of loans for which adjustments are primarily based on the appraised value of collateral or the net book value of the collateral from the borrower’s most recent financial statements if no appraisal is available. If an appraisal is outdated due to changed project or market conditions, or if the net book value is utilized, management applies internal assumptions in determining fair value. The amounts below for loans held for sale represent the carrying value of loans for which adjustments are primarily based on observable market data, management’s internal assumptions or the appraised value of collateral. The fair

value determination of the equity investment resulting in an impairment loss included below was based on observable market data for other comparable entities as adjusted for internal assumptions and unobservable inputs. The amounts below for commercial mortgage servicing rights reflect an impairment of three strata at September 30, 2011 and at December 31, 2010, respectively. The fair value of commercial mortgage servicing rights is estimated by using an internal valuation model. The model calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows considering estimates of servicing revenue and costs, discount rates and prepayment speeds. The amounts below for long-lived assets held for sale represent the carrying value of the asset for which adjustments are primarily based upon the most recent appraised value or, if the net book value is utilized, management applies internal assumptions in determining fair value.

 

 

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS – NONRECURRING (a)

 

     Fair Value     

Gains (Losses)

Three months ended

   

Gains (Losses)

Nine months ended

 
In millions    September 30
2011
     December 31
2010
     September 30
2011
    September 30
2010
    September 30
2011
    September 30
2010
 

Assets

                

Nonaccrual loans

   $ 237      $ 429      $ (50   $ (2   $ (104   $ (6

Loans held for sale

     110        350        (5     (1     (5     (44

Equity investments (b)

     1        3        (1     (3     (1     (3

Commercial mortgage servicing rights

     468        644        (82     (81     (157     (99

Other intangible assets

        1               

Foreclosed and other assets

     399        245        (28     (38     (59     (75

Long-lived assets held for sale

     10        25        (2     (4     (4     (20

Total assets

   $ 1,225      $ 1,697      $ (168   $ (129   $ (330   $ (247
(a) All Level 3, except for $2 million included in Loans held for sale which is categorized as Level 2 as of September 30, 2011.
(b) Includes LIHTC and other equity investments.

 

Financial Assets Accounted For Under Fair Value Option

Refer to the Fair Value Measurement section of this Note 8 regarding the fair value of commercial mortgage loans held for sale, residential mortgage loans held for sale, customer resale agreements, and BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock.

Commercial Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

Interest income on these loans is recorded as earned and reported on the Consolidated Income Statement in Other interest income. The impact on earnings of offsetting economic hedges is not reflected in these amounts. Changes in fair value due to instrument-specific credit risk for both the first nine months of 2011 and 2010 were not material.

Residential Mortgage Loans Held for Sale and in Portfolio

Interest income on these loans is recorded as earned and reported on the Consolidated Income Statement in Other interest income. Throughout 2010 and the first nine months of

2011, certain residential mortgage loans for which we elected the fair value option were subsequently reclassified to portfolio loans. Changes in fair value due to instrument-specific credit risk for the first nine months of 2011 and 2010 were not material.

Customer Resale Agreements

Interest income on structured resale agreements is reported on the Consolidated Income Statement in Other interest income. Changes in fair value due to instrument-specific credit risk for both the first nine months of 2011 and 2010 were not material.

Residential Mortgage-Backed Agency Hybrid Securities

Interest income on securities is reported on the Consolidated Income Statement in Interest income.

The changes in fair value included in noninterest income for items for which we elected the fair value option follow.

 

 

110


Table of Contents

Fair Value Option – Changes in Fair Value (a)

 

    

Gains (Losses)

Three months ended

   

Gains (Losses)

Nine months ended

 
In millions    September 30
2011
    September 30
2010
    September 30
2011
    September 30
2010
 

Assets

            

Customer resale agreements

   $ 1     $ 6     $ (6   $ 14  

Residential mortgage-backed agency hybrid securities (b)

     27           24      

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale

     4       11       3       33  

Residential mortgage loans held for sale

     77       80       185       220  

Residential mortgage loans – portfolio

     (16     (1     (14     2  

BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock

     (80     56       (50     (128
(a) The impact on earnings of offsetting hedged items or hedging instruments is not reflected in these amounts.
(b) These residential mortgage-backed agency hybrid securities are carried as Trading securities.

 

111


Table of Contents

Fair values and aggregate unpaid principal balances of items for which we elected the fair value option follow.

Fair Value Option – Fair Value and Principal Balances

 

In millions    Fair
Value
     Aggregate Unpaid
Principal Balance
     Difference  

September 30, 2011

          

Customer resale agreements

   $ 802      $ 748      $ 54  

Residential mortgage-backed agency hybrid securities (a)

     1,050        856        194  

Residential mortgage loans held for sale

          

Performing loans

     1,336        1,280        56  

Loans 90 days or more past due

     16        19        (3

Nonaccrual loans

     1        2        (1

Total

     1,353        1,301        52  

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale (b)

          

Performing loans

     816        949        (133

Nonaccrual loans

     15        28        (13

Total

     831        977        (146

Residential mortgage loans—portfolio

          

Performing loans

     65        84        (19

Loans 90 days or more past due (c)

     88        95        (7

Nonaccrual loans

     73        191        (118

Total

   $ 226      $ 370      $ (144

December 31, 2010

          

Customer resale agreements

   $ 866      $ 806      $ 60  

Residential mortgage loans held for sale

          

Performing loans

     1,844        1,839        5  

Loans 90 days or more past due

     33        41        (8

Nonaccrual loans

     1        2        (1

Total

     1,878        1,882        (4

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale (b)

          

Performing loans

     847        990        (143

Nonaccrual loans

     30        49        (19

Total

     877        1,039        (162

Residential mortgage loans—portfolio

          

Performing loans

     36        44        (8

Loans 90 days or more past due (c)

     64        67        (3

Nonaccrual loans

     16        31        (15

Total

   $ 116      $ 142      $ (26
(a) These residential mortgage-backed agency hybrid securities are carried as Trading securities.
(b) There were no loans 90 days or more past due within this category at September 30, 2011 or December 31, 2010.
(c) The majority of these loans are government insured loans, which positively impacts the fair value.

 

112


Table of Contents

Additional Fair Value Information Related to Financial Instruments

 

     September 30, 2011      December 31, 2010  
In millions    Carrying
Amount
     Fair Value      Carrying
Amount
     Fair Value  

Assets

               

Cash and short-term assets

   $ 9,685      $ 9,685      $ 9,711      $ 9,711  

Trading securities

     2,960        2,960        1,826        1,826  

Investment securities

     62,105        62,439        64,262        64,487  

Loans held for sale

     2,491        2,494        3,492        3,492  

Net loans (excludes leases)

     143,854        147,053        139,316        141,431  

Other assets

     4,190        4,190        4,664        4,664  

Mortgage servicing rights

     1,166        1,168        1,698        1,707  

Financial derivatives

               

Designated as hedging instruments under GAAP

     1,964        1,964        1,255        1,255  

Not designated as hedging instruments under GAAP

     7,644        7,644        4,502        4,502  

Liabilities

               

Demand, savings and money market deposits

     151,403        151,403        141,990        141,990  

Time deposits

     36,329        36,654        41,400        41,825  

Borrowed funds

     35,422        37,494        39,821        41,273  

Financial derivatives

               

Designated as hedging instruments under GAAP

     132        132        85        85  

Not designated as hedging instruments under GAAP

     7,297        7,297        4,850        4,850  

Unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

     199        199        173        173  

 

The aggregate fair values in the table above do not represent the total market value of PNC’s assets and liabilities as the table excludes the following:

   

real and personal property,

   

lease financing,

   

loan customer relationships,

   

deposit customer intangibles,

   

retail branch networks,

   

fee-based businesses, such as asset management and brokerage, and

   

trademarks and brand names.

We used the following methods and assumptions to estimate fair value amounts for financial instruments.

General

For short-term financial instruments realizable in three months or less, the carrying amount reported on our Consolidated Balance Sheet approximates fair value. Unless otherwise stated, the rates used in discounted cash flow analyses are based on market yield curves.

Cash and Short-Term Assets

The carrying amounts reported on our Consolidated Balance Sheet for cash and short-term investments approximate fair

values primarily due to their short-term nature. For purposes of this disclosure only, short-term assets include the following:

   

due from banks,

   

interest-earning deposits with banks,

   

federal funds sold and resale agreements,

   

cash collateral,

   

customers’ acceptances, and

   

accrued interest receivable.

Securities

Securities include both the investment securities (comprised of available for sale and held to maturity securities) and trading portfolios. We use prices obtained from pricing services, dealer quotes or recent trades to determine the fair value of securities. For 73% of our positions, we use prices obtained from pricing services provided by third party vendors. For an additional 9% of our positions, we use prices obtained from the pricing services as the primary input into the valuation process. One of the vendor’s prices are set with reference to market activity for highly liquid assets such as agency mortgage-backed securities, and matrix pricing for other assets, such as CMBS and asset-backed securities. Another vendor primarily uses pricing models considering adjustments

 

 

113


Table of Contents

for ratings, spreads, matrix pricing and prepayments for the instruments we value using this service, such as non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities, agency adjustable rate mortgage securities, agency CMOs and municipal bonds. Management uses various methods and techniques to corroborate prices obtained from pricing services and dealers, including reference to other dealers’ quotes, by reviewing valuations of comparable instruments, or by comparison to internal valuations. Dealer quotes received are typically non-binding.

NET LOANS AND LOANS HELD FOR SALE

Fair values are estimated based on the discounted value of expected net cash flows incorporating assumptions about prepayment rates, net credit losses and servicing fees. For purchased impaired loans, fair value is assumed to equal PNC’s carrying value, which represents the present value of expected future principal and interest cash flows, as adjusted for any ALLL recorded for these loans. See Note 6 Purchased Impaired Loans for additional information. For revolving home equity loans and commercial credit lines, this fair value does not include any amount for new loans or the related fees that will be generated from the existing customer relationships. Non-accrual loans are valued at their estimated recovery value. Also refer to the Fair Value Measurement and Fair Value Option sections of this Note 8 regarding the fair value of commercial and residential mortgage loans held for sale. Loans are presented net of the ALLL and do not include future accretable discounts related to purchased impaired loans.

OTHER ASSETS

Other assets as shown in the preceding table include the following:

   

FHLB and FRB stock,

   

equity investments carried at cost and fair value, and

   

BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock.

Investments accounted for under the equity method, including our investment in BlackRock, are not included in the preceding table.

The carrying amounts of private equity investments are recorded at fair value. The valuation procedures applied to direct investments and affiliated partnership interests include techniques such as multiples of adjusted earnings of the entity, independent appraisals, anticipated financing and sale transactions with third parties, or the pricing used to value the entity in a recent financing transaction. We value indirect investments in private equity funds based on net asset value as provided in the financial statements that we receive from their managers. Due to the time lag in our receipt of the financial information and based on a review of investments and valuation techniques applied, adjustments to the manager-

provided value are made when available recent investment portfolio company or market information indicates a significant change in value from that provided by the manager of the fund.

The aggregate carrying value of our investments that are carried at cost and FHLB and FRB stock was $2.0 billion at September 30, 2011 and $2.4 billion as of December 31, 2010, both of which approximate fair value at each date.

MORTGAGE SERVICING ASSETS

Fair value is based on the present value of the estimated future cash flows, incorporating assumptions as to prepayment speeds, discount rates, escrow balances, interest rates, cost to service and other factors.

The key valuation assumptions for commercial and residential mortgage loan servicing assets at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 are included in Note 9 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.

CUSTOMER RESALE AGREEMENTS

Refer to the Fair Value Measurement section of this Note 8 regarding the fair value of customer resale agreements.

DEPOSITS

The carrying amounts of noninterest-bearing demand and interest-bearing money market and savings deposits approximate fair values. For time deposits, which include foreign deposits, fair values are estimated based on the discounted value of expected net cash flows assuming current interest rates.

BORROWED FUNDS

The carrying amounts of Federal funds purchased, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, trading securities sold short, cash collateral, other short-term borrowings, acceptances outstanding and accrued interest payable are considered to be their fair value because of their short-term nature. For all other borrowed funds, fair values are estimated primarily based on dealer quotes or discounted cash flow analysis.

UNFUNDED LOAN COMMITMENTS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

The fair value of unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit is determined from a market participant’s view including the impact of changes in interest rates, credit and other factors. Because the interest rate on substantially all unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit varies with changes in market rates, these instruments are subject to little fluctuation in fair value due to changes in interest rates. We establish a liability on these facilities related to their creditworthiness.

 

 

114


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES

Refer to the Fair Value Measurement section of this Note 8 regarding the fair value of financial derivatives.

 

NOTE 9 GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Changes in goodwill by business segment during the first nine months of 2011 follow:

Changes in Goodwill by Business Segment (a)

 

In millions    Retail
Banking
     Corporate &
Institutional
Banking
     Asset
Management
Group
     BlackRock     Residential
Mortgage
Banking
     Total  

December 31, 2010

   $ 5,302      $ 2,728      $ 62      $ 14     $ 43      $ 8,149  

BankAtlantic branch acquisition

     35        6                41  

Other

     11        7        2        (3              17  

September 30, 2011

   $ 5,348      $ 2,741      $ 64      $ 11     $ 43      $ 8,207  
(a) The Distressed Assets Portfolio business segment does not have any goodwill allocated to it.

 

Changes in goodwill and other intangible assets during the first nine months of 2011 follow:

Summary of Changes in Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

In millions    Goodwill      Customer-
Related
    Servicing
Rights
 

December 31, 2010

   $ 8,149      $ 903     $ 1,701  

Additions/adjustments:

         

BankAtlantic branch acquisition

     41        1      

Other

     17         

Mortgage and other loan servicing rights

          (250

Impairment charge

          (157

Amortization

              (122     (127

September 30, 2011

   $ 8,207      $ 782     $ 1,167  

Assets and liabilities of acquired entities are recorded at estimated fair value as of the acquisition date.

The gross carrying amount, accumulated amortization and net carrying amount of other intangible assets by major category consisted of the following:

Other Intangible Assets

 

In millions    September 30
2011
    December 31
2010
 

Customer-related and other intangibles

      

Gross carrying amount

   $ 1,524     $ 1,524  

Accumulated amortization

     (742     (621

Net carrying amount

   $ 782     $ 903  

Mortgage and other loan servicing rights

      

Gross carrying amount

   $ 2,025     $ 2,293  

Valuation allowance

     (197     (40

Accumulated amortization

     (661     (552

Net carrying amount

   $ 1,167     $ 1,701  

Total

   $ 1,949     $ 2,604  

While certain of our other intangible assets have finite lives and are amortized primarily on a straight-line basis, certain core deposit intangibles are amortized on an accelerated basis.

For customer-related and other intangibles, the estimated remaining useful lives range from 1 year to 10 years, with a weighted-average remaining useful life of 9 years.

Amortization expense on existing intangible assets, including the impact of impairment charges follows:

Amortization Expense on Existing Intangible Assets, Net (a)

 

In millions  

Nine months ended September 30, 2011

   $  406  

Nine months ended September 30, 2010

     324  

Remainder of 2011

     67  

2012

     250  

2013

     196  

2014

     198  

2015

     184  

2016

     165  
(a) Includes the impact of impairment charges.

Changes in commercial mortgage servicing rights follow:

Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights

 

In millions    2011     2010  

January 1

   $ 665     $ 921  

Additions (a)

     100       59  

Sale of servicing rights (b)

       (192

Impairment charge

     (157     (99

Amortization expense

     (126     (73

September 30

   $ 482     $ 616  
(a) Additions for the first nine months of 2011 included $37 million from loans sold with servicing retained and $63 million from purchases of servicing rights from third parties. Comparable amounts for the first nine months of 2010 were $34 million and $25 million.
(b) Reflects the sale of a duplicative agency servicing operation in 2010.
 

 

115


Table of Contents

We recognize as an other intangible asset the right to service mortgage loans for others. Commercial mortgage servicing rights are purchased in the open market and originated when loans are sold with servicing retained. Commercial mortgage servicing rights are initially recorded at fair value. These rights are subsequently accounted for using the amortization method, and are substantially amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income of 5 to 10 years.

Commercial mortgage servicing rights are periodically evaluated for impairment. For purposes of impairment, the commercial mortgage servicing rights are stratified based on asset type, which characterizes the predominant risk of the underlying financial asset. If the carrying amount of any individual stratum exceeds its fair value, a valuation reserve is established with a corresponding charge to Corporate Services on our Consolidated Income Statement.

The fair value of commercial mortgage servicing rights is estimated by using an internal valuation model. The model calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows considering estimates of servicing revenue and costs, discount rates and prepayment speeds.

Changes in the residential mortgage servicing rights follow:

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights

 

In millions    2011     2010  

January 1

   $ 1,033     $ 1,332  

Additions:

      

From loans sold with servicing retained

     94       61  

Purchases

     48      

Changes in fair value due to:

      

Time and payoffs (a)

     (122     (133

Other (b)

     (369     (472

September 30

   $ 684     $ 788  

Unpaid principal balance of loans serviced for others at September 30

   $ 121,229     $ 131,594  
(a) Represents decrease in mortgage servicing rights value due to passage of time, including the impact from both regularly scheduled loan principal payments and loans that were paid down or paid off during the period.
(b) Represents mortgage servicing rights value changes resulting primarily from market-driven changes in interest rates.

We recognize mortgage servicing right assets on residential real estate loans when we retain the obligation to service these loans upon sale and the servicing fee is more than adequate compensation. Mortgage servicing rights are subject to declines in value principally from actual or expected

prepayment of the underlying loans and defaults. We manage this risk by economically hedging the fair value of mortgage servicing rights with securities and derivative instruments which are expected to increase in value when the value of mortgage servicing rights declines.

The fair value of residential MSRs is estimated by using a cash flow valuation model which calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and other economic factors which are determined based on current market conditions.

The fair value of residential and commercial MSRs and significant inputs to the valuation model as of September 30, 2011 are shown in the tables below. The expected and actual rates of mortgage loan prepayments are significant factors driving the fair value. Management uses a third party model to estimate future residential mortgage loan prepayments and internal proprietary models to estimate future commercial mortgage loan prepayments. This model has been refined based on current market conditions. Future interest rates are another important factor in the valuation of MSRs. Management utilizes market implied forward interest rates to estimate the future direction of mortgage and discount rates. Changes in the shape and slope of the forward curve in future periods may result in volatility in the fair value estimate.

A sensitivity analysis of the hypothetical effect on the fair value of MSRs to adverse changes in key assumptions is presented below. These sensitivities do not include the impact of the related hedging activities. Changes in fair value generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in the assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the MSRs is calculated independently without changing any other assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, changes in mortgage interest rates, which drive changes in prepayment rate estimates, could result in changes in the interest rate spread), which could either magnify or counteract the sensitivities.

The following tables set forth the fair value of commercial and residential MSRs and the sensitivity analysis of the hypothetical effect on the fair value of MSRs to immediate adverse changes of 10% and 20% in those assumptions:

 

 

116


Table of Contents

Commercial Mortgage Loan Servicing Assets – Key Valuation Assumptions

 

Dollars in millions    September 30,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

Fair value

   $ 484     $ 674  

Weighted-average life (years)

     6.0       6.3  

Prepayment rate range

     13%-27     10%-24

Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change

   $ 6     $ 8  

Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change

   $ 12     $ 16  

Effective discount rate range

     5%-9     7%-9

Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change

   $ 9     $ 13  

Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change

   $ 19     $ 26  

Residential Mortgage Loan Servicing Assets – Key Valuation Assumptions

 

Dollars in millions    September 30,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

Fair value

   $ 684     $ 1,033  

Weighted-average life (years)

     3.8       5.8  

Weighted-average constant prepayment rate

     21.02     12.61

Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change

   $ 46     $ 41  

Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change

   $ 87     $ 86  

Spread over forward interest rate swap rates

     11.80     12.18

Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change

   $ 27     $ 43  

Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change

   $ 51     $ 83  

Revenue from mortgage and other loan servicing comprised of contractually specified servicing fees, late fees, and ancillary fees follows:

Revenue from Mortgage and Other Loan Servicing

 

In millions    2011      2010  

Nine months ended September 30

   $ 481      $ 526  

Three months ended September 30

     163        170  

We also generate servicing revenue from fee-based activities provided to others.

Revenue from commercial mortgage servicing rights, residential mortgage servicing rights and other loan servicing are reported on our Consolidated Income Statement in the line items Corporate services, Residential mortgage, and Consumer services, respectively.

NOTE 10 CAPITAL SECURITIES OF SUBSIDIARY TRUSTS AND PERPETUAL TRUST SECURITIES

CAPITAL SECURITIES OF SUBSIDIARY TRUSTS

Our capital securities of subsidiary trusts are described in Note 13 Capital Securities of Subsidiary Trusts and Perpetual Trust Securities in our 2010 Form 10-K. All of these Trusts are wholly owned finance subsidiaries of PNC. In the event of certain changes or amendments to regulatory requirements or federal tax rules, the capital securities are redeemable. The financial statements of the Trusts are not included in PNC’s consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP.

The obligations of the respective parent of each Trust, when taken collectively, are the equivalent of a full and unconditional guarantee of the obligations of such Trust under the terms of the capital securities. Such guarantee is subordinate in right of payment in the same manner as other junior subordinated debt. There are certain restrictions on PNC’s overall ability to obtain funds from its subsidiaries. For additional disclosure on these funding restrictions, including an explanation of dividend and intercompany loan limitations, see Note 21 Regulatory Matters in our 2010 Form 10-K.

PNC is also subject to restrictions on dividends and other provisions potentially imposed under the Exchange Agreements with Trust II and Trust III, as described in Note 13 in our 2010 Form 10-K in the Perpetual Trust Securities section, and to other provisions similar to or in some ways more restrictive than those potentially imposed under those agreements.

 

 

117


Table of Contents

PERPETUAL TRUST SECURITIES

Our perpetual trust securities are described in Note 13 in our 2010 Form 10-K. Our 2010 Form 10-K also includes additional information regarding the Trust I and Trust II Securities, including descriptions of replacement capital and dividend restriction covenants. The Trust III Securities include dividend restriction covenants similar to those described for Trust II Securities.

NOTE 11 CERTAIN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

PENSION AND POSTRETIREMENT PLANS

As described in Note 14 Employee Benefit Plans in our 2010 Form 10-K, we have a noncontributory, qualified defined benefit pension plan covering eligible employees. Benefits are determined using a cash balance formula where earnings credits are a percentage of eligible compensation. Pension contributions are based on an actuarially determined amount necessary to fund total benefits payable to plan participants.

We also maintain nonqualified supplemental retirement plans for certain employees and provide certain health care and life insurance benefits for qualifying retired employees (postretirement benefits) through various plans. The nonqualified pension and postretirement benefit plans are unfunded. The Company reserves the right to terminate or make plan changes at any time.

The components of our net periodic pension and post-retirement benefit cost for the first nine months of 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

Net Periodic Pension and Postretirement Benefits Costs

 

     Qualified
Pension Plan
    Nonqualified
Retirement
Plans
     Postretirement
Benefits
 

Three months ended

September 30
In millions

   2011     2010     2011      2010      2011     2010  

Net periodic cost consists of:

                    

Service cost

   $ 24     $ 25     $ 1      $ 1      $ 1     $ 1  

Interest cost

     49       51       3        3        5       5  

Expected return on plan assets

     (75     (71              

Amortization of prior service cost

     (2     (2             (1    

Amortization of actuarial losses

     5       8       1        1                   

Net periodic cost (benefit)

   $ 1     $ 11     $ 5      $ 5      $ 5     $ 6  
    Qualified Pension
Plan
    Nonqualified
Retirement
Plans
    Postretirement
Benefits
 

Nine months ended
September 30

In millions

  2011     2010     2011     2010     2011     2010  

Net periodic cost consists of:

                 

Service cost

  $ 71     $ 77     $ 3     $ 2     $ 5     $ 4  

Interest cost

    147       152       10       10       14       15  

Expected return on plan assets

    (224     (214            

Amortization of prior service cost

    (6     (6           (2     (2

Amortization of actuarial losses

    14       25       3       3                  

Net periodic cost (benefit)

  $ 2     $ 34     $ 16     $ 15     $ 17     $ 17  

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

As more fully described in Note 15 Stock-Based Compensation Plans in our 2010 Form 10-K, we have long-term incentive award plans (Incentive Plans) that provide for the granting of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, incentive shares/performance units, restricted stock, restricted share units, other share-based awards and dollar-denominated awards to executives and, other than incentive stock options, to non-employee directors. Certain Incentive Plan awards may be paid in stock, cash or a combination of stock and cash. We typically grant a substantial portion of our stock-based compensation awards during the first quarter of the year. As of September 30, 2011, no stock appreciation rights were outstanding.

Total compensation expense recognized related to all share-based payment arrangements during the first nine months of 2011 and 2010 was $63 million and $70 million, respectively.

 

 

118


Table of Contents

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTIONS

Options are granted at exercise prices not less than the market value of common stock on the grant date. Generally, options become exercisable in installments after the grant date. No option may be exercisable after 10 years from its grant date. Payment of the option exercise price may be in cash or shares of common stock at market value on the exercise date. The exercise price may be paid in previously owned shares.

For purposes of computing stock option expense, we estimated the fair value of stock options primarily by using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Option pricing models require the use of numerous assumptions, many of which are very subjective.

Option Pricing Assumptions

 

Weighted-average for the nine months ended

September 30

   2011     2010  

Risk-free interest rate

     2.8      2.9 

Dividend yield

     0.6       0.7  

Volatility

     34.7       32.7  

Expected life

     5.9 yrs.        6.0 yrs.   

Grant-date fair value

   $ 22.82     $ 19.59  

 

 

 

Stock Option Rollforward

 

    PNC    

PNC Options

Converted From

National City

Options

    Total  
In thousands, except weighted-average data   Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
    Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
    Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

    19,825     $ 56.36       1,214     $ 678.09       21,039     $ 92.25  

Granted

    833       64.04             833       64.04  

Exercised

    (168     45.07             (168     45.07  

Cancelled

    (2,363     73.82       (241     685.58       (2,604     130.46  

Outstanding at September 30, 2011

    18,127     $ 54.54       973     $ 676.24       19,100     $ 86.22  

Exercisable at September 30, 2011

    11,984     $ 57.81       973     $ 676.24       12,957     $ 104.26  

 

During the first nine months of 2011, we issued 162,625 shares from treasury stock in connection with stock option exercise activity. As with past exercise activity, we currently intend to utilize treasury stock primarily for any future stock option exercises.

INCENTIVE/PERFORMANCE UNIT SHARE AWARDS AND RESTRICTED STOCK/UNIT AWARDS

The fair value of nonvested incentive/performance unit share awards and restricted stock/unit awards is initially determined based on prices not less than the market value of our common stock price on the date of grant. The value of certain incentive/performance unit share awards is subsequently remeasured based on the achievement of one or more financial and other performance goals over a three-year period. The Personnel and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approves the final award payout with respect to incentive/performance unit share awards. Restricted stock/unit awards have various vesting periods generally ranging from 36 months to 60 months.

Beginning in 2011, we incorporated two changes to certain awards under our existing long-term incentive compensation programs. First, for certain grants of incentive performance units, the future payout amount will be subject to a negative annual adjustment if PNC fails to meet certain risk-related performance metrics. This adjustment is in addition to the existing financial performance metrics relative to our peers. These grants have a three-year performance period and are payable in either stock or a combination of stock and cash. Second, performance-based restricted share units (performance RSUs) were granted in 2011 to certain of our executives in lieu of stock options. These performance RSUs (which are payable solely in stock) have a service condition, an internal risk-related performance condition, and an external market condition. Satisfaction of the performance condition is based on four independent one-year performance periods.

 

 

119


Table of Contents

Nonvested Incentive/Performance Unit Share Awards and Restricted Stock/Unit Awards – Rollforward

 

Shares in thousands    Nonvested
Incentive/
Performance
Unit Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
     Nonvested
Restricted
Stock/
Unit
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Grant
Date Fair
Value
 

December 31, 2010

     363     $ 56.40        2,250     $ 49.95  

Granted

     623       64.21        955       63.62  

Vested/Released

     (156     59.54        (433     58.84  

Forfeited

                      (83     51.73  

September 30, 2011

     830     $ 61.68        2,689     $ 53.32  

 

In the chart above, the unit shares and related weighted-average grant date fair value of the incentive/performance awards exclude the effect of dividends on the underlying shares, as those dividends will be paid in cash.

At September 30, 2011, there was $67 million of unrecognized deferred compensation expense related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Incentive Plans. This cost is expected to be recognized as expense over a period of no longer than five years.

LIABILITY AWARDS

Beginning in 2008, we granted cash-payable restricted share units to certain executives. The grants were made primarily as part of an annual bonus incentive deferral plan. While there are time-based and service-related vesting criteria, there are no market or performance criteria associated with these awards. Compensation expense recognized related to these awards was recorded in prior periods as part of annual cash bonus criteria. As of September 30, 2011, there were 754,519 of these cash-payable restricted share units outstanding.

A summary of all nonvested cash-payable restricted share unit activity follows:

Nonvested Cash-Payable Restricted Share Unit – Rollforward

 

In thousands    Nonvested
Cash-Payable
Restricted
Unit Shares
    Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     1,112      

Granted

     526      

Vested and Released

     (547    

Forfeited

     (16    

Outstanding at September 30, 2011

     1,075     $ 51,799  

NOTE 12 FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES

We use derivative financial instruments (derivatives) primarily to help manage exposure to interest rate, market and credit risk and reduce the effects that changes in interest rates may have on net income, fair value of assets and liabilities, and cash flows. We also enter into derivatives with customers to facilitate their risk management activities.

Derivatives represent contracts between parties that usually require little or no initial net investment and result in one party delivering cash or another type of asset to the other party based on a notional amount and an underlying as specified in the contract. Derivative transactions are often measured in terms of notional amount, but this amount is generally not exchanged and it is not recorded on the balance sheet. The notional amount is the basis to which the underlying is applied to determine required payments under the derivative contract. The underlying is a referenced interest rate (commonly LIBOR), security price, credit spread or other index. Certain contracts and commitments, such as residential and commercial real estate loan commitments associated with loans to be sold, also qualify as derivative instruments.

All derivatives are carried on our Consolidated Balance Sheet at fair value. Derivative balances are presented on a net basis taking into consideration the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements. Cash collateral exchanged with counterparties is also netted against the applicable derivative fair values.

Further discussion on how derivatives are accounted for is included in Note 1 Accounting Policies in our 2010 Form 10-K.

Derivatives Designated in Hedge Relationships

Certain derivatives used to manage interest rate risk as part of our asset and liability risk management activities are designated as accounting hedges under GAAP. Derivatives hedging the risks associated with changes in the fair value of

 

 

120


Table of Contents

assets or liabilities are considered fair value hedges, while derivatives hedging the variability of expected future cash flows are considered cash flow hedges. Designating derivatives as accounting hedges allows for gains and losses on those derivatives, to the extent effective, to be recognized in the income statement in the same period the hedged items affect earnings.

Cash Flow Hedges

We enter into receive-fixed, pay-variable interest rate swaps to modify the interest rate characteristics of designated commercial loans from variable to fixed in order to reduce the impact of changes in future cash flows due to market interest rate changes. For these cash flow hedges, any changes in the fair value of the derivatives that are effective in offsetting changes in the forecasted interest cash flows are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and are reclassified to interest income in conjunction with the recognition of interest receipts on the loans. In the 12 months that follow September 30, 2011, we expect to reclassify from the amount currently reported in accumulated other comprehensive income net derivative gains of $416 million pretax, or $270 million after-tax, in association with interest receipts on the hedged loans. This amount could differ from amounts actually recognized due to changes in interest rates, hedge dedesignations, and the addition of other hedges subsequent to September 30, 2011. The maximum length of time over which forecasted loan cash flows are hedged is 10 years. We use statistical regression analysis to assess the effectiveness of these hedge relationships at both the inception of the hedge relationship and on an ongoing basis.

We also periodically enter into forward purchase and sale contracts to hedge the variability of the consideration that will be paid or received related to the purchase or sale of investment securities. The forecasted purchase or sale is consummated upon gross settlement of the forward contract itself. As a result, hedge ineffectiveness, if any, is typically minimal. Gains and losses on these forward contracts are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and are recognized in earnings when the hedged cash flows affect earnings. In the 12 months that follow September 30, 2011, we expect to reclassify from the amount currently reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net derivative gains of $54 million pretax, or $35 million after-tax, as adjustments of yield on investment securities. The maximum length of time we are hedging forecasted purchases is four months. There were no amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income related to the forecasted sale of securities at September 30, 2011.

There were no components of derivative gains or losses excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness related to either cash flow hedge strategy.

During the first nine months of 2011 and 2010, there were no gains or losses from cash flow hedge derivatives reclassified

to earnings because it became probable that the original forecasted transaction would not occur. The amount of cash flow hedge ineffectiveness recognized in income for the first nine months of 2011 and 2010 was not material to PNC’s results of operations.

Fair Value Hedges

We enter into receive-fixed, pay-variable interest rate swaps to hedge changes in the fair value of outstanding fixed-rate debt and borrowings caused by fluctuations in market interest rates. The specific products hedged may include bank notes, Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings, and senior and subordinated debt. We also enter into pay-fixed, receive-variable interest rate swaps, and zero-coupon swaps to hedge changes in the fair value of fixed rate and zero-coupon investment securities caused by fluctuations in market interest rates. The specific products hedged include US Treasury, government agency and other debt securities. For these hedge relationships, we use statistical regression analysis to assess hedge effectiveness at both the inception of the hedge relationship and on an ongoing basis. There were no components of derivative gains or losses excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

Further detail regarding the notional amounts, fair values and gains and losses recognized related to derivatives used in fair value and cash flow hedge strategies is presented in the tables that follow.

The ineffective portion of the change in value of our fair value hedge derivatives resulted in net losses of $15 million for the first nine months of 2011 compared with net losses of $8 million for the first nine months of 2010.

Derivatives Not Designated in Hedge Relationships

We also enter into derivatives that are not designated as accounting hedges under GAAP.

The majority of these derivatives are used to manage risk related to residential and commercial mortgage banking activities and are considered economic hedges. Although these derivatives are used to hedge risk, they are not designated as accounting hedges because the contracts they are hedging are typically also carried at fair value on the balance sheet, resulting in symmetrical accounting treatment for both the hedging instrument and the hedged item.

Our residential mortgage banking activities consist of originating, selling and servicing mortgage loans. Residential mortgage loans that will be sold in the secondary market, and the related loan commitments, which are considered derivatives, are accounted for at fair value. Changes in the fair value of the loans and commitments due to interest rate risk are hedged with forward loan sale contracts as well as Treasury and Eurodollar futures and options. Gains and losses on the loans and commitments held for sale and the derivatives used to economically hedge them are included in residential mortgage noninterest income on the Consolidated Income Statement.

 

 

121


Table of Contents

We typically retain the servicing rights related to residential mortgage loans that we sell. Residential mortgage servicing rights are accounted for at fair value with changes in fair value influenced primarily by changes in interest rates. Derivatives used to hedge the fair value of residential mortgage servicing rights include interest rate futures, swaps, options (including caps, floors, and swaptions), and forward contracts to purchase mortgage-backed securities. Gains and losses on residential mortgage servicing rights and the related derivatives used for hedging are included in residential mortgage noninterest income.

Certain commercial mortgage loans are also sold into the secondary market as part of our commercial mortgage banking activities and are accounted for at fair value. Derivatives used to economically hedge these loans and commitments from changes in fair value due to interest rate risk and credit risk include forward loan sale contracts, interest rate swaps, and credit default swaps. Gains and losses on the commitments, loans and derivatives are included in other noninterest income.

The residential and commercial loan commitments associated with loans to be sold which are accounted for as derivatives are valued based on the estimated fair value of the underlying loan and the probability that the loan will fund within the terms of the commitment. The fair value also takes into account the fair value of the embedded servicing right.

We offer derivatives to our customers in connection with their risk management needs. These derivatives primarily consist of interest rate swaps, interest rate caps, floors, swaptions, foreign exchange contracts, and equity contracts. We primarily manage our market risk exposure from customer transactions by entering into offsetting derivative transactions with third-party dealers. Gains and losses on customer-related derivatives are included in other noninterest income.

The derivatives portfolio also includes derivatives used for other risk management activities. These derivatives are entered into based on stated risk management objectives.

This segment of the portfolio includes credit default swaps (CDS) used to mitigate the risk of economic loss on a portion of our loan exposure. We also sell loss protection to mitigate the net premium cost and the impact of mark-to-market accounting on CDS purchases to hedge the loan portfolio. The fair values of these derivatives typically are based on related credit spreads. Gains and losses on the derivatives entered into for other risk management are included in other noninterest income.

Included in the customer, mortgage banking risk management, and other risk management portfolios are written interest-rate

caps and floors entered into with customers and for risk management purposes. We receive an upfront premium from the counterparty and are obligated to make payments to the counterparty if the underlying market interest rate rises above or falls below a certain level designated in the contract. At September 30, 2011, the fair value of the written caps and floors liability on our Consolidated Balance Sheet was $7 million compared with $15 million at December 31, 2010. Our ultimate obligation under written options is based on future market conditions and is only quantifiable at settlement.

Further detail regarding the derivatives not designated in hedging relationships is presented in the tables that follow.

Derivative Counterparty Credit Risk

By entering into derivative contracts we are exposed to credit risk. We seek to minimize credit risk through internal credit approvals, limits, monitoring procedures, executing master netting agreements and collateral requirements. We generally enter into transactions with counterparties that carry high quality credit ratings. Nonperformance risk including credit risk is included in the determination of the estimated net fair value.

We generally have established agreements with our major derivative dealer counterparties that provide for exchanges of marketable securities or cash to collateralize either party’s positions. At September 30, 2011, we held cash, US government securities and mortgage-backed securities totaling $1.3 billion under these agreements. We pledged cash of $793 million under these agreements. To the extent not netted against derivative fair values under a master netting agreement, cash pledged is included in Other assets and cash held is included in Other borrowed funds on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The credit risk associated with derivatives executed with customers is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans and is subject to normal credit policies. We may obtain collateral based on our assessment of the customer’s credit quality.

We periodically enter into risk participation agreements to share some of the credit exposure with other counterparties related to interest rate derivative contracts or to take on credit exposure to generate revenue. We will make/receive payments under these agreements if a customer defaults on its obligation to perform under certain derivative swap contracts. Risk participation agreements are included in the derivatives table that follows. Our exposure related to risk participations where we sold protection is discussed in the Credit Derivatives section below.

 

 

122


Table of Contents

Contingent Features

Some of PNC’s derivative instruments contain provisions that require PNC’s debt to maintain an investment grade credit rating from each of the major credit rating agencies. If PNC’s debt ratings were to fall below investment grade, it would be in violation of these provisions, and the counterparties to the derivative instruments could request immediate payment or demand immediate and ongoing full overnight collateralization on derivative instruments in net liability positions.

The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features that were in a net liability position on September 30, 2011 was $927 million for which PNC had posted collateral of $777 million in the normal course of business. The maximum amount of collateral PNC would have been required to post if the credit-risk-related contingent features underlying these agreements had been triggered on September 30, 2011, would be an additional $150 million.

 

 

123


Table of Contents

Derivatives Total Notional or Contractual Amounts and Estimated Net Fair Values

 

    Asset Derivatives         Liability Derivatives  
    September 30, 2011     December 31, 2010         September 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  
In millions   Notional/
Contract
Amount
    Fair
Value (a)
    Notional/
Contract
Amount
    Fair
Value (a)
        Notional/
Contract
Amount
    Fair
Value (b)
    Notional/
Contract
Amount
    Fair
Value (b)
 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under GAAP

                   

Interest rate contracts:

                   

Cash flow hedges

  $ 14,683     $ 642     $ 13,635     $ 377       $ 1,180     $ 5     $ 3,167     $ 53  

Fair value hedges

    9,394       1,322       9,878       878         3,083       127       1,594       32  

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments

  $ 24,077     $ 1,964     $ 23,513     $ 1,255       $ 4,263     $ 132     $ 4,761     $ 85  

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under GAAP

                   

Derivatives used for residential mortgage banking activities:

                   

Residential mortgage servicing

                   

Interest rate contracts

  $ 122,737     $ 3,393     $ 112,236     $ 1,490       $ 69,383     $ 2,853     $ 66,476     $ 1,419  

Loan sales

                   

Interest rate contracts

    8,036       76       11,765       119         4,400       45       3,585       31  

Subtotal

  $ 130,773     $ 3,469     $ 124,001     $ 1,609       $ 73,783     $ 2,898     $ 70,061     $ 1,450  

Derivatives used for commercial mortgage banking activities:

                   

Interest rate contracts

  $ 1,685     $ 69     $ 1,159     $ 75       $ 896     $ 90     $ 1,813     $ 111  

Credit contracts:

                   

Credit default swaps

    95       6       210       8                                    

Subtotal

  $ 1,780     $ 75     $ 1,369     $ 83       $ 896     $ 90     $ 1,813     $ 111  

Derivatives used for customer-related activities:

                   

Interest rate contracts

  $ 62,607     $ 3,778     $ 54,060     $ 2,611       $ 59,434     $ 3,869     $ 49,619     $ 2,703  

Foreign exchange contracts

    6,206       285       3,659       149         5,249       204       4,254       155  

Equity contracts

    201       16       195       16         142       18       139       19  

Credit contracts:

                   

Risk participation agreements

    1,411       7       1,371       5         1,668       5       1,367       2  

Subtotal

  $ 70,425     $ 4,086     $ 59,285     $ 2,781       $ 66,493     $ 4,096     $ 55,379     $ 2,879  

Derivatives used for other risk management activities:

                   

Interest rate contracts

  $ 1,459     $ 6     $ 3,420     $ 20       $ 2,024     $ 36     $ 1,099     $ 9  

Foreign exchange contracts

              27       2       32       4  

Credit contracts:

                   

Credit default swaps

    258       8       376       9         140       1       175       1  

Other contracts (c)

                                      111       174       209       396  

Subtotal

  $ 1,717     $ 14     $ 3,796     $ 29       $ 2,302     $ 213     $ 1,515     $ 410  

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

  $ 204,695     $ 7,644     $ 188,451     $ 4,502       $ 143,474     $ 7,297     $ 128,768     $ 4,850  

Total Gross Derivatives

  $ 228,772     $ 9,608     $ 211,964     $ 5,757       $ 147,737     $ 7,429     $ 133,529     $ 4,935  

Less: Legally enforceable master netting agreements

      5,664         3,203           5,664         3,203  

Less: Cash collateral

            809               659                 773               674  

Total Net Derivatives

          $ 3,135             $ 1,895               $ 992             $ 1,058  
(a) Included in Other Assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(b) Included in Other Liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(c) Includes PNC’s obligation to fund a portion of certain BlackRock LTIP programs.

 

124


Table of Contents

Gains (losses) on derivative instruments and related hedged items follow:

Derivatives Designated in GAAP Hedge Relationships – Fair Value Hedges

 

               September 30, 2011     September 30, 2010  

Nine months ended

In millions

  

Hedged Items

  

Location

   Gain
(Loss) on
Derivatives
Recognized
in Income
    Gain (Loss)
on Related
Hedged
Items
Recognized
in Income
    Gain
(Loss) on
Derivatives
Recognized
in Income
    Gain (Loss)
on Related
Hedged
Items
Recognized
in Income
 
         Amount     Amount     Amount     Amount  

Interest rate contracts

   US Treasury and Government Agencies Securities    Investment securities (interest income)    $ (154   $ 161     $ (75   $ 71  

Interest rate contracts

   Other Debt Securities    Investment securities (interest income)      (24     24        

Interest rate contracts

   Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings    Borrowed funds (interest expense)          (65     63  

Interest rate contracts

   Subordinated debt    Borrowed funds (interest expense)      223       (236     395       (409

Interest rate contracts

   Bank notes and senior debt    Borrowed funds (interest expense)      269       (278     359       (347

Total

             $ 314     $ (329   $ 614     $ (622

 

               September 30, 2011     September 30, 2010  
               Gain
(Loss) on
Derivatives
Recognized
in Income
    Gain (Loss)
on Related
Hedged
Items
Recognized
in Income
    Gain
(Loss) on
Derivatives
Recognized
in Income
    Gain (Loss)
on Related
Hedged
Items
Recognized
in Income
 

Three months ended

In millions

   Hedged Items    Location    Amount     Amount     Amount     Amount  

Interest rate contracts

   US Treasury and Government Agencies Securities    Investment securities (interest income)    $ (129   $ 135     $ (48   $ 45  

Interest rate contracts

   Other Debt Securities    Investment securities (interest income)      (15     15        

Interest rate contracts

   Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings    Borrowed funds
(interest expense)
         (17     16  

Interest rate contracts

   Subordinated debt    Borrowed funds
(interest expense)
     193       (193     135       (137

Interest rate contracts

   Bank notes and senior debt    Borrowed funds
(interest expense)
     221       (220     145       (149

Total

             $ 270     $ (263   $ 215     $ (225

 

125


Table of Contents

Derivatives Designated in GAAP Hedge Relationships – Cash Flow Hedges

 

Nine months ended

In millions

        

Gain (Loss) on Derivatives
Recognized in OCI

(Effective Portion)

    

Gain (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated
OCI into Income

(Effective Portion)

     Gain (Loss)  Recognized in Income
on Derivatives
(Ineffective Portion)
                    Location        Amount          Location     Amount

September 30, 2011

   Interest rate contracts    $ 703      Interest income    $ 332        Interest income       
         Noninterest income      41         

September 30, 2010

   Interest rate contracts    $ 1,066      Interest income    $ 259        Interest income       
                   Noninterest income      33               

 

Three months ended

In millions

        Gain (Loss) on Derivatives
Recognized in OCI
(Effective Portion)
    

Gain (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated
OCI into Income

(Effective Portion)

    Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income
on Derivatives
(Ineffective Portion)
 
                   Location        Amount         Location     Amount  

September 30, 2011

  Interest rate contracts    $ 423      Interest income    $ 120       Interest income       
        Noninterest income      8        

September 30, 2010

  Interest rate contracts    $ 341      Interest income    $ 84       Interest income      $ (2
                  Noninterest income      8                  

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments under GAAP

 

     Three months ended
September 30
          Nine months ended
September 30
 
In millions        2011             2010                   2011             2010      

Derivatives used for residential mortgage banking activities:

             

Residential mortgage servicing

             

Interest rate contracts

   $ 339     $ 231        $ 504     $ 652  

Loan sales

             

Interest rate contracts

     (12     (15          (15     (92

Gains (losses) included in residential mortgage banking activities (a)

   $ 327     $ 216          $ 489     $ 560  

Derivatives used for commercial mortgage banking activities:

             

Interest rate contracts

   $ (7   $ (17      $ (12   $ (88

Credit contracts

     4       (9          8       (18

Gains (losses) from commercial mortgage banking activities (b)

   $ (3   $ (26        $ (4   $ (106

Derivatives used for customer-related activities:

             

Interest rate contracts

   $ 6     $ (12      $ 46     $ (39

Foreign exchange contracts

     42       22          64       28  

Equity contracts

     1       (1        (2    

Credit contracts

     2                    4       (2

Gains (losses) from customer-related activities (b)

   $ 51     $ 9          $ 112     $ (13

Derivatives used for other risk management activities:

             

Interest rate contracts

   $ (40     (2      $ (42   $ (16

Foreign exchange contracts

     3       (5          (3

Credit contracts

     1       1          (1     5  

Other contracts (c)

     80       (56          50       128  

Gains (losses) from other risk management activities (b)

   $ 44     $ (62        $ 7     $ 114  

Total gains (losses) from derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

   $ 419     $ 137          $ 604     $ 555  
(a) Included in residential mortgage noninterest income.
(b) Included in other noninterest income.
(c) Relates to BlackRock LTIP.

CREDIT DERIVATIVES

The credit derivative underlying is based on the credit risk of a specific entity, entities, or an index. As discussed above, we enter into credit derivatives, specifically credit default swaps and risk participation agreements, as part of our commercial mortgage banking

 

126


Table of Contents

hedging activities and for customer and other risk management purposes. Detail regarding credit default swaps and risk participations sold follows:

Credit Default Swaps

 

      September 30, 2011          December 31, 2010  
Dollars in millions    Notional
Amount
     Estimated
Net Fair
Value
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Maturity
In Years
         Notional
Amount
     Estimated
Net Fair
Value
    Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Maturity
In Years
 

Credit Default Swaps – Sold

                    

Single name

   $ 45      $ 1        2.1        $ 45      $ 4       2.8  

Index traded

     118                 1.9          189        2       2.0  

Total

   $ 163      $ 1        1.9        $ 234      $ 6       2.2  

Credit Default Swaps – Purchased

                    

Single name

   $ 270      $ 6        3.3        $ 317      $ 2       2.6  

Index traded

     60        6        37.5          210        8       38.8  

Total

   $ 330      $ 12        9.5        $ 527      $ 10       17.0  

Total

   $ 493      $ 13        7.0        $ 761      $ 16       12.5  

 

The notional amount of these credit default swaps by credit rating follows:

Credit Ratings of Credit Default Swaps

 

Dollars in millions    September 30,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

Credit Default Swaps – Sold

      

Investment grade (a)

   $ 139     $ 220  

Subinvestment grade (b)

     24       14  

Total

   $ 163     $ 234  

Credit Default Swaps – Purchased

      

Investment grade (a)

   $ 235     $ 385  

Subinvestment grade (b)

     95       142  

Total

   $ 330     $ 527  

Total

   $ 493     $ 761  
(a) Investment grade with a rating of BBB-/Baa3 or above based on published rating agency information.
(b) Subinvestment grade with a rating below BBB-/Baa3 based on published rating agency information.

The referenced/underlying assets for these credit default swaps follow:

Referenced/Underlying Assets of Credit Default Swaps

 

      Corporate
Debt
    Commercial
mortgage-
backed
securities
    Loans  

September 30, 2011

     75     12     13

December 31, 2010

     62     28     10

We enter into credit default swaps under which we buy loss protection from or sell loss protection to a counterparty for the occurrence of a credit event related to a referenced entity or index. The maximum amount we would be required to pay under the credit default swaps in which we sold protection, assuming all referenced underlyings experience a credit event at a total loss, without recoveries, was $163 million at September 30, 2011 and $234 million at December 31, 2010.

Risk Participation Agreements

We have sold risk participation agreements with terms ranging from less than 1 year to 25 years. We will be required to make payments under these agreements if a customer defaults on its obligation to perform under certain derivative swap contracts with third parties.

Risk Participation Agreements Sold

 

Dollars in millions    Notional
Amount
     Estimated
Net Fair
Value
    Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Maturity
In Years
 

September 30, 2011

   $ 1,668      $ (5     7.3  

December 31, 2010

   $ 1,367      $ (2     2.0  

Based on our internal risk rating process of the underlying third parties to the swap contracts, the percentages of the exposure amount of risk participation agreements sold by internal credit rating follow:

Internal Credit Ratings of Risk Participation Agreements Sold

 

      September 30,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

Pass (a)

     99     95

Below pass (b)

     1     5
(a) Indicates the expected risk of default is currently low.
(b) Indicates a higher degree of risk of default.

Assuming all underlying swap counterparties defaulted at September 30, 2011, the exposure from these agreements would be $146 million based on the fair value of the underlying swaps, compared with $49 million at December 31, 2010.

 

 

127


Table of Contents

NOTE 13 EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic and Diluted Earnings per Common Share

 

     Three months ended
September 30
    Nine months ended
September 30
 
In millions, except per share data    2011     2010     2011     2010  

Basic

        

Net income from continuing operations

   $ 834     $ 775     $ 2,578     $ 2,204  

Less:

        

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     4       2       (2     (12

Dividends distributed to common shareholders

     183       53       419       151  

Dividends distributed to preferred shareholders

     4       4       32       122  

Dividends distributed to nonvested restricted shares

     1         2    

Preferred stock discount accretion and redemptions

             3       1       254  

Undistributed net income from continuing operations

   $ 642     $ 713     $ 2,126     $ 1,689  

Undistributed net income from discontinued operations

             328               373  

Undistributed net income

   $ 642     $ 1,041     $ 2,126     $ 2,062  

Percentage of undistributed income allocated to common shares

     99.55      99.63      99.60      99.64 

Undistributed income from continuing operations allocated to common shares

   $ 639     $ 709     $ 2,118     $ 1,681  

Plus: common dividends

     183       53       419       151  

Net income from continuing operations attributable to basic common shares

   $ 822     $ 762     $ 2,537     $ 1,832  

Net income from discontinued operations attributable to common shares

             328               373  

Net income attributable to basic common shares

   $ 822     $ 1,090     $ 2,537     $ 2,205  

Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding

     524       523       524       515  

Basic earnings per common share from continuing operations

   $ 1.57     $ 1.45     $ 4.84     $ 3.56  

Basic earnings per common share from discontinued operations

             .63               .72  

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 1.57     $ 2.08     $ 4.84     $ 4.28  

Diluted

        

Net income from continuing operations attributable to basic common shares

   $ 822     $ 762     $ 2,537     $ 1,832  

Less: BlackRock common stock equivalents

     6       3       16       11  

Net income from continuing operations attributable to diluted common shares

   $ 816     $ 759     $ 2,521     $ 1,821  

Net income from discontinued operations attributable to common shares

             328               373  

Net income attributable to diluted common shares

   $ 816     $ 1,087     $ 2,521     $ 2,194  

Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding

     524       523       524       515  

Dilutive potential common shares (a) (b)

     2       3       2       3  

Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding

     526       526       526       518  

Diluted earnings per common share from continuing operations

   $ 1.55     $ 1.45     $ 4.79     $ 3.52  

Diluted earnings per common share from discontinued operations

             .62               .72  

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 1.55     $ 2.07     $ 4.79     $ 4.24  

(a)Excludes stock options considered to be anti-dilutive

     12       13       7       11  

(b)Excludes warrants considered to be anti-dilutive

     22       22       22       22  

 

128


Table of Contents

NOTE 14 TOTAL EQUITY AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Activity in total equity for the first nine months of 2011 follows. The par value of our preferred stock outstanding at September 30, 2011 totaled $.1 million and is excluded from the table.

Rollforward of Total Equity

 

     Shareholders’ Equity  
In millions   Shares
Outstanding
Common
Stock
    Common
Stock
    Capital
Surplus –
Preferred
Stock
    Capital
Surplus –
Common
Stock
and
Other
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Treasury
Stock
    Non-
controlling
Interests
    Total
Equity
 

Balance at January 1, 2011

    526     $ 2,682     $ 647     $ 12,057     $ 15,859     $ (431   $ (572   $ 2,596     $ 32,838  

Net income

              2,580             (2     2,578  

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

                       

Net unrealized gains on other-than- temporary impairment debt securities

                29             29  

Net unrealized securities gains

                569             569  

Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives

                209             209  

Pension and other postretirement benefit plan adjustments

                10             10  

Other

                                            11                       11  

Comprehensive income (loss)

                                                            (2     3,406  

Cash dividends declared

                       

Common ($.80 per share)

              (421             (421

Preferred

              (32             (32

Preferred stock discount accretion

          1         (1            

Common stock activity (a)

            6                 6  

Treasury stock activity (a)

            (23         37         14  

Preferred stock issuance – Series O (b)

          988                   988  

Other

                            14                               429       443  

Balance at September 30, 2011

    526     $ 2,682     $ 1,636     $ 12,054     $ 17,985     $ 397     $ (535   $ 3,023     $ 37,242  
(a) Common and net treasury stock activity totaled less than .5 million shares.
(b) 10,000 Series O preferred shares with a $1 par value were issued on July 20, 2011.

Comprehensive income for the first nine months of 2010 was $4.7 billion.

 

129


Table of Contents

Change in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

Nine months ended September 30, 2011

In millions

   Pretax     Tax
(Expense)
Benefit
    After-tax  

Change in net unrealized securities losses:

        

Decrease in net unrealized OTTI losses on debt securities

   $ (76   $ 15     $ (61

Less: Net losses realized on sales of securities

     (34     12       (22

Less: Other OTTI losses realized in net income

     (108     40       (68

Change in net unrealized losses on OTTI securities

     66       (37     29  

Increase in net unrealized gains for non-OTTI securities

     1,098       (388     710  

Less: Net gains realized on sales of securities

     221       (80     141  

Change in net unrealized gains on non-OTTI securities

     877       (308     569  

Change in net unrealized securities gains

     943       (345     598  

Change in net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives:

        

Increase in net unrealized gains during the period on cash flow hedge derivatives

     703       (258     445  

Less: Net gains realized in net income

     373       (137     236  

Change in net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives

     330       (121     209  

Change in pension and other postretirement benefit plan adjustments

     14       (4     10  

Change in other, net

     27       (16     11  

Change in other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 1,314     $ (486   $ 828  

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Component

 

     September 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  
In millions    Pretax     After-tax     Pretax     After-tax  

Net unrealized securities gains

   $ 1,027     $ 664     $ 150     $ 95  

OTTI losses on debt securities

     (955     (617     (1,021     (646

Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives

     1,154       731       824       522  

Pension and other postretirement benefit plan adjustments

     (584     (370     (598     (380

Other, net

     (20     (11     (47     (22

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 622     $ 397     $ (692   $ (431

 

NOTE 15 INCOME TAXES

The net operating loss carryforwards at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 follow:

Net Operating Loss Carryforwards

 

In millions    September 30,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 

Federal

   $ 30      $ 54  

State

     1,443        1,600  

Valuation allowance – State

     21        21  

The federal net operating loss carryforwards expire from 2027 to 2028. The state net operating loss carryforwards will expire from 2011 to 2031.

PNC’s consolidated federal income tax returns through 2006 have been audited by the IRS and we have resolved all matters through the IRS Appeals Division. The IRS began its examination of PNC’s 2007 and 2008 consolidated federal income tax returns during the third quarter of 2010. National City’s consolidated federal income tax returns through 2007

have been audited by the IRS. Certain adjustments remain under review by the IRS Appeals Division for years 2003-2007. The IRS began its examination of National City’s 2008 consolidated federal income tax return during the third quarter of 2010. Any potential adjustments have been considered in establishing our reserve for uncertain tax positions as of September 30, 2011.

We had unrecognized tax benefits of $218 million at September 30, 2011 and $238 million at December 31, 2010. At September 30, 2011, $106 million of unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would favorably impact the effective income tax rate.

It is reasonably possible that the liability for uncertain tax positions could increase or decrease in the next twelve months due to completion of tax authorities’ exams or the expiration of statutes of limitations. Management estimates that the liability for uncertain tax positions could decrease by $15 million within the next twelve months.

 

 

130


Table of Contents

NOTE 16 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We establish accruals for legal proceedings when information related to the loss contingencies represented by those matters indicates both that a loss is probable and that the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Any such accruals are adjusted thereafter as appropriate to reflect changed circumstances. When we are able to do so, we also determine estimates of possible losses or ranges of possible losses, whether in excess of any related accrued liability or where there is no accrued liability, for disclosed litigation matters (“Disclosed Matters,” which includes, for purposes of this Note 16, collectively the matters disclosed in this Note 16 and those matters disclosed in Note 22 Legal Proceedings in Part II, Item 8 of our 2010 Form 10-K and Note 16 Legal Proceedings in Part I, Item 1 of our first and second quarter 2011 Forms 10-Q (such prior disclosure referred to as “Prior Disclosure”) and still pending). For Disclosed Matters where we are able to estimate such possible losses or ranges of possible losses, as of September 30, 2011, we estimate that it is reasonably possible that we could incur losses in an aggregate amount up to approximately $435 million. The estimates included in this amount are based on our analysis of currently available information and are subject to significant judgment and a variety of assumptions and uncertainties. As new information is obtained we may change our estimates. Due to the inherent subjectivity of the assessments and unpredictability of outcomes of legal proceedings, any amounts accrued or included in this aggregate amount may not represent the ultimate loss to us from the legal proceedings in question. Thus, our exposure and ultimate losses may be higher or lower, and possibly significantly so, than the amounts accrued or this aggregate amount.

The aggregate estimated amount provided above does not include an estimate for every Disclosed Matter, as we are unable, at this time, to estimate the losses that it is reasonably possible that we could incur or ranges of such losses with respect to some of the matters disclosed for one or more of the following reasons. In our experience, legal proceedings are inherently unpredictable. In many legal proceedings, various factors exacerbate this inherent unpredictability, including, among others, one or more of the following: the proceeding is in its early stages; the damages sought are unspecified, unsupported or uncertain; it is unclear whether a case brought as a class action will be allowed to proceed on that basis or, if permitted to proceed as a class action, how the class will be defined; the plaintiff is seeking relief other than or in addition to compensatory damages; the matter presents meaningful legal uncertainties, including novel issues of law; we have not engaged in meaningful settlement discussions; discovery has not started or is not complete; there are significant facts in dispute; and there are a large number of parties named as defendants (including where it is uncertain how liability, if any, will be shared among multiple defendants). Generally, the less progress that has been made in the proceedings or the broader the range of potential results, the harder it is for us to estimate losses or ranges of losses that it is reasonably

possible we could incur. Therefore, as the estimated aggregate amount disclosed above does not include all of the Disclosed Matters, the amount disclosed above does not represent our maximum reasonably possible loss exposure for all of the Disclosed Matters. The estimated aggregate amount also does not reflect any of our exposure to matters not so disclosed, as discussed below under “Other.”

We include in some of the descriptions of individual Disclosed Matters certain quantitative information related to the plaintiff’s claim against us alleged in the plaintiff’s pleadings or otherwise publicly available. While information of this type may provide insight into the potential magnitude of a matter, it does not necessarily represent our estimate of reasonably possible loss or our judgment as to any currently appropriate accrual.

Some of our exposure in Disclosed Matters may be offset by applicable insurance coverage. We do not consider the possible availability of insurance coverage in determining the amounts of any accruals (although we record the amount of related insurance recoveries that are deemed probable up to the amount of the accrual) or in determining any estimates of possible losses or ranges of possible losses.

Securities and State Law Fiduciary Cases against National City

In November 2011, the parties in In re National City Corporation Securities, Derivative & ERISA Litigation (The Securities Case) (MDL No. 2003, Case No: 1:08-nc-70004-SO)) filed formal settlement papers with the United States District Court for the Northern District of Ohio. The settlement remains conditioned on, among other things, notice to the class and final court approval.

CBNV Mortgage Litigation

MDL Proceedings in Pennsylvania. In September 2011, in the multidistrict litigation (MDL) proceeding in the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania under the caption In re: Community Bank of Northern Virginia Mortgage Lending Practices Litigation (No. 03-0425 (W.D. Pa.), MDL No. 1674), the district court granted the plaintiffs leave to file a joint amended consolidated class action complaint covering all of the class action lawsuits pending in this proceeding. The amended complaint, in the form previously described, was filed in October 2011.

North Carolina Proceedings. In September 2011, in Bumpers, et al. v. Community Bank of Northern Virginia (01-CVS-011342), the North Carolina Court of Appeals affirmed in part and reversed in part the granting of the plaintiffs’ motion for summary judgment. The court affirmed the plaintiffs’ judgment on their claim that they paid a loan discount fee but were not provided a loan discount. It reversed the plaintiffs’ judgment on their claim that they were overcharged for settlement services and remanded that claim for trial. The court also held that, on remand, the trial court

 

 

131


Table of Contents

may consider the issue of class certification. Following the decision of the court of appeals, in September 2011, we petitioned the North Carolina Supreme Court for discretionary review of the decision of the North Carolina Court of Appeals and for a stay of proceedings pending the decision on this petition and, if granted, the decision on the appeal. The North Carolina Supreme Court thereafter granted a temporary stay. In October 2011, the plaintiffs’ motion to dissolve the stay was denied.

Other Mortgage-Related Litigation

   

In October 2010, a lawsuit was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois, against PNC Bank and numerous other financial institutions, mortgage servicing organizations, law firms that handle foreclosures in Northern Illinois, and individuals employed by financial institutions, mortgage servicers and law firms. As amended in November 2010, the lawsuit (Stone, et al. v. Washington Mutual Bank, et al. (Case No. 10 C 6410)) was brought as a class action on behalf of all present or former homeowners whose homes are being or have been the subject of foreclosure suits involving either securitized mortgages, “bifurcated” mortgages, or broken chains of title, during the two years prior to the filing of the complaint. The plaintiffs alleged that defendants conspired to foreclose illegally on the properties of the named plaintiffs and the other alleged class members. Among other things, the plaintiffs alleged that the defendant banks, law firms, and their employees instituted foreclosure proceedings in the names of parties who did not actually own the mortgages, and used false or otherwise defective affidavits to prosecute the foreclosure actions. The plaintiffs asserted claims under various federal criminal statutes, a federal civil rights statute, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, RICO, and Illinois common law. In the amended complaint, the plaintiffs sought, among other things, unspecified actual, statutory and punitive damages (including tripled actual damages under RICO); accounting; disgorgement; preliminary and permanent injunctive relief against foreclosure of the affected mortgages; and attorneys’ fees. In January 2011, all defendants, including PNC, filed motions to dismiss the amended complaint. In August 2011, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois granted PNC’s motion to dismiss in its entirety with prejudice, but did not resolve all claims against some of the other defendants unaffiliated with PNC. In September 2011, the plaintiffs voluntarily dismissed the remaining claims without prejudice. The court’s ruling dismissing all of the claims against PNC is now final and unappealable.

 

   

PNC Bank has been named as a defendant, along with other lenders, in a qui tam lawsuit brought in the

   

U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia on behalf of the United States under the federal False Claims Act (United States ex rel. Bibby & Donnolly v. Wells Fargo, et al. (1:06-CV-0547-MHS)). The lawsuit was originally filed under seal, with a second amended complaint filed in June 2011. The second amended complaint was unsealed by the district court in October 2011. In the second amended complaint, the plaintiffs, who allege that they are officers of a mortgage broker, allege that several mortgage originators, including entities affiliated with PNC Bank’s predecessor, National City Bank, made false statements to the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs in order to obtain loan guarantee by the VA under its Interest Rate Reduction Refinancing Loans (“IRRRL”) program. Under that program, the VA guarantees refinancing loans made to veterans if the loans meet program requirements, one of which limits the type and amount of fees that can be charged to borrowers by lenders. The plaintiffs contend, among other things, that the defendants charged impermissible fees and then made false statements to the VA concerning such fees in violation of the civil False Claims Act. By doing so, the plaintiffs allege, National City and the other defendants caused the VA to pay amounts in respect of the loan guarantees to which the defendants were not entitled. The plaintiffs seek, on their behalf and on behalf of the United States, among other things, unspecified damages equal to the loss the defendants allegedly caused the United States (tripled under the False Claims Act), statutory civil penalties between $5,500 and $11,000 per false claim made by the defendants, injunctive relief against submission of false claims to the United States and imposing unallowable charges against veterans participating in the IRRRL program, and attorneys’ fees and other costs. To date, the United States has not joined in the prosecution of the plaintiffs’ lawsuit.

365/360 Litigation

In October 2011, in Kreisler & Kreisler, LLC v. National City Bank, et al. (Case no. 4:10-cv-00956), the United States Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit affirmed the dismissal of the lawsuit by United States District Court for the Eastern District of Missouri.

Regulatory and Governmental Inquiries

As a result of the regulated nature of our business and that of a number of our subsidiaries, particularly in the banking, mortgage and securities areas, we and our subsidiaries are the subject of investigations, audits and other forms of regulatory inquiry, in some cases as part of regulatory reviews of specified activities at multiple industry participants, including those described in Prior Disclosure.

 

 

132


Table of Contents

Our practice is to cooperate fully with regulatory and governmental investigations, audits and other inquiries, including those described in Prior Disclosure. Such investigations, audits and other inquiries may lead to remedies including fines, penalties, restitution or alterations in our business practices.

Other

In addition to the proceedings or other matters described above and in Prior Disclosure, PNC and persons to whom we may have indemnification obligations, in the normal course of business, are subject to various other pending and threatened legal proceedings in which claims for monetary damages and other relief are asserted. We do not anticipate, at the present time, that the ultimate aggregate liability, if any, arising out of such other legal proceedings will have a material adverse effect on our financial position. However, we cannot now determine whether or not any claims asserted against us or others to whom we may have indemnification obligations, whether in the proceedings or other matters described above, described in Prior Disclosure, or otherwise, will have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in any future reporting period, which will depend on, among other things, the amount of the loss resulting from the claim and the amount of income otherwise reported for the reporting period.

See Note 17 Commitments and Guarantees for additional information regarding the Visa indemnification and our other obligations to provide indemnification, including to current and former officers, directors, employees and agents of PNC and companies we have acquired, including National City.

NOTE 17 COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES

Equity Funding and Other Commitments

Our unfunded commitments at September 30, 2011 included private equity investments of $270 million, and other investments of $4 million.

Standby Letters of Credit

We issue standby letters of credit and have risk participations in standby letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances issued by other financial institutions, in each case to support obligations of our customers to third parties, such as remarketing programs for customers’ variable rate demand notes. Net outstanding standby letters of credit and internal credit ratings were as follows:

Net Outstanding Standby Letters of Credit

 

Dollars in billions   

September 30

2011

   

December 31

2010

 

Net outstanding standby letters of credit

   $ 10.9     $ 10.1  

Internal credit ratings (as a percentage of portfolio):

      

Pass (a)

     93     90

Below pass (b)

     7     10
(a) Indicates that expected risk of loss is currently low.
(b) Indicates a higher degree of risk of default.

If the customer fails to meet its financial or performance obligation to the third party under the terms of the contract or there is a need to support a remarketing program, then upon the request of the guaranteed party, we would be obligated to make payment to them. The standby letters of credit and risk participations in standby letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances outstanding on September 30, 2011 had terms ranging from less than 1 year to 7 years. The aggregate maximum amount of future payments PNC could be required to make under outstanding standby letters of credit and risk participations in standby letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances was $14.2 billion at September 30, 2011, of which $7.6 billion support remarketing programs.

As of September 30, 2011, assets of $1.8 billion secured certain specifically identified standby letters of credit. Recourse provisions from third parties of $3.3 billion were also available for this purpose as of September 30, 2011. In addition, a portion of the remaining standby letters of credit and letter of credit risk participations issued on behalf of specific customers is also secured by collateral or guarantees that secure the customers’ other obligations to us. The carrying amount of the liability for our obligations related to standby letters of credit and risk participations in standby letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances was $254 million at September 30, 2011.

Standby Bond Purchase Agreements and Other Liquidity Facilities

We enter into standby bond purchase agreements to support municipal bond obligations. At September 30, 2011, the aggregate of our commitments under these facilities was $546 million. We also enter into certain other liquidity facilities to support individual pools of receivables acquired by commercial paper conduits. At September 30, 2011, our total commitments under these facilities were $155 million.

Indemnifications

As further described in our 2010 Form 10-K, we are a party to numerous acquisition or divestiture agreements under which we have purchased or sold, or agreed to purchase or sell, various types of assets. These agreements generally include indemnification provisions under which we indemnify the third parties to these agreements against a variety of risks to the indemnified parties as a result of the transaction in question. When PNC is the seller, the indemnification provisions will generally also provide the buyer with protection relating to the quality of the assets we are selling and the extent of any liabilities being assumed by the buyer. Due to the nature of these indemnification provisions, we cannot quantify the total potential exposure to us resulting from them.

 

 

133


Table of Contents

We provide indemnification in connection with securities offering transactions in which we are involved. When we are the issuer of the securities, we provide indemnification to the underwriters or placement agents analogous to the indemnification provided to the purchasers of businesses from us, as described above. When we are an underwriter or placement agent, we provide a limited indemnification to the issuer related to our actions in connection with the offering and, if there are other underwriters, indemnification to the other underwriters intended to result in an appropriate sharing of the risk of participating in the offering. Due to the nature of these indemnification provisions, we cannot quantify the total potential exposure to us resulting from them.

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into certain types of agreements that include provisions for indemnifying third parties. We also enter into certain types of agreements, including leases, assignments of leases, and subleases, in which we agree to indemnify third parties for acts by our agents, assignees and/or sublessees, and employees. We also enter into contracts for the delivery of technology service in which we indemnify the other party against claims of patent and copyright infringement by third parties. Due to the nature of these indemnification provisions, we cannot calculate our aggregate potential exposure under them.

We engage in certain insurance activities that require our employees to be bonded. We satisfy this bonding requirement by issuing letters of credit, which were insignificant in amount at September 30, 2011.

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into contracts with third parties under which the third parties provide services on behalf of PNC. In many of these contracts, we agree to indemnify the third party service provider under certain circumstances. The terms of the indemnity vary from contract to contract and the amount of the indemnification liability, if any, cannot be determined.

We are a general or limited partner in certain asset management and investment limited partnerships, many of which contain indemnification provisions that would require us to make payments in excess of our remaining unfunded commitments. While in certain of these partnerships the maximum liability to us is limited to the sum of our unfunded commitments and partnership distributions received by us, in the others the indemnification liability is unlimited. As a result, we cannot determine our aggregate potential exposure for these indemnifications.

In some cases, indemnification obligations of the types described above arise under arrangements entered into by predecessor companies for which we become responsible as a result of the acquisition.

Pursuant to their bylaws, PNC and its subsidiaries provide indemnification to directors, officers and, in some cases, employees and agents against certain liabilities incurred as a

result of their service on behalf of or at the request of PNC and its subsidiaries. PNC and its subsidiaries also advance on behalf of covered individuals costs incurred in connection with certain claims or proceedings, subject to written undertakings by each such individual to repay all amounts advanced if it is ultimately determined that the individual is not entitled to indemnification. We generally are responsible for similar indemnifications and advancement obligations that companies we acquire had to their officers, directors and sometimes employees and agents at the time of acquisition. We advanced such costs on behalf of several such individuals with respect to pending litigation or investigations during the first nine months of 2011. It is not possible for us to determine the aggregate potential exposure resulting from the obligation to provide this indemnity or to advance such costs.

In connection with the sale of GIS, and in addition to indemnification provisions as part of the divestiture agreements, PNC agreed to continue to act for the benefit of GIS as securities lending agent for certain of GIS’s clients. In such role, we provided indemnification to those clients against the failure of the borrowers to return the securities. The market value of the securities lent was fully secured on a daily basis; therefore, the exposure to us was limited to temporary shortfalls in the collateral as a result of short-term fluctuations in trading prices of the loaned securities. In addition, the purchaser of GIS, BNY-Mellon, has entered into an agreement to indemnify PNC with respect to such exposure on the terms set forth in such indemnification agreement. Effective July 18, 2011, PNC Bank, National Association assigned its securities lending agent responsibilities to BNY-Mellon and no longer acts as securities lending agent for any of GIS’s clients. Also in connection with the GIS divestiture, PNC has agreed to indemnify the buyer generally as described above.

VISA Indemnification

Our payment services business issues and acquires credit and debit card transactions through Visa U.S.A. Inc. card association or its affiliates (Visa). Our 2010 Form 10-K has additional information regarding the October 2007 Visa restructuring, our involvement with judgment and loss sharing agreements with Visa and certain other banks, and other 2010 developments in this area.

In March 2011, Visa funded $400 million to their litigation escrow account and reduced the conversion ratio of Visa B to A shares. We consequently recognized our estimated $38 million share of the $400 million as a reduction of our previously established indemnification liability and a reduction of noninterest expense.

Our Visa indemnification liability included on our Consolidated Balance Sheet at September 30, 2011 totaled $32 million as a result of the indemnification provision in Section 2.05j of the Visa By-Laws and/or the indemnification provided through the judgment and loss sharing agreements. Any ultimate exposure to the specified Visa litigation may be different than this amount.

 

 

134


Table of Contents

Recourse and Repurchase Obligations

As discussed in Note 3 Loans Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities, PNC has sold commercial mortgage and residential mortgage loans directly or indirectly in securitizations and whole-loan sale transactions with continuing involvement. One form of continuing involvement includes certain recourse and loan repurchase obligations associated with the transferred assets in these transactions.

Commercial Mortgage Loan Recourse Obligations

We originate, close and service certain multi-family commercial mortgage loans which are sold to FNMA under FNMA’s DUS program. We have similar arrangements with FHLMC.

Under these programs, we generally assume up to a one-third pari passu risk of loss on unpaid principal balances through a loss share arrangement. At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the unpaid principal balance outstanding of loans sold as a participant in these programs was $12.9 billion and $13.2 billion, respectively. At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the potential maximum exposure under the loss share arrangements was $3.9 billion and $4.0 billion, respectively. We maintain a reserve for estimated losses based upon our exposure. The reserve for losses under these programs totaled $49 million and $54 million as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, and is included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The comparable reserve as of September 30, 2010 was $30 million. If payment is required under these programs, we would not have a contractual interest in the collateral underlying the mortgage loans on which losses occurred, although the value of the collateral is taken into account in determining our share of such losses. Our exposure and activity associated with these recourse obligations are reported in the Corporate & Institutional Banking segment.

Analysis of Commercial Mortgage Recourse Obligations

 

In millions    2011     2010  

January 1

   $ 54     $ 71  

Reserve adjustments, net

     2       (16

Losses – loan repurchases and settlements

     (7     (1

Loan sales

             (24

September 30

   $ 49     $ 30  

Residential Mortgage Loan and Home Equity Repurchase Obligations

While residential mortgage loans are sold on a non-recourse basis, we assume certain loan repurchase obligations associated with mortgage loans we have sold to investors. These loan repurchase obligations primarily relate to situations where PNC is alleged to have breached certain origination covenants and representations and warranties made to purchasers of the loans in the respective purchase and sale agreements. Residential mortgage loans covered by these

loan repurchase obligations include first and second-lien mortgage loans we have sold through Agency securitizations, Non-Agency securitizations, and whole-loan sale transactions. As discussed in Note 3 in our 2010 Form 10-K, Agency securitizations consist of mortgage loans sale transactions with FNMA, FHLMC, and GNMA, while Non-Agency securitizations and whole-loan sale transactions consist of mortgage loans sale transactions with private investors. Our historical exposure and activity associated with Agency securitization repurchase obligations has primarily been related to transactions with FNMA and FHLMC, as indemnification and repurchase losses associated with FHA and VA-insured and uninsured loans pooled in GNMA securitizations historically have been minimal. Repurchase obligation activity associated with residential mortgages is reported in the Residential Mortgage Banking segment.

PNC’s repurchase obligations also include certain brokered home equity loans/lines that were sold to a limited number of private investors in the financial services industry by National City prior to our acquisition. PNC is no longer engaged in the brokered home equity lending business, and our exposure under these loan repurchase obligations is limited to repurchases of whole-loans sold in these transactions. Repurchase activity associated with brokered home equity loans/lines is reported in the Distressed Assets Portfolio segment.

Loan covenants and representations and warranties are established through loan sale agreements with various investors to provide assurance that PNC has sold loans to investors of sufficient investment quality. Key aspects of such covenants and representations and warranties include the loan’s compliance with any applicable loan criteria established by the investor, including underwriting standards, delivery of all required loan documents to the investor or its designated party, sufficient collateral valuation, and the validity of the lien securing the loan. As a result of alleged breaches of these contractual obligations, investors may request PNC to indemnify them against losses on certain loans or to repurchase loans.

These investor indemnification or repurchase claims are typically settled on an individual loan basis through make-whole payments or loan repurchases; however, on occasion we may negotiate pooled settlements with investors.

Indemnifications for loss or loan repurchases typically occur when, after review of the claim, we agree insufficient evidence exists to dispute the investor’s claim that a breach of a loan covenant and representation and warranty has occurred, such breach has not been cured, and the effect of such breach is deemed to have had a material and adverse effect on the value of the transferred loan. Depending on the sale agreement and upon proper notice from the investor, we typically respond to such indemnification and repurchase requests within 60 days, although final resolution of the claim may take

 

 

135


Table of Contents

a longer period of time. With the exception of the sales agreements associated with the Agency securitizations, most sale agreements do not provide for penalties or other remedies if we do not respond timely to investor indemnification or repurchase requests.

Origination and sale of residential mortgages is an ongoing business activity and, accordingly, management continually assesses the need to recognize indemnification and repurchase liabilities pursuant to the associated investor sale agreements. We establish indemnification and repurchase liabilities for estimated losses on sold first and second-lien mortgages and home equity loans/lines for which indemnification is expected to be provided or for loans that are expected to be repurchased. For the first and second-lien mortgage sold portfolio, we have established an indemnification and repurchase liability pursuant to investor sale agreements based on claims made and our estimate of future claims on a loan by

loan basis. These relate primarily to loans originated during 2006-2008. For the home equity loans/lines sold portfolio, we have established indemnification and repurchase liabilities based upon this same methodology for loans sold during 2005-2007.

Indemnification and repurchase liabilities are initially recognized when loans are sold to investors and are subsequently evaluated by management. Initial recognition and subsequent adjustments to the indemnification and repurchase liability for the sold residential mortgage portfolio are recognized in Residential mortgage revenue on the Consolidated Income Statement. Since PNC is no longer engaged in the brokered home equity lending business, only subsequent adjustments are recognized to the home equity loans/lines indemnification and repurchase liability. These adjustments are recognized in Other noninterest income on the Consolidated Income Statement.

 

 

Management’s subsequent evaluation of these indemnification and repurchase liabilities is based upon trends in indemnification and repurchase requests, actual loss experience, risks in the underlying serviced loan portfolios, and current economic conditions. As part of its evaluation, management considers estimated loss projections over the life of the subject loan portfolio. At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the total indemnification and repurchase liability for estimated losses on indemnification and repurchase claims totaled $136 million and $294 million, respectively, and was included in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The comparable reserve as of September 30, 2010 was $255 million. An analysis of the changes in this liability during the first nine months of 2011 and 2010 follows:

Analysis of Indemnification and Repurchase Liability for Asserted Claims and Unasserted Claims

 

     2011     2010  
In millions    Residential
Mortgages (a)
    Home
Equity
Loans/
Lines (b)
    Total     Residential
Mortgages (a)
   

Home

Equity

Loans/
Lines (b)

    Total  

January 1

   $ 144      $ 150      $ 294      $ 229      $ 41      $ 270   

Reserve adjustments, net

     66        3        69        96        73        169   

Losses - loan repurchases and settlements

     (125     (102     (227     (170     (14     (184

September 30

   $ 85      $ 51      $ 136      $ 155      $ 100      $ 255   
(a) Repurchase obligation associated with sold loan portfolios of $126.7 billion and $145.7 billion at September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010, respectively.
(b) Repurchase obligation associated with sold loan portfolios of $4.6 billion and $7.0 billion at September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010, respectively. PNC is no longer engaged in the brokered home equity business, which was acquired with National City.

 

Management believes our indemnification and repurchase liabilities appropriately reflect the estimated probable losses on investor indemnification and repurchase claims at September 30, 2011 and 2010. While management seeks to obtain all relevant information in estimating the indemnification and repurchase liability, the estimation process is inherently uncertain and imprecise and, accordingly, it is reasonably possible that future indemnification and repurchase losses could be more or less than our established liability. Factors that could affect our estimate include the volume of valid claims driven by investor strategies and behavior, our ability to successfully negotiate claims with investors, housing prices, and other economic conditions. At September 30, 2011, we estimate that it is reasonably possible that we could incur additional losses in excess of our indemnification and repurchase liability of up to $110 million. This estimate of potential additional losses in

excess of our liability is based on assumed higher investor demands, lower claim rescissions, and lower home prices than our current assumptions.

REINSURANCE AGREEMENTS

We have two wholly-owned captive insurance subsidiaries which provide reinsurance to third-party insurers related to insurance sold to our customers. These subsidiaries enter into various types of reinsurance agreements with third-party insurers where the subsidiary assumes the risk of loss through either an excess of loss or quota share agreement up to 100% reinsurance. In excess of loss agreements, these subsidiaries assume the risk of loss for an excess layer of coverage up to specified limits, once a defined first loss percentage is met. In quota share agreements, the subsidiaries and third-party insurers share the responsibility for payment of all claims.

 

 

136


Table of Contents

These subsidiaries provide reinsurance for accidental death & dismemberment, credit life, accident & health, lender placed hazard, and borrower and lender paid mortgage insurance with an aggregate maximum exposure up to the specified limits for all reinsurance contracts as follows:

REINSURANCE AGREEMENTS EXPOSURE

 

In millions   

September 30,

2011

   

December 31,

2010

 

Accidental Death & Dismemberment

   $ 2,332      $ 2,367   

Credit Life, Accident & Health

     959        1,003   

Lender Placed Hazard (a)

     2,958        709   

Borrower and Lender Paid Mortgage Insurance

     352        463   

Maximum Exposure

   $ 6,601      $ 4,542   
 

Percentage of reinsurance agreements:

      

Excess of Loss - Mortgage Insurance

     5     8

Quota Share

     95     92
 

Maximum Exposure to Quota Share Agreements with 100% Reinsurance

   $ 958      $ 1,001   
(a) Lender Placed Hazard contract including stop loss provision expired in the third quarter of 2010. Stop loss provision not available on replacement contract.

A rollforward of the reinsurance reserves for probable losses for the first nine months of 2011 and 2010 follows:

REINSURANCE RESERVES – ROLLFORWARD

 

In millions   2011     2010  

January 1

  $ 150     $ 220  

Paid Losses

    (94     (74

Net Provision

    28       35  

Changes to Agreements

            (3

September 30

  $ 84     $ 178  

Changes to agreements only represent entering into a new relationship or exiting an existing agreement entirely. The impact of changing the terms of existing agreements is reflected in the net provision.

There is a reasonable possibility that losses could be more than or less than the amount reserved due to on-going uncertainty in various economic, social and other factors that could impact the frequency and severity of claims covered by these reinsurance agreements. At September 30, 2011, the reasonably possible loss above our accrual is not material.

REPURCHASE AND RESALE AGREEMENTS

We enter into repurchase and resale agreements where we transfer investment securities to/from a third party with the agreement to repurchase/resell those investment securities at a future date for a specified price. These transactions are accounted for as collateralized borrowings/financings.

NOTE 18 SEGMENT REPORTING

We have 6 reportable business segments:

   

Retail Banking

   

Corporate & Institutional Banking

   

Asset Management Group

   

Residential Mortgage Banking

   

BlackRock

   

Distressed Assets Portfolio

Results of individual businesses are presented based on our management accounting practices and management structure. There is no comprehensive, authoritative body of guidance for management accounting equivalent to GAAP; therefore, the financial results of our individual businesses are not necessarily comparable with similar information for any other company. We refine our methodologies from time to time as our management accounting practices are enhanced and our businesses and management structure change.

Financial results are presented, to the extent practicable, as if each business operated on a stand-alone basis. As permitted under GAAP, we have aggregated the business results for certain similar operating segments for financial reporting purposes.

Assets receive a funding charge and liabilities and capital receive a funding credit based on a transfer pricing methodology that incorporates product maturities, duration and other factors.

Capital is intended to cover unexpected losses and is assigned to our business segments using our risk-based economic capital model, including consideration of the goodwill and other intangible assets at those business segments, as well as the diversification of risk among the business segments. We have revised certain capital allocations among our business segments, including amounts for prior periods. PNC’s total capital did not change as a result of these adjustments for any periods presented.

 

 

137


Table of Contents

We have allocated the allowances for loan and lease losses and unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit based on our assessment of risk in each business segment’s loan portfolio. Our allocation of the costs incurred by operations and other shared support areas not directly aligned with the businesses is primarily based on the use of services.

Total business segment financial results differ from consolidated income from continuing operations before noncontrolling interests, which itself excludes the earnings and revenue attributable to GIS through June 30, 2010 and the related third quarter 2010 after-tax gain on the sale of GIS that are reflected in discontinued operations. The impact of these differences is reflected in the “Other” category in the business segment tables. “Other” includes residual activities that do not meet the criteria for disclosure as a separate reportable business, such as gains or losses related to BlackRock transactions including LTIP share distributions and obligations, integration costs, asset and liability management activities including net securities gains or losses, other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities and certain trading activities, exited businesses, equity management activities, alternative investments, intercompany eliminations, most corporate overhead, tax adjustments that are not allocated to business segments, and differences between business segment performance reporting and financial statement reporting (GAAP), including the presentation of net income attributable to noncontrolling interests. Assets, revenue and earnings attributable to foreign activities were not material in the periods presented for comparative purposes.

BUSINESS SEGMENT PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

Retail Banking provides deposit, lending, brokerage, investment management, and cash management services to consumer and small business customers within our primary geographic markets. Our customers are serviced through our branch network, call centers and online banking. The branch network is located primarily in Pennsylvania, Ohio, New Jersey, Michigan, Maryland, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Florida, Virginia, Missouri, Delaware, Washington, D.C., and Wisconsin.

Corporate & Institutional Banking provides lending, treasury management, and capital markets-related products and services to mid-sized corporations, government and not-for-profit entities, and selectively to large corporations. Lending products include secured and unsecured loans, letters of credit and equipment leases. Treasury management services include cash and investment management, receivables management, disbursement services, funds transfer services, information reporting, and global trade services. Capital markets-related products and services include foreign exchange, derivatives, loan syndications, mergers and acquisitions advisory and related services to middle-market companies, our multi-seller conduit, securities underwriting, and securities sales and trading. Corporate & Institutional Banking also provides commercial loan servicing, and real estate advisory and technology solutions for the commercial real estate finance industry. Corporate & Institutional Banking provides products and services generally within our primary geographic markets, with certain products and services offered nationally and internationally.

Asset Management Group includes personal wealth management for high net worth and ultra high net worth clients and institutional asset management. Wealth management products and services include financial planning, customized investment management, private banking, tailored credit solutions and trust management and administration for individuals and their families. Institutional asset management provides investment management, custody, and retirement planning services. The institutional clients include corporations, unions, municipalities, non-profits, foundations and endowments located primarily in our geographic footprint.

Residential Mortgage Banking directly originates primarily first lien residential mortgage loans on a nationwide basis with a significant presence within the retail banking footprint, and also originates loans through majority owned affiliates. Mortgage loans represent loans collateralized by one-to-four-family residential real estate. These loans are typically underwritten to government agency and/or third party standards, and sold, servicing retained, to secondary mortgage conduits FNMA, FHLMC, Federal Home Loan Banks and third-party investors, or are securitized and issued under the GNMA program. The mortgage servicing operation performs all functions related to servicing mortgage loans - primarily those in first lien position - for various investors and for loans owned by PNC. Certain loans originated through majority owned affiliates are sold to others.

 

 

138


Table of Contents

BlackRock is the largest publicly traded investment management firm in the world. BlackRock manages assets on behalf of institutional and individual investors worldwide through a variety of equity, fixed income, multi-asset class, alternative and cash management separate accounts and funds, including iShares®, the global product leader in exchange-traded funds. In addition, BlackRock provides market risk management, financial markets advisory and enterprise investment system services globally to a broad base of clients. At September 30, 2011, our economic interest in BlackRock was 21%.

PNC received cash dividends from BlackRock of $160 million and $139 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2011, and September 30, 2010, respectively.

Distressed Assets Portfolio includes commercial residential development loans, cross-border leases, consumer brokered home equity loans, retail mortgages, non-prime mortgages, and residential construction loans. These loans require special servicing and management oversight given current market conditions. We obtained the majority of these loans through acquisitions of other companies.

 

 

139


Table of Contents

Results Of Businesses

 

Three months ended September 30
In millions
  Retail
Banking
    Corporate &
Institutional
Banking
    Asset
Management
Group
    Residential
Mortgage
Banking
    BlackRock     Distressed
Assets
Portfolio
    Other     Consolidated  

2011

                 

Income Statement

                 

Net interest income

  $ 820     $ 847     $ 58     $ 46       $ 228     $ 176     $ 2,175  

Noninterest income

    463       254       159       206     $ 122       10       155       1,369  

Total revenue

    1,283       1,101       217       252       122       238       331       3,544  

Provision for credit losses (benefit)

    206       11       (10     15         45       (6     261  

Depreciation and amortization

    47       30       10       2           71       160  

Other noninterest expense

    978       418       165       201               47       171       1,980  

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

    52       642       52       34       122       146       95       1,143  

Income taxes (benefit)

    19       223       19       12       30       53       (47     309  

Income from continuing operations before noncontrolling interests

  $ 33     $ 419     $ 33     $ 22     $ 92     $ 93     $ 142     $ 834  

Inter-segment revenue

          $ 8     $ 4     $ 2     $ 4     $ (2   $ (16        

Average Assets (a)

  $ 66,158     $ 81,899     $ 6,664     $ 10,877     $ 5,441     $ 12,715     $ 83,097     $ 266,851  

2010

                 

Income Statement

                 

Net interest income

  $ 860     $ 831     $ 66     $ 52       $ 283     $ 123     $ 2,215  

Noninterest income

    499       237       150       232     $ 128       (35     172       1,383  

Total revenue

    1,359       1,068       216       284       128       248       295       3,598  

Provision for credit losses (benefit)

    327       (48     (12     21         176       22       486  

Depreciation and amortization

    48       33       11       1           65       158  

Other noninterest expense

    991       414       149       118               46       282       2,000  

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

    (7     669       68       144       128       26       (74     954  

Income taxes (benefit)

    (3     234       25       47       29       6       (159     179  

Income (loss) from continuing operations before noncontrolling interests

  $ (4   $ 435     $ 43     $ 97     $ 99     $ 20     $ 85     $ 775  

Inter-segment revenue

                  $ 3     $ 4     $ 6     $ (3   $ (10        

Average Assets (a)

  $ 67,003     $ 76,930     $ 6,899     $ 9,164     $ 6,275     $ 16,745     $ 81,563     $ 264,579  
                 

Nine months ended September 30

In millions

  Retail
Banking
    Corporate &
Institutional
Banking
    Asset
Management
Group
    Residential
Mortgage
Banking
    BlackRock     Distressed
Assets
Portfolio
    Other     Consolidated  

2011

                 

Income Statement

                 

Net interest income

  $ 2,447     $ 2,460     $ 177     $ 149       $ 721     $ 547     $ 6,501  

Noninterest income

    1,353       885       488       580     $ 351       32       587       4,276  

Total revenue

    3,800       3,345       665       729       351       753       1,134       10,777  

Provision for credit losses (benefit)

    662       12       (34     15         278       29       962  

Depreciation and amortization

    140       108       30       7           209       494  

Other noninterest expense

    2,907       1,228       473       473               156       655       5,892  

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

    91       1,997       196       234       351       319       241       3,429  

Income taxes (benefit)

    32       698       72       86       80       117       (234     851  

Income from continuing operations before noncontrolling interests

  $ 59     $ 1,299     $ 124     $ 148     $ 271     $ 202     $ 475     $ 2,578  

Inter-segment revenue

  $ 1     $ 17     $ 10     $ 6     $ 12     $ (7   $ (39        

Average Assets (a)

  $ 66,193     $ 79,315     $ 6,744     $ 11,103     $ 5,441     $ 13,392     $ 81,331     $ 263,519  

2010

                 

Income Statement

                 

Net interest income

  $ 2,607     $ 2,634     $ 191     $ 196       $ 973     $ 428     $ 7,029  

Noninterest income

    1,499       904       469       568     $ 326       (37     515       4,244  

Total revenue

    4,106       3,538       660       764       326       936       943       11,273  

Provision for credit losses (benefit)

    946       285       11       (3       745       76       2,060  

Depreciation and amortization

    170       105       31       3           206       515  

Other noninterest expense

    2,838       1,210       445       345               169       751       5,758  

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

    152       1,938       173       419       326       22       (90     2,940  

Income taxes (benefit)

    52       687       64       153       73       8       (301     736  

Income from continuing operations before noncontrolling interests

  $ 100     $ 1,251     $ 109     $ 266     $ 253     $ 14     $ 211     $ 2,204  

Inter-segment revenue

          $ 20     $ 9     $ 9     $ 17     $ (10   $ (45        

Average Assets (a)

  $ 67,782     $ 77,835     $ 6,977     $ 8,903     $ 6,275     $ 18,246     $ 79,337     $ 265,355  
(a) Period-end balances for BlackRock.

 

140


Table of Contents

NOTE 19 SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On October 14, 2011, we announced that November 15, 2011 will be the redemption date of $750 million of trust preferred securities issued by National City Capital Trust II with a current distribution rate of 6.625% and an original scheduled maturity date of November 15, 2036 and a final maturity date of November 15, 2066. The redemption price will be $25 per trust preferred security plus any accrued and unpaid distributions to the redemption date of November 15, 2011. The redemption will result in a noncash charge for the unamortized discount of $198 million in the fourth quarter of 2011.

 

141


Table of Contents

Statistical Information (Unaudited)

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

Average Consolidated Balance Sheet And Net Interest Analysis

 

  

     Nine months ended September 30  
        2011      2010  
Taxable-equivalent basis

Dollars in millions

    

Average

Balances

      

Interest

Income/

Expense

      

Average

Yields/

Rates

    

Average

Balances

      

Interest

Income/

Expense

      

Average

Yields/

Rates

 

Assets

                           

Interest-earning assets:

                           

Investment securities

                           

Securities available for sale

                           

Residential mortgage-backed

                           

Agency

     $ 25,960        $ 694          3.57    $ 21,745        $ 653          4.00

Non-agency

       7,600          301          5.28        9,491          424          5.96  

Commercial mortgage-backed

       3,401          118          4.62        3,798          152          5.31  

Asset-backed

       3,257          61          2.49        2,043          64          4.20  

US Treasury and government agencies

       4,622          91          2.63        7,987          173          2.88  

State and municipal

       2,081          71          4.53        1,348          57          5.65  

Other debt

       3,558          68          2.54        2,502          55          2.92  

Corporate stocks and other

       422                     .05        458                     .12  

Total securities available for sale

       50,901          1,404          3.68        49,372          1,578          4.26  

Securities held to maturity

                           

Residential mortgage-backed

       1,671          43          3.47               

Commercial mortgage-backed

       4,326          165          5.09        3,509          151          5.72  

Asset-backed

       2,198          37          2.23        3,598          70          2.61  

State and municipal

       136          5          4.46        8               5.10  

Other

       215          5          3.12        55          5          12.51  

Total securities held to maturity

       8,546          255          3.98        7,170          226          4.21  

Total investment securities

       59,447          1,659          3.72        56,542          1,804          4.25  

Loans

                           

Commercial

       58,074          2,169          4.92        54,431          2,138          5.18  

Commercial real estate

       16,886          656          5.12        21,068          801          5.01  

Equipment lease financing

       6,215          233          5.01        6,243          242          5.17  

Consumer

       54,370          1,999          4.92        55,107          2,174          5.27  

Residential real estate

       15,075          689          6.09        18,237          998          7.30  

Total loans

       150,620          5,746          5.06        155,086          6,353          5.44  

Loans held for sale

       2,801          153          7.31        2,716          208          10.22  

Federal funds sold and resale agreements

       2,385          25          1.36        1,821          28          2.04  

Other

       7,717          153          2.63        8,906          144          2.15  

Total interest-earning assets/interest income

       222,970          7,736          4.61        225,071          8,537          5.04  

Noninterest-earning assets:

                           

Allowance for loan and lease losses

       (4,717                (5,180          

Cash and due from banks

       3,457                  3,587            

Other

       41,809                  41,877            

Total assets

     $ 263,519                $ 265,355            

Liabilities and Equity

                           

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                           

Interest-bearing deposits

                           

Money market

     $ 58,721          146          .33      $ 58,206          206          .47  

Demand

       26,965          19          .10        24,903          27          .14  

Savings

       8,063          12          .19        6,932          10          .19  

Retail certificates of deposit

       35,061          338          1.29        44,190          492          1.49  

Other time

       428          10          3.07        885          19          2.84  

Time deposits in foreign offices

       2,368          4          .21        2,781          4          .22  

Total interest-bearing deposits

       131,606          529          .54        137,897          758          .73  

Borrowed funds

                           

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

       4,723          6          .16        4,227          10          .32  

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

       5,041          39          1.01        8,612          56          .86  

Bank notes and senior debt

       11,115          189          2.25        12,694          225          2.33  

Subordinated debt

       9,104          352          5.16        9,700          367          5.04  

Other

       5,765          44          1.01        5,604          36          .86  

Total borrowed funds

       35,748          630          2.34        40,837          694          2.25  

Total interest-bearing liabilities/interest expense

       167,354          1,159          .92        178,734          1,452          1.08  

Noninterest-bearing liabilities and equity:

                           

Noninterest-bearing deposits

       50,279                  44,092            

Allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

       198                  255            

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

       11,007                  11,186            

Equity

       34,681                  31,088            

Total liabilities and equity

     $ 263,519                            $ 265,355                        

Interest rate spread

                 3.69                  3.96  

Impact of noninterest-bearing sources

                 .23                  .22  

Net interest income/margin

                $ 6,577          3.92               $ 7,085          4.18

Nonaccrual loans are included in loans, net of unearned income. The impact of financial derivatives used in interest rate risk management is included in the interest income/expense and average yields/rates of the related assets and liabilities. Basis adjustments related to hedged items are included in noninterest-earning assets and noninterest-bearing liabilities. Average balances of securities are based on amortized historical cost (excluding adjustments to fair value, which are included in other assets). Average balances for certain loans and borrowed funds accounted for at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in trading noninterest income, are included in noninterest-earning assets and noninterest-bearing liabilities. The interest-earning deposits with the Federal Reserve are included in the ‘Other’ interest-earning assets category.

 

142


Table of Contents

Average Consolidated Balance Sheet And Net Interest Analysis (Continued)

 

Third Quarter 2011     Second Quarter 2011     Third Quarter 2010  
               

Average

Balances

   

Interest

Income/

Expense

   

Average

Yields/

Rates

   

Average

Balances

   

Interest

Income/

Expense

   

Average

Yields/

Rates

   

Average

Balances

   

Interest

Income/

Expense

   

Average

Yields/

Rates

 
               
               
               
               
               
$ 22,822     $ 190       3.34   $ 25,993     $ 241       3.70   $ 22,916     $ 229       4.00
  7,135       91       5.13       7,618       105       5.47       8,917       134       6.04  
  3,623       40       4.41       3,278       39       4.73       3,100       42       5.34  
  3,817       23       2.38       3,185       19       2.43       2,436       21       3.51  
  3,699       28       3.01       4,505       27       2.46       7,758       52       2.67  
  1,929       21       4.27       2,234       24       4.37       1,323       17       5.19  
  3,113       19       2.42       3,578       23       2.58       3,092       21       2.64  
  449               .04       376               .04       472               .12  
  46,587       412       3.54       50,767       478       3.77       50,014       516       4.13  
  3,840       32       3.45       1,130       11       3.68        
  4,520       56       4.95       4,215       54       5.11       4,130       60       5.81  
  1,863       9       1.87       2,276       12       2.20       3,435       21       2.45  
  389       5       4.48       8         5.10       8         5.10  
  489       4       3.20       150       1       2.95       1               22.89  
  11,101       106       3.82       7,779       78       4.01       7,574       81       4.29  
  57,688       518       3.59       58,546       556       3.80       57,588       597       4.15  
               
  59,951       744       4.86       57,932       715       4.88       53,502       713       5.21  
  16,347       219       5.25       16,779       234       5.51       19,847       223       4.40  
  6,150       79       5.11       6,189       75       4.86       6,514       86       5.27  
  54,632       664       4.82       54,014       665       4.94       55,036       708       5.11  
  14,717       217       5.90       15,001       233       6.22       16,766       281       6.70  
  151,797       1,923       5.00       149,915       1,922       5.11       151,665       2,011       5.24  
  2,497       46       7.31       2,719       38       5.62       3,021       55       7.22  
  2,030       8       1.55       2,321       9       1.39       1,602       9       2.26  
  10,060       62       2.43       7,241       47       2.60       9,801       51       2.04  
  224,072       2,557       4.52       220,742       2,572       4.64       223,677       2,723       4.82  
               
  (4,592         (4,728         (5,290    
  3,544           3,433           3,436      
  43,827           41,659           42,756      
$ 266,851         $ 261,106         $ 264,579      
               
               
               
$ 59,009       46       .31     $ 58,594       49       .34     $ 58,016       62       .42  
  27,654       5       .08       26,912       7       .10       25,078       7       .11  
  8,305       5       .19       8,222       4       .19       7,092       3       .18  
  33,607       107       1.26       35,098       115       1.32       41,724       155       1.47  
  361       3       3.38       410       4       3.15       740       5       2.54  
  1,830       1       .19       1,840       1       .22       2,650       1       .23  
  130,766       167       .51       131,076       180       .55       135,300       233       .68  
               
  3,685       2       .15       4,138       2       .17       4,179       3       .29  
  5,015       13       .99       5,021       13       1.02       7,680       20       1.04  
  10,480       53       2.01       11,132       68       2.40       12,799       92       2.81  
  8,982       107       4.76       8,981       117       5.24       9,569       127       5.27  
  5,736       13       .92       5,713       17       1.12       4,886       11       .89  
  33,898       188       2.20       34,985       217       2.46       39,113       253       2.56  
  164,664       355       .86       166,061       397       .95       174,413       486       1.10  
               
  53,300           49,720           45,306      
  202            204            218       
  12,478            10,747            12,687       
  36,207           34,374           31,955      
$ 266,851                     $ 261,106                     $ 264,579                  
      3.66           3.69           3.72  
                  .23                       .24                       .24  
        $ 2,202       3.89           $ 2,175       3.93           $ 2,237       3.96

Loan fees for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010 were $129 million and $117 million, respectively. Loan fees for the three months ended September 30, 2011, June 30, 2011, and September 30, 2010 were $44 million, $47 million, and $29 million, respectively.

Interest income includes the effects of taxable-equivalent adjustments using a marginal federal income tax rate of 35% to increase tax-exempt interest income to a taxable-equivalent basis. The taxable-equivalent adjustments to interest income for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010 were $76 million and $59 million, respectively. The taxable-equivalent adjustments to interest income for the three months ended September 30, 2011, June 30, 2011, and September 30, 2010 were $27 million, $25 million, and $22 million, respectively.

 

143


Table of Contents

PART II – OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

See the information set forth in Note 16 Legal Proceedings in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements under Part I, Item 1 of this Report, which is incorporated by reference in response to this item.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

The following risk factors update the risk factors previously disclosed in PNC’s 2010 Form 10-K and second quarter 2011 Form 10-Q. In general, these risk factors, including those provided below, may present the risk of a material impact on our results of operations or financial condition, in addition to the other possible consequences described in the risk factors. These risk factors are also discussed further in other parts of our Form 10-K and this Report.

The possibility of the moderate economic recovery returning to recessionary conditions or of turmoil or volatility in the financial markets would likely have an adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.

The current state of the economy has increased concern regarding the possibility of a return to recessionary conditions as well as increasing the risk of turmoil or volatility in the financial markets from that described in the Risk Factors in the Form 10-K.

The economic recovery, although continuing, has done so at a slower pace in 2011 than previously anticipated. Job growth has not been sufficient to reduce high unemployment in the United States. Consumer and business confidence remains low. The downgrade of U.S. Treasury securities by Standard & Poors and political difficulties in addressing the economy within the United States government have contributed to high levels of volatility in the financial markets.

In addition, significant concern regarding the creditworthiness of some of the governments in Europe, most notably Greece,

has contributed to volatility in financial markets in Europe and globally, and to funding pressures on some globally active European banks, leading to greater investor and economic uncertainty worldwide. A failure to adequately address sovereign debt concerns in Europe could hamper economic recovery or contribute to a return to recessionary economic conditions and contribute to severe stress in the financial markets, including in the United States.

Collectively, these factors have increased the risk that the economic recovery will stall or reverse or otherwise that economic conditions will negatively impact our business in some or all of the ways described in the Form 10-K.

ITEM 2. UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

(c) Details of our repurchases of PNC common stock during the third quarter of 2011 are included in the following table:

In thousands, except per share data

 

2011 period    Total shares
purchased
(a)
     Average
price
paid per
share
     Total shares
purchased
as part of
publicly
announced
programs
(b)
  

Maximum
number

of shares
that may

yet be
purchased
under the
programs
(b)

 

July 1 – 31

     102      $ 57.10           24,710  

August 1 –31

     120      $ 49.48           24,710  

September 1 – 30

     78      $ 49.24           24,710  

Total

     300      $ 52.00                
(a) Reflects PNC common stock purchased in connection with our various employee benefit plans. No shares were purchased under the program referred to in note (b) to this table during the third quarter of 2011.

Effective January 2011, employer matching contributions to the PNC Incentive Savings Plan were no longer made in PNC common stock, but rather in cash. Note 14 Employee Benefit Plans in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of our 2010 Form 10-K includes additional information regarding our employee benefit plans that use PNC common stock.

(b) Our current stock repurchase program allows us to purchase up to 25 million shares on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. This program was authorized on October 4, 2007 and will remain in effect until fully utilized or until modified, superseded or terminated.
 

 

144


Table of Contents

ITEM 6. EXHIBITS

The following exhibit index lists Exhibits filed, or in the case of Exhibits 32.1 and 32.2 furnished, with this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q:

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

  12.1    Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
  12.2    Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends
  31.1    Certification of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  31.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  32.1    Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
  32.2    Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
101    Interactive Data File (XBRL)

You can obtain copies of these Exhibits electronically at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549 at prescribed rates. The Exhibits are also available as part of this Form 10-Q on PNC’s corporate website at www.pnc.com/secfilings. Shareholders and bondholders may also obtain copies of Exhibits, without charge, by contacting Shareholder Relations at 800-843-2206 or via e-mail at investor.relations@pnc.com. The interactive data file (XBRL) exhibit is only available electronically.

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on November 8, 2011 on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.  
/s/ Richard J. Johnson    
Richard J. Johnson  
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  
(Principal Financial Officer)  
 

 

145


Table of Contents

CORPORATE INFORMATION

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.

CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.

One PNC Plaza, 249 Fifth Avenue

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222-2707

412-762-2000

STOCK LISTING The common stock of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol PNC.

INTERNET INFORMATION The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.’s financial reports and information about its products and services are available on the internet at www.pnc.com. We provide information for investors on our corporate website under “About PNC – Investor Relations,” such as Investor Events, Quarterly Earnings, SEC Filings, Financial Information, Financial Press Releases and Message from the Chairman. Under “Investor Relations,” we will from time to time post information that we believe may be important or useful to investors. We generally post the following shortly before or promptly following its first use or release: financially-related press releases (including earnings releases), various SEC filings, presentation materials associated with earnings and other investor conference calls or events, and access to live and taped audio from such calls or events. When warranted, we will also use our website to expedite public access to time-critical information regarding PNC in advance of distribution of a press release or a filing with the SEC disclosing the same information. You can also find the SEC reports and corporate governance information described in the sections below in the Investor Relations section of our website.

Where we have included web addresses in this Report, such as our web address and the web address of the SEC, we have included those web addresses as inactive textual references only. Except as specifically incorporated by reference into this Report, information on those websites is not part hereof.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act), and, in accordance with the Exchange Act, we file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. You can obtain copies of these and other filings, including exhibits, electronically at the SEC’s internet website at www.sec.gov or on PNC’s corporate internet website at www.pnc.com/secfilings. Shareholders and bond holders may also obtain copies of these filings without charge by contacting Shareholder Services at 800-982-7652 or via the online contact form at www.computershare.com/contactus for copies without exhibits, and by contacting Shareholder Relations at 800-843-2206 or via email at investor.relations@pnc.com for copies of exhibits, including financial statement and schedule exhibits where applicable. The interactive data file (XBRL) exhibit is only available electronically.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AT PNC Information about our Board of Directors and its committees and corporate governance at PNC is available on PNC’s corporate website at www.pnc.com/corporategovernance. Shareholders who would like to request printed copies of PNC’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics or our Corporate Governance Guidelines or the charters of our Board’s Audit, Nominating and Governance, Personnel and Compensation, or Risk Committees (all of which are posted on the PNC corporate website) may do so by sending their requests to George P. Long, III, Chief Governance Counsel and Corporate Secretary, at corporate headquarters at the above address. Copies will be provided without charge to shareholders.

INQUIRIES For financial services call 888-PNC-2265.

Individual shareholders should contact Shareholder Services at 800-982-7652.

Analysts and institutional investors should contact William H. Callihan, Senior Vice President, Director of Investor Relations, at 412-762-8257 or via email at investor.relations@pnc.com.

News media representatives and others seeking general information should contact Fred Solomon, Vice President, Corporate Communications, at 412-762-4550 or via email at corporate.communications@pnc.com.

COMMON STOCK PRICES/DIVIDENDS DECLARED The table below sets forth by quarter the range of high and low sale and quarter-end closing prices for The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. common stock and the cash dividends declared per common share.

 

      High      Low      Close      Cash
Dividends
Declared
 

2011 Quarter

             

First

   $ 65.19      $ 59.67      $ 62.99      $ .10  

Second

     64.37        55.56        59.61        .35  

Third

     61.21        42.70        48.19        .35  

Total

                              $ .80  

2010 Quarter

             

First

   $ 61.80      $ 50.46      $ 59.70      $ .10  

Second

     70.45        56.30        56.50        .10  

Third

     62.99        49.43        51.91        .10  

Fourth

     61.79        50.69        60.72        .10  

Total

                              $ .40  
 

 

146


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY Holders of PNC common stock are entitled to receive dividends when declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for this purpose. Our Board of Directors may not pay or set apart dividends on the common stock until dividends for all past dividend periods on any series of outstanding preferred stock have been paid or declared and set apart for payment. The Board presently intends to continue the policy of paying quarterly cash dividends. The amount of any future dividends will depend on economic and market conditions, our financial condition and operating results, and other factors, including contractual restrictions and applicable government regulations and policies (such as those relating to the ability of bank and non-bank subsidiaries to pay dividends to the parent company and regulatory capital limitations).

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT AND STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan enables holders of our common and preferred stock to conveniently purchase additional shares of common stock. You can obtain a prospectus and enrollment form by contacting Shareholder Services at 800-982-7652.

REGISTRAR AND STOCK TRANSFER AGENT

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

250 Royall Street

Canton, MA 02021

800-982-7652

 

 

147